Citation
Characterizing and Controlling Extreme Optical Nonlinearities in Photonic Crystal Fibers

Material Information

Title:
Characterizing and Controlling Extreme Optical Nonlinearities in Photonic Crystal Fibers
Creator:
XU, SHENGBO ( Author, Primary )
Copyright Date:
2008

Subjects

Subjects / Keywords:
Bandwidth ( jstor )
Control loops ( jstor )
Crystals ( jstor )
Lasers ( jstor )
Photonics ( jstor )
Pulse compression ( jstor )
Simulations ( jstor )
Solitons ( jstor )
Wave dispersion ( jstor )
Wavelengths ( jstor )

Record Information

Source Institution:
University of Florida
Holding Location:
University of Florida
Rights Management:
Copyright Shengbo Xu. Permission granted to University of Florida to digitize and display this item for non-profit research and educational purposes. Any reuse of this item in excess of fair use or other copyright exemptions requires permission of the copyright holder.
Embargo Date:
7/24/2006
Resource Identifier:
496626237 ( OCLC )

Downloads

This item has the following downloads:

xu_s ( .pdf )

xu_s_Page_099.txt

xu_s_Page_116.txt

xu_s_Page_107.txt

xu_s_Page_130.txt

xu_s_Page_117.txt

xu_s_Page_155.txt

xu_s_Page_111.txt

xu_s_Page_164.txt

xu_s_Page_041.txt

xu_s_Page_088.txt

xu_s_Page_150.txt

xu_s_Page_016.txt

xu_s_Page_147.txt

xu_s_Page_019.txt

xu_s_Page_156.txt

xu_s_Page_096.txt

xu_s_Page_126.txt

xu_s_Page_137.txt

xu_s_Page_036.txt

xu_s_Page_131.txt

xu_s_Page_141.txt

xu_s_Page_109.txt

xu_s_Page_123.txt

xu_s_Page_042.txt

xu_s_Page_023.txt

xu_s_Page_073.txt

xu_s_Page_087.txt

xu_s_Page_082.txt

xu_s_Page_125.txt

xu_s_Page_157.txt

xu_s_Page_069.txt

xu_s_Page_174.txt

xu_s_Page_021.txt

xu_s_Page_093.txt

xu_s_Page_038.txt

xu_s_Page_124.txt

xu_s_Page_171.txt

xu_s_Page_149.txt

xu_s_Page_145.txt

xu_s_Page_010.txt

xu_s_Page_008.txt

xu_s_Page_061.txt

xu_s_Page_102.txt

xu_s_Page_158.txt

xu_s_Page_081.txt

xu_s_Page_060.txt

xu_s_Page_009.txt

xu_s_Page_013.txt

xu_s_Page_071.txt

xu_s_Page_097.txt

xu_s_Page_128.txt

xu_s_Page_058.txt

xu_s_Page_037.txt

xu_s_Page_044.txt

xu_s_Page_135.txt

xu_s_Page_133.txt

xu_s_Page_025.txt

xu_s_Page_151.txt

xu_s_Page_134.txt

xu_s_Page_169.txt

xu_s_Page_118.txt

xu_s_Page_152.txt

xu_s_Page_095.txt

xu_s_Page_172.txt

xu_s_Page_030.txt

xu_s_Page_148.txt

xu_s_Page_121.txt

xu_s_Page_100.txt

xu_s_Page_079.txt

xu_s_Page_108.txt

xu_s_Page_049.txt

xu_s_Page_165.txt

xu_s_Page_144.txt

xu_s_Page_143.txt

xu_s_Page_068.txt

xu_s_Page_067.txt

xu_s_Page_002.txt

xu_s_Page_066.txt

xu_s_Page_032.txt

xu_s_Page_098.txt

xu_s_Page_015.txt

xu_s_Page_056.txt

xu_s_Page_040.txt

xu_s_Page_127.txt

xu_s_Page_129.txt

xu_s_Page_122.txt

xu_s_Page_167.txt

xu_s_Page_014.txt

xu_s_Page_105.txt

xu_s_Page_160.txt

xu_s_Page_064.txt

xu_s_Page_120.txt

xu_s_Page_104.txt

xu_s_Page_047.txt

xu_s_Page_154.txt

xu_s_Page_132.txt

xu_s_Page_159.txt

xu_s_Page_101.txt

xu_s_Page_106.txt

xu_s_Page_086.txt

xu_s_Page_031.txt

xu_s_Page_085.txt

xu_s_Page_054.txt

xu_s_Page_090.txt

xu_s_Page_028.txt

xu_s_Page_046.txt

xu_s_Page_146.txt

xu_s_Page_140.txt

xu_s_Page_119.txt

xu_s_Page_004.txt

xu_s_Page_045.txt

xu_s_Page_078.txt

xu_s_Page_166.txt

xu_s_pdf.txt

xu_s_Page_022.txt

xu_s_Page_059.txt

xu_s_Page_075.txt

xu_s_Page_001.txt

xu_s_Page_136.txt

xu_s_Page_006.txt

xu_s_Page_103.txt

xu_s_Page_139.txt

xu_s_Page_027.txt

xu_s_Page_114.txt

xu_s_Page_170.txt

xu_s_Page_142.txt

xu_s_Page_162.txt

xu_s_Page_092.txt

xu_s_Page_033.txt

xu_s_Page_048.txt

xu_s_Page_039.txt

xu_s_Page_020.txt

xu_s_Page_051.txt

xu_s_Page_062.txt

xu_s_Page_077.txt

xu_s_Page_094.txt

xu_s_Page_011.txt

xu_s_Page_112.txt

xu_s_Page_161.txt

xu_s_Page_024.txt

xu_s_Page_076.txt

xu_s_Page_034.txt

xu_s_Page_113.txt

xu_s_Page_138.txt

xu_s_Page_029.txt

xu_s_Page_057.txt

xu_s_Page_043.txt

xu_s_Page_065.txt

xu_s_Page_168.txt

xu_s_Page_074.txt

xu_s_Page_007.txt

xu_s_Page_012.txt

xu_s_Page_072.txt

xu_s_Page_026.txt

xu_s_Page_052.txt

xu_s_Page_018.txt

xu_s_Page_053.txt

xu_s_Page_175.txt

xu_s_Page_050.txt

xu_s_Page_017.txt

xu_s_Page_110.txt

xu_s_Page_070.txt

xu_s_Page_089.txt

xu_s_Page_005.txt

xu_s_Page_163.txt

xu_s_Page_035.txt

xu_s_Page_084.txt

xu_s_Page_091.txt

xu_s_Page_153.txt

xu_s_Page_055.txt

xu_s_Page_115.txt

xu_s_Page_003.txt

xu_s_Page_173.txt

xu_s_Page_080.txt

xu_s_Page_083.txt

xu_s_Page_063.txt


Full Text












CHARACTERIZING AND CONTROLLING EXTREME OPTICAL
NONLINEARITIES IN PHOTONIC CRYSTAL FIBERS













By

SHENGBO XU


A DISSERTATION PRESENTED TO THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
OF THE UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA IN PARTIAL FULFILLMENT
OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA


2006

































Copyright 2006

by

Shengbo Xu
































This dissertation is dedicated to my family, for their love and support.















ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to express sincere acknowledgements to my advisor, Dr. David Reitze,

for leading me to this exciting field. His experience, expertise and constant wise guidance

are invaluable to my doctoral research and the completion of this dissertation. I would

also like to thank him for everything he did during my internship at Intel, without his help

and encouragement, I could never have this chance to broaden my horizon and expand

my expertise. I could not have imagined having a better mentor for my Ph. D.

My thanks go to the fellow graduate students in the group: Xiaoming Wang, Vidya

Ramanathan and Jinho Lee, for their open minds, all the supports and helpful discussions.

You guys are a great fun team to work with. I would also like to thank the support stuffs

in the department, especially Darlene Latimer, for making my life a lot easier outside

research.

Finally, I want to thank my parents and my wife Yuanjie Li for their love and

encouragement all the way since the beginning of my studies, without their enthusiasm

this dissertation could not have been possible. I love you.
















TABLE OF CONTENTS



A C K N O W L E D G M E N T S ................................................................................................. iv

LIST OF TABLES ........... ........ ....... ....... .. ........... ......... .. vii

LIST OF FIGURES ............... .......................... ........... .......... ..... viii

ABSTRACT .............. ..................... .......... .............. xii

CHAPTER

1 INTRODUCTION ............... .................................. ................... 1

2 PHOTONIC CRY STAL FIBERS ........................................ .......................... 8

2.1 Conventional Fiber Optics Propagation, Dispersion, and Optical
N onlinearities ................................... .....................................
2.2 Nonlinear Fiber Optics: Extended Nonlinear Schrodinger Equation .................20
2.3 Supercontinuum Generations in Photonic Crystal Fibers.............................. 25
2.3.1 Photonic C rystal Fibers ...................... .................. ............... .... 26
2.3.2 Supercontinuum Generation in Microstructured Fibers.............................31
2.3.3 Applications of PCFs and Supercontinuum Generation ..........................37

3 OVERVIEW OF EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES .............. ............... 40

3 .1 U ltrashort L aser P ulses ......... ................. .........................................................40
3.2 Laser Pulse Term inology ............................. ............................41
3.2.1 Laser Pulse Time Bandwidth Product (TBP)..........................................41
3.2.2 L aser Pulse Phase and C hirp ........................................... .....................43
3.3 Femtosecond Lasers (Ti:Sapphire Lasers).......... .......................................45
3.3.1 Ti:Sapphire Crystal ........................................ ...................... ........ .... 45
3.3.2 Kerr Lens Mode-Locking .... ......................................46
3.3.3 Cavities of Ti:Sapphire Lasers .............. ........................... .. ............. 48
3.3.3.1 Home-build Ti:Sapphire oscillator..................... ................. 48
3.3.3.2 Coherent M ira 900 system .................................... ............... 50
3.4 FR O G and SPID E R ............................................................................. ............51
3.4.1 Auto-Correlation and Cross-Correlation .......................................... 52
3.4.2 Frequency Resolved Optical Gating (FROG) .........................................55









3.4.3 Spectral Phase Interferometry for Directelectric-field Reconstruction
(S P ID E R ) ..................................................... ................ 5 9
3 .5 P u lse S h ap in g ................................................... ................ 6 1
3.5.1 Femtosecond Pulse Shaping ..... ................. .... ......... .................... 62
3.5.2 Fourier Domain Pulse Shaping Using Spatial Light Modulator ...............64
3.5.2.1 Fourier dom ain pulse shaping ................................. .. ............ 64
3.5.2.2 Liquid crystal spatial light modulator (LC-SLM)..........................67
3.5.2.3 Experim ental considerations ................................. ................ 68

4 CONTROL OF SUPERCONTINUUM GENERATION IN PCFS USING
OPTIMALLY DESIGNED PULSE SHAPES ...................................... ...............72

4.1 Control of Supercontinuum Generation in PCFs...................................... 73
4.2 Open Loop Control Experiment Setup and NLSE Simulation...........................77
4.3 Influences of Quadratic and Cubic Spectral Phase on Propagation Dynamics ....81
4.4 Open Loop Control of Self-Steepening Nonlinear Effect ..................................91

5 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL OF THE SUPERCONTINUUM GENERATION IN
PCFS VIA ADAPTIVE PULSE SHAPING................................... .................97

5.1 Closed Loop Control and Genetic Algorithm s ..................................................97
5.2 Enhancement of Spectral Broadening via Adaptive Pulse Shaping ................... 103
5.3 Adaptive Control of Soliton Self-Frequency Shift ......................... ..........109

6 ROUTES TO PULSE COMPRESSION USING DISPERSION-FLATTENED
MICROSTRUCTURED FIBER: SIMULATIONS USING THE NONLINEAR
SCHRODINGER EQUATION ............... ... .................. .....................119

6.1 M otivation and Overview of Pulse Compression......... ....................... .........1. 19
6.2 Simulation of Pulse Compression Using Dispersion Flattened Microstructured
F ib er ................ ............... ........ .... ........................ .......... .. ...... 124
6.2.1 Dispersion Flattened Microstructured Fibers .................................. 125
6.2.2 Simulations of Pulse Compression........................ ............... 126
6.3 Supercontinuum Pulse Compression at 800 nm............................................128
6.3.1 Supercontinuum Generation Using DFMF at 800 nm ...........................128
6.3.2 Validation of Fidelity of Supercontinuum Pulse Compression ...............131
6.3.3 Supercontinuum Pulse Compression Results at 800 nm ........................135
6.4 Supercontinuum Pulse Compression 1550 nm.............................................138
6.5 Supercontinuum Pulse Compression 1050 nm.............................................141

7 C O N C L U SIO N ......... .................................................................... ......... .. ..... .. 146

LIST OF REFEREN CES ....... .......... .. ........... .............................. ............... 150

BIOGRAPH ICAL SKETCH ....................... .......... ........................................... 162
















LIST OF TABLES


Table page

3.1 Time bandwidth products (K) for Gaussian and hyperbolic secant pulse shapes....43

3.2 Relations between pulse duration and auto-correlation function duration for
Gaussian and Hyperbolic secant function. .................................... .................53

4.1 List of the microstructured fiber parameters used in the NLSE simulation model..81

5.1 Illustration of the cross-over operator and mutation operator (binary
chrom osom e).................... ...... ..... .............. ...... .......... ........... 100

6.1 List of DFMF parameters in the NLSE simulation model at 800 nm....................129

6.2 List of DFMF parameters in the NLSE simulation model at 1550 nm..................139

6.3 List of the nonlinear microstructured fiber parameters in the NLSE simulation
m odel at 1050 nm ...................... .. .... ....................... .. ...... .... ...........142
















LIST OF FIGURES


Figure page

2.1 Illustrations of the group velocity for pulse envelope and phase velocity of the
underlying field. .................................................... ................. 14

2.2 Illustration of material dispersion for fused silica (zero GVD at 1.3 [tm) as well
as the waveguide dispersion contribution to the chromatic dispersion ..................15

2.3 An example of 210 nm supercontinuum generation in the conventional fiber
(dashed line). ........................................................................ 18

2.4 Temporal evolution over one soliton period for the first-order and the third-order
soliton ............................................................................... 24

2.5 Illustrations of self-steepening and self-frequency shift nonlinear effects...............25

2.6 Cross-section electron micrograph of microstructured fiber and photonic band-
g a p fib e r ...................................... .................................. ................ 2 7

2.7 Illustrations of tailorable dispersion properties of microstructured fibers ..............30

2.8 An ultra broadband supercontinuum generated in a 75-cm section of
m icrostructure fiber. ...................... .................. ................... ..... ...... 32

3.1 Illustration of Gaussian pulses with linear chirps. ............. ................................... 44

3.2 Normalized absorption and emission spectra of Ti:Sapphire for 7t polarized light..46

3.3 Kerr lens modelocking principle: self-focusing effect by the optical Kerr effect....47

3.4 Schematic diagram of the Ti:Sapphire Laser and the external phase compensator.
........................................................................................................ . 4 9

3.5 Second order intensity autocorrelation and spectrum of Ti:Sapphire laser pulse....49

3.6 Schematic diagram of a Coherent Mira 900 Ti:Sapphire laser .............................50

3.7 FROG measurement of a Coherent Mira 900 Ti:Sapphire laser pulse. .................51

3.8 Schematic diagram of a SHG auto-correlator. ................................. ...............52









3.9 Schematic diagram of a SHG FROG apparatus ................................................. 57

3.10 An example of experimental FROG trace and retrieved spectral intensity/phase
profile correspond to the FROG trace ....................................................................58

3.11 Plot of an ideal interferogram ........................................................ ............... 59

3.12 Schematic diagram of a SPIDER apparatus .................................. ............... 60

3.13 Principle of acousto-optic programmable dispersive filter (AOPDF). ..................63

3.14 Schematic diagram of a Fourier domain pulse shaping apparatus using a LC-
S L M ...................................... ..................................... ................ 6 5

3.15 A sectional view of a liquid crystal layer between two glass plates ......................67

3.16 Illustration of LC-SLM array that consists of 128 LC pixels. ............................. 68

3.17 CRI SLM phase shifting curves as a function of drive voltage for750nm, 800nm
and 850nm center w avelength ..................................................................... ... ..70

4.1 Sub-nm supercontinuum feature fluctuations as a result of input pulse power
flu ctu atio n ..................................................... ................ 7 5

4.2 An example of supercontinuum generation in experiment. ....................................79

4.3 Schematic diagram of the open loop control experiment.................... ........ 80

4.4 Simulation results of the pulse peak intensity as a function of pulse spectral
phase .................... ...... ... .. .......... .............................................83

4.5 Experimental results of supercontinuum generation dependence on the input
pulse quadratic and cubic spectral phase....................................... ............... 84

4.6 Experimental results of supercontinuum generation bandwidth from 5 cm and 70
cm microstructured fibers as a function of input pulse cubic spectral phase...........87

4.7 Experimental and simulation results of supercontinuum generation bandwidth
from a 45 cm m icrostructured fiber...................................... ........................ 88

4.8 SHG FROG measurements of the spectral intensities and spectral phases of the
pulses before and after the phase compensation using a pulse shaper ...................90

4.9 Spectral blueshifted asymmetry due to self-steepening. ........................................91

4.10 SHG FROG measurement results of phase sculpted forward "ramp" pulse
generation ............................................................................93









4.11 Experimental and simulation results of suppression of self-steepening effect
using pre-shaped forward ramp pulse. ........................................ ............... 94

4.12 Simulation results of the evolutions of the pulse temporal intensities as a
function of propagation length in the microstructured fiber ................. ........ 95

5.1 Schematic diagram of the closed loop control (adaptive pulse shaping)
experim ent........... ........ ........... ............. ............ ........... 103

5.2 Experimental results of closed loop control of optimization of supercontinuum
generation band idth. ............................................... ....................................... 105

5.3 Evolutions of phase pattern for adaptive pulse shaping experiment of
supercontinuum bandwidth enhancement. ................................... ...............107

5.4 Experimental results of closed loop control of soliton self-frequency shift...........111

5.5 An example of the experimentally determined input driving pulse in the
frequency domain and time domain. ............. ..................................112

5.6 Simulation results of soliton central wavelength as a function of input pulse peak
in te n sity ................................ ................................................... .. 1 14

5.7 Spectra comparison of experimentally optimized soliton generation and
simulated soliton using experimentally determined driving input pulse..............115

5.8 Simulation results of the sensitivity of soliton generation to the input driving
pulse fluctuation. .............................. .............. ......... .. ........ .. .. 116

5.9 Simulation investigation of the sensitivity of soliton self-frequency shift to the
fi ber dispersion properties. .............................................................. ..... ............. 117

6.1 Schematics of pulse compression simulation using supercontinuum generation
and dispersion flattened microstructured fiber................... ................... ................127

6.2 Dispersion profile for the DFMF around Ti:Sapphire laser wavelength at 800 nm.
...................................................................................................... . 1 2 8

6.3 Supercontinuum output and spectral phase with 30 fs 10 kW T-L input pulse
propagating through 9 cm DFM F.................................... .......................... 130

6.4 Simulation of output supercontinuum spectral intensity and phase variations
w ith 1% input pulse noise. ............................................ ............................. 131

6.5 Calculated coherence as a function of wavelength from the electric field of
continuum generation for 5% RMS input pulse power noise in 100 runs. ............133

6.6 Simulated continuum generation for DFMF fiber and a regular microstructured
fi b er. ........................................................................... 13 4









6.7 Simulated supercontinuum pulse compression for DFMF fiber ..........................136

6.8 Simulated supercontinuum pulse compression results using DFMF for different
fiber lengths and input pulse peak powers at 800 nm. .........................................137

6.9 Simulated supercontinuum generation and coherence for DFMF at 1550 nm. .....139

6.10 Simulated supercontinuum pulse durations after compression using DFMF at
1550 nm for different fiber lengths and different input pulse peak powers...........141

6.11 Dispersion curve for a nonlinear microstructured fiber. ......................................142

6.12 Supercontinuum generation and the coherence in the nonlinear fiber for 1 cm
fiber length and 400 kW input pulse peak power........................ ............ 143

6.13 An example of continuum temporal pulse before and after phase compensation
for the nonlinear fiber at 1050 nm ............................................................ ........ 144















Abstract of Dissertation Presented to the Graduate School
of the University of Florida in Partial Fulfillment of the
Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy

CHARECTERIZING AND CONTROLLING EXTREME OPTICAL NONLINEARITIES
IN PHOTONIC CRYSTAL FIBERS

By

Shengbo Xu

May 2006

Chair: David H. Reitze
Major Department: Physics

The development of the photonic crystal fibers (PCFs or microstructured fibers) has

been one of the most intellectually exciting events in the optics community within the

past few years. The introduction of air-hole structures in PCFs allows for new degrees of

freedom to manipulate both the dispersion and optical nonlinearities of the fibers. Not

only the zero group-velocity-dispersion of a PCF can be engineered from 500 nm to

beyond 1500 nm, but the extremely high optical nonlinearities of PCFs also lead to

ultrabroadband supercontinuum generation (>1000 nm) when pumped by nanoJoules

femtosecond Ti:Sapphire laser pulses. Therefore, PCF is an ideal system for investigating

nonlinear optics.

In this dissertation, we present results of controlling nonlinear optical processes in

PCFs by adjusting the input pulse properties and the fiber dispersion. We focus on

supercontinuum, resulting from the extreme nonlinear processes. A simulation tool based









on the extended nonlinear Schrodinger equation is developed to model our experiments

and predict output spectra.

To investigate the impact of input pulse properties on the supercontinuum

generation, we perform open- and closed-loop control experiments. Femtosecond pulse

shaping is used to change the input pulse properties. In the open-loop (intuitively

designed) control experiments, we investigate the effects of input pulse spectral phase on

the bandwidth of supercontinuum generation. Furthermore, we use phase-sculpted

temporal ramp pulses to suppress the self-steepening nonlinear effect and generate more

symmetric supercontinuum spectrum. Using the genetic algorithm in closed-loops

(adaptive) control experiment to synthesize the appropriate temporal pulse shape, we

enhance the supercontinuum generation bandwidth and perform control of soliton self-

frequency shift. For both the open- and closed-loop control, simulation results show good

agreement compared with the experiment optimized spectra. To our knowledge, this is

the first time that femtosecond pulse shaping has been used to control the pulse nonlinear

propagations in PCFs.

We also develop a pulse compression model to study how the microstructured fiber

dispersion characteristics can affect the supercontinuum temporal compressions. Using

numerically simulated dispersion-flattened microstructured fibers at different

wavelengths, simulation results show that it is possible to compensate the stable

supercontinuum spectral phase and compress the pulse to the few-cycle regime.














CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION

Optical fibers have tremendous impact on the modern world. In 1979, progress in

the fiber fabrication technology made it possible to manufacturer optical fibers with loss

merely 0.2 dB/km in the 1550 nm wavelength region [1]. Conventional optical fibers are

made of fused silica, which has zero group velocity material dispersion wavelength at

1300 nm. The design of the conventional fiber (e.g., core size, refractive index

differences between core and cladding) can shift the zero GVD of the fiber to 1550 nm.

Optical fibers at this wavelength with low loss and small dispersion have revolutionized

the telecommunications industry [2]. Meanwhile, optical fibers have also rapidly

progressed the field of nonlinear fiber optics in the last 30 years [3]. Various nonlinear

effects, including self-phase modulation, stimulated Raman scattering, parametric four-

wave-mixing, etc., have been studied extensively and the theory is well established by

now.

The emergence of photonic crystal fibers (PCFs) [4, 5] and their ability to easily

generate supercontinuum have been one of the hottest topics in the optics community for

the past several years. Photonic crystal fibers (e.g., microstructured fibers and photonic

bandgap fibers) exhibit many special properties when compared to that of conventional

fibers, mainly because of their unique design structures. Microstructured fibers [6]

consist of a solid silica core surrounded by an array of air holes running along the fiber

and its light guiding mechanisms is similar to that of conventional fibers. Photonic

bandgap fibers (PBFs) [7] have a hollow core surrounded by the air-holes array, and the









guided light is confined to the low index core by the photonic bandgap effect. The air-

holes configuration of the PCFs gives a whole new level of freedom in the fiber design.

Many PCFs that exhibit novel dispersion and nonlinear properties have been developed

by carefully choosing the core size and air-filling fraction (air-hole size and pitch) of the

PCFs. In particular, the zero group velocity dispersion wavelength of the PCFs can be

engineered at any wavelength from 500 nm to above 1500 nm, which evidently make the

Ti:Sapphire laser wavelength in the anomalous dispersion region of the PCFs. The

tailorable dispersion properties and high nonlinearities exhibit in the PCFs lead to the

ultrabroadband supercontinuum generation. The impact of the supercontinuum generation

on the optical community is phenomenal and it has led to a renewed interest in

investigating nonlinear fiber optics. In principle, the nonlinear mechanisms that lead to

the supercontinuum generation for PCFs are similar to that of conventional fibers.

However, the unique dispersion properties and high nonlinearities of the PCFs determine

that the magnitude of the nonlinear processes is large in magnitude and the required

power for the input pulse to generate sufficient broadband spectrum is much less than that

for the conventional fibers. As a result, over an octave-spanning ultrabroadband

supercontinuum can be generated using Ti:Sapphire laser pulses with only nJ-level

energy [6].

The PCFs and the subsequent supercontinuum generation exhibit unparalleled

properties, well beyond what conventional fiber can ever offer. These properties have

distinguished themselves through a wide range of applications in the ever-widening area

of science and technology. For example, the most important application of the

supercontinuum generation lies in the field of optical metrology. The ultrabroad









bandwidth coherent light makes the measurement of relative frequency offsets possible.

This led to the work of absolute optical frequency measurement which is one of the

subjects of the 2005 Nobel price in Physics by Theodor Hansch and John L. Hall [8].

Because supercontinuum generation in PCFs is a nonlinear effect in the extreme

sense of "nonlinear," researchers have put a great deal of effort to understand what kind

of nonlinear interactions in the PCFs lead to the supercontinuum generation, what role

and order and magnitude they are playing in the generation process. During this

exploration, various simulation models have definitely played an important role.

Simulation models based on the nonlinear Schrodinger equation are by far the most

successful methods and have been well accepted by many researchers [9]. Now, it is

commonly understood that supercontinuum generation is initialized by high order soliton

generation, followed by the soliton splitting among with other nonlinear effects [10, 11].

Meanwhile, however, broadband noise of the supercontinuum generation in the PCFs has

led to amplitude fluctuations as large as 50% for certain input pulse parameters [12].

Furthermore, supercontinuum generation is found to be extremely sensitive to the input

pulse noise. Both the experiment and simulation have revealed that for the reasonable

power fluctuations of the laser systems, sub-nanometer spectral structures of the

supercontinuum vary from shot to shot [9, 13]. This problem greatly limits the

application scope of supercontinuum generation.

Although controlling supercontinuum generation (or any nonlinear process) is in

general difficult because of the intrinsic fiber nonlinearity response to the input electric

field, control of the supercontinuum generation is desirable and it will allow us to tailor

the supercontinuum properties to suit for a specific application. It is also commonly









understood that the supercontinuum generations depend critically on both the input pulse

properties and PCF characteristics. In this dissertation we will present the results of

controlling supercontinuum generations using both of these two approaches. In particular,

we investigate how the femtosecond pulse shaping can be used to control the

supercontinuum generation by controlling the evolution of the temporal and spectral

structure of optical pulses propagating in the microstructured fibers. We also simulate the

supercontinuum pulse compression using the dispersion-flattened microstructured fibers.

Femtosecond pulse shaping promises great advantages to the fields of fiber optics

and photonics, ultrafast spectroscopy, optical communications and physical chemistry. In

general, the pulse characteristics (e.g., pulse intensity modulation and pulse spectral chirp)

one wants to use for a specific application may be different from what a laser system can

directly offer. On the other hand, when optical pulses travel in a complex optical system,

the optical components in the system will introduce significant amount of dispersion,

which compromises the characteristics of ultrashort optical pulses. All these problems

can be solved using femtosecond pulse shaping to alter the pulse intensity temporal

profile for a specific application. Meanwhile, working with adaptive search algorithms

(such as genetic algorithms) to efficiently search all the possible solutions for a direct

target, adaptive pulse shaping has proven to be very useful when an intuitive driving

pulse can not be directly derived.

In this dissertation, we use femtosecond pulse shaping to change the input pulse

properties and control the supercontinuum generations in the PCFs. Depending on

whether an intuitive driving pulse is available, we present the results of both open- and

closed-loop (adaptive) control experiments. Open-loop control schematics utilize









underlying physics to derive a suitable driving pulse. The experiment results of pulse

shaping that change both the pulse spectral chirps and pulse intensity modulation (ramp

pulse) are presented. Meanwhile, a simulation model based on the extended nonlinear

Schrodinger equation using a split-step Fourier method is developed. We use this

simulation tool to model our experimental control results. We use the adaptive pulse

shaping to control supercontinuum bandwidth and soliton self-frequency shift. Again, the

nonlinear Schrodinger equation modeled results for the adaptive pulse shaping helps us to

understand why the final derived driving pulse can interact with the PCF and achieve the

desired supercontinuum. To our knowledge, this is the first demonstration on how

femtosecond pulse shaping can be used to control the evolution of the temporal and

spectral structure of optical pulses propagating in PCFs.

Pulse compression is one of the most obvious, yet most challenging, applications of

the supercontinuum generations in PCFs. Because of the ultra-broad bandwidth of the

supercontinuum, pulse duration of the compression results is expected to be within the

few-optical-cycle regime. However, the fluctuations in the spectral phase of the

supercontinuum generation for the input pulse and propagation noise greatly increase the

difficulties of performing the pulse compression. Experimentally, the coherence of the

supercontinuum (used as a benchmark for the potential compressibility of the

supercontinuum generation) can be severely compromised due to the inherent

fluctuations of the input pulse. However, theoretical investigations have revealed that the

coherence increases linearly with a shorter fiber propagation length [14] and there exists

an optimum compressed distance at which compressed pulses with negligible fluctuation

and time shift can be obtained [15]. Therefore all current pulse compression experiments









involve a short piece of PCF, ranging from several mm to cm. Pulse characterization

techniques such as FROG or SPIDER are used to retrieve the spectral phase of the

supercontinuum. Current state of art compression experiment uses femtosecond pulse

shaping (or even adaptive pulse shaping) with adequate phase compensation to generate

compress pulses several femtoseconds in duration [16, 17].

Meanwhile, the dispersion of the PCFs is one of the main reasons that lead to the

instabilities of the supercontinuum spectral phase, as evidenced by the increase in

coherence when shortening the pulse propagation length. The unique PCFs structures

provide another way to alter (minimize) the fiber dispersion even for a wide wavelength

(over 300 nm, see Reeves et al. [18]). We use the simulation model based on the idea of

dispersion-flattened PCF to perform the pulse compression for the controlled

supercontinuum generation.

The layout of this dissertation is described as follows. An introduction of the PCFs

will be given in chapter 2, including the discussion of both the dispersion properties and

nonlinearities of the conventional fibers and PCFs, as well as a layout of the nonlinear

fiber optics: the extended nonlinear Schrodinger equation. In chapter 3 we will give an

overview of some relevant experimental techniques, which consist of the methods of

generating, characterizing, and temporal tailoring ultrashort pulses. Open-loop

investigations of the influences of input pulse linear and quadratic chirp on the

supercontinuum generation will be given in chapter 4, as well as the control results of

suppressing the pulse self-steepening nonlinear effect in the supercontinuum generations.

Chapter 5 discusses the closed-loop control experiments (adaptive pulse shaping),

including the investigations of spectral broadening enhancement, soliton self-frequency







7


shift. We will discuss our supercontinuum generation pulse compression model and

results using the dispersion-flattened PCF in chapter 6. Finally, in chapter 7, we present

our conclusions.














CHAPTER 2
PHOTONIC CRYSTAL FIBERS

The main work of this dissertation concerns the application of shaped femtosecond

optical pulses in controlling the nonlinear interactions in photonic crystal fibers (PCFs).

In this chapter, we will first summarize the propagation, dispersion and optical

nonlinearities in conventional fibers in section 2.1. This will lead to the discussion of

nonlinear fiber optics (the extended nonlinear Schrodinger equation), including various

nonlinear effects that govern the nonlinear pulse propagation in the conventional fibers

and PCFs. In section 2.3, we will discuss various configurations of PCFs that have

different fiber properties (nonlinearities and dispersion) and applications, followed by the

discussion of mechanisms of supercontinuum generations and its applications.

2.1 Conventional Fiber Optics Propagation, Dispersion, and Optical Nonlinearities

Pulses propagating in the PCFs follows the same dispersion and nonlinear

propagation principles as that in the conventional fibers, although the nonlinearities

exhibited in the PCFs are in much larger scales because of the special configuration

(smaller mode volume, zero dispersion point, dispersion profile) of PCFs. Nonlinear

pulse propagation in the conventional fibers has been studied extensively over the past

few decades and the theories are well established. Therefore, before beginning a

discussion of PCFs, it is important to understand how conventional fibers work. Section

2.1 will give an overview of dispersion effect and optical nonlinearities in conventional

fibers, followed by the well-established nonlinear pulse propagation theory (the nonlinear

Schrodinger equation) in section 2.2.









Uncladded glass fibers were first fabricated in the 1920s. It was not until the 1950s

that people realized that using a cladding layer is extremely important to the fiber

characteristics and fiber optics experienced a phenomenal rate of progress [19]. In the

simplest form, conventional optical fibers are cylindrical dielectric waveguides (fiber

core), made of low loss materials such as silica glass, surrounded by a cladding layer

made of doped silica glass with slight lower constant refractive index than the core. Such

fibers are generally referred as step-index fibers. In graded-index fibers, the refractive

index of the core decreases gradually from center to the core boundary. Modem

fabrication technology produces fiber optical loss close to the theoretical minimum [1]

(0.2 dB/km at 1550 nm), a loss level determined by the fundamental Rayleigh scattering

in silica. The availabilities of low loss silica fibers led to a revolution in the field of

optical fiber communications as well as the emergence in the field of nonlinear fiber

optics.

Guidance of light in optical fibers based on total internal reflection (TIR); that is,

an optical fiber consists of a central core of refractive index nl, where the light is guided,

surrounded by an outer cladding area of a slightly lower refractive index n2, the light

rays with incident angle on the core-cladding interface greater than the critical angle

0~ = sin' (n2 In1) experience TIR. Therefore, the light rays incident on the fiber end

satisfied the TIR can be guided without any refractive loss in the fiber core. The fiber can

guide the light rays with different incident angles (different modes), as long as TIR is

satisfied.

In general, however, the TIR theory is too simplistic to explain fiber modes and

propagation. One needs to start from Maxwell's equations and apply appropriate fiber









boundary conditions to derive the mode solutions of the wave equation. A brief

discussion will be given in this section. Interested readers can refer to Buck [20] and

Agrawal [3] for more detailed discussion.

Starting from Maxwell's equations in the optical fibers,

V xE = -a /t,
VxH = Qd/Qt,
X 0, /(2.1)
V-D = 0,
V =B 0,

where E and H are electric and magnetic field vectors, D and B are electric and

magnetic flux densities. Using the constitutive relations in optical fibers given by

D = sEo + P,
Ef =' (2.2)
B = ,H,

one finds

1 72E i21
VxVxE2= I ato-- (2.3)
C2 a2 10 t2

In general, the polarization P can be expanded in powers of the electric fieldE

P = c0 ().+Z(3) EEE +..). (2.4)

X(3) is the third order susceptibility that governs the third order nonlinear effects. In

general, -(2) (second order susceptibility) should also be present in equation 2.4.

However, even order nonlinear effects disappear for silica fiber as required by symmetry

and are not included in the equation.

Solving equation 2.3 requires the nonlinear -(3) effect to be included, which will

lead to the derivation of the extended nonlinear Schrodinger equation discussed in the

next section.









For the mode propagation discussion, one can treat the nonlinear effect as a small

perturbation to the total induced polarization and simply ignore it in the following

discussion. This lead to the electric field wave equation

2
V2E + n 2(0)- E = 0, (2.5)
C

where n(co) is the refractive index of the fiber and E(r, wo) is the Fourier transform of

E(r, t). For an optical fiber, the natural symmetry is that of a cylinder. Thus, expressing

the wave equation (2.5) in cylindrical coordinates p, q and z, and assuming

E (r, m) = A(om)F(p) exp(+im ) exp(ifiz), (2.6)

where A is a normalization constant, / is the propagation constant (/iz represents the

phase of the field), and m is an integer, F(p) is the solution of the well-known

differential equation for Bessel functions

d 2F 1 dF 22 m) 2 0,
dp p dp p (2.7)

with solutions taking the form

F(p) = J (p), p a, (2.8)
F(p) = Km (yp), p > a,

where a is the fiber core radius and

K =2 k0 _-/ 2,
12 n22 2 (2.9)
2 =2 n2 k .

Similar derivations for the magnetic field from equation 2.5 to 2.9 can be obtained.

Simply applying the boundary conditions that the tangential components of the electric









field and magnetic field are continuous across the core-cladding interface, one can derive

the eigenvalue equation as


J. (Ka) K (y) Jn (a) n K(a) mf ko (n2- n10)
cKJ (Ka) )K (ya) J. (aa) n 2 yK (a) an1K2 2 )

In general, the eigenvalue equation 2.10 has several solutions for / for each

integer m It is customary to express these solutions by /mn, where both m and n are

integers and represent mode indeces. Each eigenvalue iam corresponds to one specific

mode supported by the fiber. The corresponding modal field distribution can be obtained

from equation 2.6. There are two types of mode, designated as HEmn and EHm,. For

m = 0, these modes corresponds to the fundamental transverse-electric (TE) and

transverse-magnetic (TM) mode; whereas for m > 0, all six components of the

electromagnetic field are nonzero.

The number of modes supported by the fiber depend on its design parameter,

namely the core radius and the core-cladding index difference n2- n1. It is useful to

define a normalized frequency parameter and it has a straightforward way to determine

how many eigenmodes an optical fiber can support. Normalized frequency parameter can

be expressed as,

V = ( ,, n1 n22, (2.11)

where ko = 2/20A is wave number corresponds to the central wavelength of the incident

light in the vacuum. Using the normalized parameter, a complete set of eigenmodes can

be derived. When the normalized frequency parameter is smaller than 2.405 (from the

solution of the first zero of the Bessel function), only the fundamental mode is allowed to









propagate, in which case the fiber is called a single-mode fiber. Note that with fixed fiber

parameters, there is a lowest wavelength (cutoff wavelength) that the fiber can sustain

single-mode fiber. Single-mode fibers are widely used in pulse applications.

The description of fibers includes two physical effects, fiber dispersion and

nonlinear effects, both of which will be laid out in more detail in the next section. Below,

we will take an example of optical fibers in telecommunications to briefly illustrate how

these two aspects influence the performance of high speed optical networks.

Optical fibers have revolutionized the telecommunications industry within the last

decade. Single-mode fiber allows for a higher capacity to transmit information via the

light pulses because it can retain the fidelity of each light pulse over longer distances.

Supercontinuum generation offers the possibility of generating over 1000 dense

wavelength-division multiplexing channels (DWDM) using only one single laser source,

using over 10 THz single mode fiber bandwidth [21]. However, fiber dispersion, apart

from the optical loss, will damage the fidelity and cause inter-symbol interference (ISI).

Modem communication requires a high data transmission rate when using a single-mode

fiber, thus short pulses are preferred.

For propagating optical pulses, the mode-propagation constant / solved in

equation (2.10) can be expanded in a Taylor series at (o where the pulse spectrum is

centered,

C 1
f() =n(o) = /0o +-1(0 )0+- /2 ( 0-)2 + -' (2.12)
c 2

where


= d (m = 0, 1,2,...). (2.13)
/8 m [ d o0) o COO






14


The parameters /1 and /2 can be expressed as

1 ng 1 ( dn
,8- (n + o) ,-,)
v (2.14)
S1( dn d2n
S= (2 + 2
c do do2,

where ng is group index and Vg is group velocity. The envelope of an optical pulse

moves at the group velocity Vg and the phase of underlying field evolves at phase

velocity vp, as shown in figure 2.1. /2 is commonly referred as group velocity

dispersion (GVD), and the convention is that /2 > 0 for normal dispersion and /2 < 0

for anomalous dispersion. GVD is mainly responsible for pulse broadening. The

dispersion parameter D (in the unit ofps/km nm) is commonly used in the fiber optics

literature in stead of f2. Its relation to /2 is

d,1 2 zc
D c= 2. (2.15)







ccA A





U)
4--j




Time

Figure 2.1: Illustrations of the group velocity for pulse envelope and phase velocity of the
underlying field.









,73 is the third order dispersion (TOD) and its inclusion is necessary when the pulse

wavelength approaches the zero GVD point.

Dispersion causes individual frequency components in a pulse to travel at a

different velocity; thus, the individual frequency components making up the pulse

separate and "diphase". As a result, the pulse duration increases as it propagates. For

telecommunication applications, information distortion can be manifested in the temporal

spreading and consequent overlap of individual pulses, thus ISI. This effect can be

minimized by choosing the central wavelength of the pulse close to the zero dispersion

point of the group velocity dispersion.

S30- Material
E 20 Dispersion
S o10 Chromatic
C Dispersion

S-0 Waveguide
S-20Dispersion


S-40

-50 1 1 1 1-
1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600
Wavelength (nm)

Figure 2.2: Illustration of material dispersion for fused silica (zero GVD at 1.3 Lam) as
well as the waveguide dispersion contribution to the chromatic dispersion.
Refer to Goff and Hansen [71].

There are three contributions to the fiber dispersion (chromatic dispersion). The

first is the material dispersion, which manifests itself through the frequency dependence

of the material refractive index (n(co), as noted above). This intrinsic dispersion is

determined by the material itself, and we have little control over this. The zero group









velocity dispersion (GVD) for the fused silica is 1.3 jma, as shown in figure 2.2.

Waveguide dispersion comes about because of the effective mode index of the dielectric

waveguiding is wavelength dependent as well. The waveguide dispersion contribution

can easily be manipulated. Changing the core size and the refractive index difference

between the core and cladding can evidently change the waveguide dispersion. (As we

will discuss below, the waveguide dispersion contribution of photonic crystal fibers is

extremely larger compared to that of conventional fiber). Figure 2.2 illustrates that the

zero chromatic dispersion of the fiber is shifted from the 1.3 jn zero material dispersion

point to 1.55 jn because of the waveguide dispersion contribution, thus the name zero-

dispersion-shifted fiber. Furthermore, some fiber designs allow the waveguide dispersion

to be customized and fine tuned. For example, graded-index fiber allows the refractive

index of the core being designed in the form of a parabolic curve and decreasing toward

the cladding [22]. Dispersion-compensating fiber (DCF) can be designed to have the

exact opposite dispersion of the fiber that is used in a transmission system, therefore

nullifying the dispersion caused by that fiber [23, 24]. However, all the designs and

controls of the waveguide dispersion have limitations, with zero group velocity

dispersion between 1.3 and 1.55 nm The last contribution to the fiber dispersion is the

modal dispersion, which results from the group velocity differences between different

guided modes in a multi-mode fiber. Modal dispersion cannot exist in a single-mode fiber,

since by definition only one mode propagates in the fiber.

Pulses propagating in optical fibers also experience nonlinear effects, apart from

the dispersion effects. The magnitude of nonlinear effects is directly related to the input

pulse peak intensity. These nonlinear effects can be generalized as generating new









frequency components (colors), or characterized as effects corresponding to different

nonlinear mechanisms such as self-phase modulation (SPM), stimulated Raman

scattering (SRS), etc. All these different nonlinear effects will be discussed in details in

the next section. Since SiO2 is a symmetric molecule, second order (2) effects such as

second-harmonic generation and sum-frequency generation cannot happen in silica fiber

as required by symmetry. The nonlinearities in optical fibers are small, but they

accumulate as light passes through many kilometers of fiber, especially when dense

wavelength-division multiplexing (DWDM) [25] packs many channels into a single fiber.

Unfortunately, the optical nonlinearities in a fiber are also governed by a material-

dependent parameter, the nonlinear index of refraction n2, and therefore selection of the

material forces us to live with the size of the nonlinearity. For fused silica,

n2 = 2 x 10 16cm2 /W However, a fascinating manifestation of the fiber nonlinearity

occurs through temporal optical solitons [26] (discussed in details in the next section),

formed as a result of the perfect balance between the anomalous group velocity

dispersion and SPM nonlinear effect. Soliton effects are evidently extremely useful for

the telecommunication application. The shape of the fundamental soliton does not change

during propagation as a result of GVD and SPM completely balancing each other at a

critical power (the fundamental solitonpower), whereas higher-order solitons (providing

certain higher input power levels) propagate in a periodic evolution pattern with original

shape recurring at multiples of the soliton period.

On the other hand, optical fibers allow high optical intensities to be maintained

over relatively long fiber length; therefore can be used to enhance the nonlinear effects.

For example, zero-dispersion-shifted fiber can have the zero GVD at 1550 nm where








fiber has minimum loss (0.2 dB/km). As the intense pulse propagates in an optical fiber,
SPM along with all other nonlinear effects can lead to significant broadening of the
optical spectrum; this very broad and continuous spectrum is called supercontinuum (SC).
SC generation was first observed in 1970 by focusing picosecond pulses into a glass
sample as a nonlinear medium [27], SPM is the primary mechanism that led to spectral
broadening. Since then, the nonlinear media used for SC generation has evolved from
gases and liquids to optical fibers. Figure 2.3 is an example of supercontinuum generation
in conventional fiber. A supercontinuum bandwidth of 210 nm was generated by using
500 fs pulse with over 4 m conventional fiber and the energy per pulse is 90 pJ [28].


Compensated
10 Spectrum
-0(b) /, SCSp

-30F
0' Filtered
-40 -[
450 Spectrum
-50 t
-60 "|
-70
1450 1500 1550 1600 1650 1700
Wavelength [nm]


ectru m


Figure 2.3: An example of 210 nm supercontinuum generation in the conventional fiber
(dashed line). Refer to Nowak et al. [28].
The high effective nonlinearities of optical fibers have led to a dramatic reduction
in the pump power requirements compared with those for other nonlinear media. The
high optical intensities maintained over the propagation length will trigger a variety of


Cl
0

0-



0o


-C
j__F
S









other nonlinear effects other than SPM, generating a much broader SC with a relative low

input pulse peak level. As a result, SC generation is much easier and has important

applications in various fields such as telecommunication, optical metrology and medical

science, some of which will be discussed in more details in section 3.

The problem of wavelength mismatch between optical fiber's zero group velocity

dispersion wavelength and femtosecond laser's operating wavelength great limits the

application of conventional optical fibers being used for SC generation. Ti:sapphire lasers

are the most predominately used tunable solid-state ultrafast laser, with a central

wavelength around 800 nm and optical bandwidths of over 300 nm, producing pulses in

duration from a few femtoseconds to several picoseconds and pulse energies from nJ for

the oscillators to as much as 25J for amplified sources, which makes Ti:Sapphire a great

candidate as the laser source for the SC generation. However, at this wavelength range,

silica fiber has such a large material dispersion (100 ps/km.nm) that the contribution of

waveguide dispersion can essentially be ignored [3]. As a result, the initial input pulse

with a short duration and intensive peak power experiences massive fiber dispersion, the

pulse duration broadens very fast and the peak intensity drops dramatically. Therefore,

the breadth and strength of the significant nonlinear interactions as well as the abilities of

generating a very broad supercontinuum for Ti: Sapphire ultrafast laser source are greatly

diminished.

The key technological advance which has revolutionized the ability to investigate

fiber dispersion and more importantly optical nonlinearities is the invention of photonic

crystal fibers. We will discuss this in great detail in section 2.3, but first will layout the

theory of nonlinear fiber optics.









2.2 Nonlinear Fiber Optics: Extended Nonlinear Schr6dinger Equation

For an understanding of the nonlinear phenomena in optical fibers as well as the

mechanisms that leads to supercontinuum generation, it is necessary to consider the

theory of electromagnetic wave propagation in dispersive nonlinear media, in particular,

optical fibers. Before specifically focusing on photonic crystal fibers, in this section we

review pulse propagation in optical fibers from a general perspective.

This section follows closely to the Agrawal's "Nonlinear Fiber Optics" [3]. In a

frame of reference moving at the group velocity of the pulse, an extended nonlinear

Schrodinger equation (NLSE) that governs the optical pulse propagation in single-mode

fibers can be derived under the slowly varying envelope approximation (Ao / a << 1) as

OA a i in+ "nA T 2
-+-A- =iy 1+- A(z,T) R(T)A(z,-T ) dT' (2.16)
8z 2 n n! T" Co Ty

where A(z, t) = A0 (z, t) e't) is the intensity temporal profile of the pulse, a is the fiber

loss, ,/ -terms correspond to the chromatic dispersion (CD) of the fiber. The mode

propagation constant is


fl )= no))= 2 '- (o (2.17)
C m!


where /m = /- and describes the wave-vector of the light in the fiber. y = --
d m cAff
w o 0eg

is the nonlinear parameter, a very important parameter that determines the magnitude of

the optical nonlinearity.

The predominant nonlinearity for silica fiber is the third order nonlinearity,

governed by (3.) since the second-order nonlinearity dispears due to the inversion

sysmmetry at the silica molecular level and the magnitudes of higher-order nonlinearities









are too small for silica. The third-order nonlinear susceptibility is responsible for elastic

nonlinear processes such as self-phase modulation (SPM), cross-phase modulation

(CPM), four-wave mixing (FWM) and third-harmonic generation (THG). The nonlinear-

index coefficient n2 is related to -(3) as


n = --Re(z3), (2.18)

where no is the linear refractive index.

Elastic nonlinear processes correspond to photon-photon interactions and no energy

is exchanged between the electromagnetic field and the dielectric medium. THG and

FWM are usually not efficient in optical fibers, unless special efforts are made to achieve

phase matching. Nonlinear fiber optics also involves the stimulated inelastic scattering in

which the optical field transfer part of its energy to the nonlinear medium via photon-

phonon interactions. These phenomena includes stimulated Raman scattering (SRS) and

stimulated Brillouin scattering (SBS).

The right hand side of the extended NLSE (Eq. 2.16) accounts for the nonlinear

response of the fiber. The response function R(t) can be written as

R(t)= (1- fR)6(t)+ fRhR(t), (2.19)
where fR =0.15 represents the fractional contribution of the delayed Raman response.

The Raman response function hR (t) takes an approximate analytic form as ( r =12.2 fs

and r2 =32 fs)

2 2
hR(t)= + 2 exp(-t/r2)sin(t/rz). (2.20)
ZT1 Z2

There are two very important length scales in nonlinear fiber optics: the dispersion length

LD TO2 I 2 (2.21)









and the nonlinear length

LL = 1/(yo). (2.22)

LD and L, provide the length scales over which dispersive or nonlinear effects become

dominant for pulse evolution.

For pulses shorter than 5 ps but wide enough to contain many optical cycles

(width>>10 fs), the extended nonlinear Schrodinger equation can be simplified as

AA a "+1 8" A 1 a'A,1, T A\ (2.23)i
-+- A- -=Iy \AA +--(A A)-TA-- (2.23)
8z 2 ,, O T" cO OT R T.

using a Taylor-series expansion such that


\A(z,T- T')2 & A(z, T) T' A(z, T)2 (2.24)

and

TR tR(t)dt. (2.25)

The term proportional to 83 governs the effects of 3rd order dispersion and become

important for untrashort pulses because of their wide bandwidth. The term proportional to

,82 is responsible for group velocity dispersion (GVD). It causes temporalpulse

broadening when an unchirped pulse propagates in a single-mode fiber. Higher order

dispersion become dominant when the input pulse central wavelength is near the zero

GVD fiber dispersion or when the bandwidth of the pulse becomes a significant fraction

of the central frequency. The term proportional to A1 A is responsible for SPM nonlinear

effect, a phenomenon that leads to spectral broadening of optical pulses. In the

anomalous-dispersion regime of an optical fiber, interplay between GVD and SPM can

cooperate in such a way that the pulse propagates as an optical soliton. In the normal-









dispersion regime, the combined effects of GVD and SPM can be used for pulse

compression. The term proportional to o)0o is responsible for self-steepening (SS) and

shock formation. The last term proportional TR to is responsible for self-frequency shift

(SFS) induced by intrapulse Raman scattering.

A fascinating manifestation of the fiber nonlinearity occurs through optical solitons,

formed as a result of the interplay between the nonlinear and dispersive effects, i.e.,

anomalous fiber dispersion. A soliton is a special kind of wave packet that can propagate

undistorted over long distances. If we define a parameter N as

N2 = LD NL = YPoT2 /,2 (2.26)

the integer values of N are found to be related to the soliton order. In time domain, the

solution to the nonlinear Schrodinger equation for pure soliton propagation produces a

solution of the form A(t) = sech(t), as the solution given by Zakharov and Shabat using

the inverse scattering method in 1971 [29]. The soliton order N is determined not only

by the characteristics of input pulse (TO, P0 andy), but also the properties of the fiber

itself (y and /2 ). Only a certain combination of these parameters can reach a soliton

solution, given by an integer value ofN Note that to form a higher order soliton, the

input peak power required increases quadratically, which is in turn more difficult. The

shape of the fundamental soliton (N =1) does not change during propagation, whereas

higher-order solitons propagate in a periodic evolution pattern with original shape

recurring at multiples of the soliton period z0 = LD r / 2. As shown in figure 2.4 (a),

fundamental soliton propagates in the fiber without distortion as GVD and SPM complete

balance each other. For the higher order soliton (figure 2.4 (b)), SPM dominates initially










but GVD soon catches up and leads to the pulse contraction; therefore higher-order

solitons propagate in a periodic evolution pattern with original shape recurring at

multiples of the soliton period. From a physical point of view, soliton is generated

because of the interplay between self-phase modulation and anomalous group velocity

dispersion. When the soliton pulse propagates through the fiber, self-phase modulation

generates new frequency components that are red-shifted near the red-end and blue-

shifted near the blue-end of the spectrum. As the red components travel slower than the

blue components in the anomalous dispersion regime, self-phase modulation leads to a

pulse narrowing effect which counteracts group velocity dispersion's pulse broadening

effect. By carefully choosing self-phase modulation and anomalous group velocity

dispersion parameters, the pulse itself can become a soliton by adjusting itself to a

hyperbolic-secant shape during propagation to make such cancellation as complete as

possible.

1.0 4 4 -
(a) (b) N3



E.0 i 1.0 S-

0.20

-5-4-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 -. -4 -3 .2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Time TITO Time TITO

Figure 2.4: Temporal evolution over one soliton period for the first-order and the third-
order soliton. (a) The first order soliton (fundamental soliton) propagates
without distortion. (b) The third order soliton repeats itself over one soliton
period.

Two other important nonlinear effects occurring during pulse propagation are self-

steepening and self-frequency shift induced by intrapulse Raman scattering. Self-

steepening results from the intensity dependence of group velocity in such a way that the










peak moves at a lower speed than the wings in time domain. As the pulse propagates

along the fiber, the temporal shape becomes asymmetric, with its peak shifting toward the

trailing edge [Fig. 2.5 (a)]. As a result of self-steepening, the trailing edge becomes

steeper and steeper as the pulse propagates which implies larger spectral broadening on

the blue side as self-phase modulation generates blue components near the trailing edge.

Intrapulse Raman scattering affects the pulse spectrum in such a way that the Raman gain

amplifies the low frequency components of a pulse by transferring energy from the high-

frequency components of the same pulse. As a result, the pulse spectrum shifts toward the

low-frequency (red) side as the pulse propagates inside the fiber, a phenomenon referred

as the self-frequency shift [Fig. 2.5 (b)].

1.0 (a) Input pulse 200 (b)- uspectm
0.8 Output pulse 2000
S 0.4 1000

0.2 oo 00
0.0 0
O-.B -0.4 0.0 0.4 O.B 600 700 B00 900 1000
t (ps) Wavelength (nm)

Figure 2.5: Illustrations of self-steepening and self-frequency shift nonlinear effects. a)
Self-steepening effect in a nondispersive fiber propagation case. b) Spectrum
showing the combined effects of self-steepening and self-frequency shift, the
spectral modulation is induced by self-phase modulation.

2.3 Supercontinuum Generations in Photonic Crystal Fibers

Supercontinuum generations in photonic crystal fibers results from high

nonlinearities and low fiber dispersion properties of the photonic crystal fibers. In this

section we will first discuss various types of PCFs that have different dispersion and

nonlinear properties, followed by the fascinating supercontinuum generation and

applications.









2.3.1 Photonic Crystal Fibers

The idea of photonic crystal fibers (PCFs) can be traced back to early 1970s [30],

when it was suggested that a cylindrical Bragg waveguide with a central core surrounded

by rings of high- and low-refractive index might be produced. However, it was not until

1990s when the advances in the technology enabled the fabrication of these complex

waveguide structures [4]. It is not an overstatement to say that the development of

photonic crystal fibers (PCFs) is one of the most exciting events in optics for the past few

years. Its impact on the optics community has been phenomenal and has led to a renewed

interested in investigating nonlinear optical phenomena.

PCFs may be divided into two categories: microstructured fibers, in which light is

guided in a solid core by the similar principle as that of conventional fibers, and photonic

bandgap fibers where the guided light is confined to the low index (hollow) core by the

photonic bandgap (PBG) effect.

Microstructured fibers consist of a solid silica core surrounded by an array of air

holes running along the fiber, as shown in figure 2.6 (a). Since the microstructured

cladding area (the microstructured air-filled region) is a mixture of silica and air holes, an

effective refractive index is used to calculate the modal properties [32]. Light can still be

guided inside the core according to the principle of total internal reflection as in standard

optical fibers because the cladding has a lower effective refractive index than the solid

core.

Photonic bandgap fibers exhibit a hollow core or a core made of a dielectric whose

refractive index is lower than the silica refractive index [Fig. 2.6 (b)]. The guiding

mechanism of the photonic bandgap fibers differs dramatically from the microstructured



























Figure 2.6: Cross-section electron micrograph of microstructured fiber and photonic
band-gap fiber. (a) Microstructured fiber, refer to Ranka et al. [5]. (b)
Photonic band-gap fiber, refer to Russell [31]. The darker spots with different
shapes in both figures are air holes.

fiber and conventional fibers. In photonic bandgap fibers, the periodicity of the air-hole

lattice enables to trap the light in the core by two-dimensional photonic bandgaps [33].

The term photonic crystal comes from the analogy between electrons in the periodic

potential of a semiconductor crystal and photons in a periodic index profile (formed by a

regular air hole pattern). Similarly, photonic bandgap results from the well-known Bloch

Theorem, which in turn means no light propagation modes are allowed in the photonic

bandgap. As a result, only light with a given wavelength range can be guided in the

hollow or dielectric core, as the PBG effect makes propagation in the microstructured

cladding region impossible [7].

The fabrication process of the PCFs is a basic stack-and-draw method [31]. First,

capillary tubes and rods made of silica are stack together. In this step, an arrangement of

the capillary tubes allows changing the air silica structure, therefore, providing the

control flexibility of effective index of the cladding area. The PCFs are then fabricated by









feeding the stack into a hot furnace with a certain heating temperature at a proper speed,

much in the same manner as conventional fibers. Various PCFs with complex air hole

structures can be fabricated with different dispersion and nonlinear properties that are

well suited for intended applications.

Photonic crystal fibers exhibit many unique features when compared to standard

optical fibers. The introduction of air-holes structure allows new degrees of freedom to

manipulate both the dispersive and nonlinear properties of the PCFs. Many parameters

can affect properties of the PCFs dramatically. These parameters include the size and

shape of air-holes, air filling fraction, the choices of material used to fabricate PCFs as

well as the dielectric core of photonic bandgap fibers.

A detailed discussion of photonic bandgap crystals and fibers is beyond the scope

of this dissertation, and can be found in Cregan et al. [7] and Knight et al. [34]. Only the

properties of microstructured fiber will be discussed in the following section.

The fiber mode theory describe in section 3.1 has found to be quite useful for

describing mode propagation properties of the microstructured fiber. However, due to the

intrinsic structure differences between the microstructured fibers and conventional fibers,

it is crucial to be able to model the microstructured fiber in more rigorous ways, i.e., it

requires field analysis using the exact boundary conditions of the microstructured air-

holes configuration. These microstructured fiber modal methods include beam

propagation method [35], effective index modal [36], scalar beam propagation method

[37] and vectorial plane-wave expansion method [38], multiple expansion method [39]

and finite-element method [40, 41], etc. As a result, a large number of new

microstructured fibers have been designed with novel waveguide properties suitable for a









wide range of applications. For instance, the effective index method allows rigorous

calculation of effective refractive index of the cladding, which in this case is usually

wavelength-dependent. The normalized frequency parameter Vfor a conventional fiber

can eventually exceed single-mode limit of 2.405, providing a short wavelength and a

large core radius. However, properly choosing the air-filling fraction of the

microstructured fiber (defined as the ratio of the hole diameter d to the pitch of the lattice

A), the normalized frequency parameter V can stay constant even at short wavelengths

[42] or even with a large core radius [43, 44]. Making this constant V smaller than 2.405,

a microstructured fiber can sustain the single-mode property over a very broad

wavelength range, thus the name of endless single-mode microstructured fiber [42].

Other microstructured fibers that exhibit interesting properties include single-polarization

single-mode PCF [45], highly birefringent PCF [46] and cobweb microstructured fiber

[47], etc.

As mentioned in section 2.1, conventional fibers have large normal material

dispersion at the Ti:Sapphire laser operating wavelength, with modifications of the

waveguide properties having little impact. This large normal dispersion greatly

diminishes the magnitude of nonlinear effects and impairs the possibilities of

supercontinuum generation. The invention of microstructured fibers has opened new

opportunities for exploring nonlinearities in microstructured fibers.

The strong wavelength dependence of the effective refractive index of the cladding

of microstructured fibers leads to a new range of dispersion properties that cannot be

achieved with conventional fibers. The waveguide dispersion properties of the

microstructured fibers strongly depend on the air-filling fraction and core size. For










instance, increasing the air-filling fraction as well as decreasing the core size can

dramatically increase the waveguide dispersion, allowing compensation of the silica

material dispersion at any wavelengths range from 500 nm to beyond 1500 nm [48]. As a

result, the zero group velocity dispersion wavelength can be pushed far below 800 nm

[Fig. 2.7 (a)], making the Ti:Sapphire laser operating wavelength in the anomalous

dispersion region and soliton propagation, for the first time, available for the visible


300 Silica strand b) in pu
computed
20 0 ... ... ... .................
2000
|100 PCF measured -.
08

.1oo
-200 Bulk Silica -
-300 4 -
0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 -26
1,100 1.200 1,300 1.400 1.w00 1.000 1.700
Wavelength um wavW ungt (nm)


Figure 2.7: Illustrations of tailorable dispersion properties of microstructured fibers. (a)
Measured dispersion curve of a microstructured fiber with zero GVD below
600nm, refer to Knight et al. [48]. (b) Microstructured fiber with a flat
dispersion (curve B) by adjusting pitch size as 2.41 pm and air-filling fraction
as 0.22, refer to Reeves et al. [18].

wavelength range. Furthermore, by choosing the proper fiber parameters such as air hole

size and pitch, one can easily tailor the dispersion characteristics of the microstructured

fiber, such as fabricating fibers with very low and flat dispersion over a relatively broad

wavelength range [18], e.g., dispersion-flattened microstructured fiber (DFMF), as we

can see in curve B in Fig. 2.7 (b). In general, a proper choice of air-hole sizes and pitches

enable to engineer a variety of dispersion profiles. This precise control of the fiber

dispersion greatly expands the horizon of fiber applications and allows customized fiber

with tailored dispersion characteristics being used in a desired application.









The interest in microstructured fibers is not only because of their special waveguide

properties, but more importantly, lies in the fact of the significant nonlinearities that

exhibit in the microstructured fibers. Actually, the high efficiency of various nonlinear

effects is directly related to the unique waveguide properties that allow the engineering of

the zero dispersion point and tailoring the dispersion profile, in addition to the extremely

small core area. When laser pulses with their central wavelength near the zero dispersion

point propagate in microstructured fibers, the high peak intensities dominate the pulse

evolution and LNL << LD. In particular, the pulse can still maintain a short duration and

high intensity over a much longer fiber propagation length, inducing an extraordinary

larger nonlinearity when compared to conventional fibers. As a result, this greater

nonlinearity reduces the threshold pulse energy for observing nonlinear effects and

nonlinear optical processes take place on a grand scale in microstructured fibers. These

different nonlinear processes, including SPM, SRS, FWM and THG, have been observed

in the microstructured fiber [49-52]. Furthermore, combining with the tailorable

dispersion characteristics of the microstructured fibers, a number of dramatic nonlinear

optical effects are observed at -800 nm that were not previously possible or have been

severely limited [6]. On the other hand, large core single-mode microstructured fibers can

also be fabricated to minimize the nonlinear optical effects.

Now let us turn to the most dramatic and amazing of the nonlinearities, ultra-

broadband supercontinuum generation.

2.3.2 Supercontinuum Generation in Microstructured Fibers

Supercontinuum generation is definitely the most fascinating outcome of the

invention of microstructured fibers. In particular, it results directly from the combination

of microstructured fibers' enhanced nonlinearities and unique engineer-able dispersion









properties. Ranka's postdeadline talk at Conference on Laser and Electro-Optics (CLEO)

in 1999 as well as the paper published in early 2000 have a tremendous impact on the

research conducted on fiber design probabilities, fiber dispersions and nonlinearities, as

well as many important applications in the past few years. In this paper [6], an ultra

broadband supercontinuum ranges from 400 nm to 1600 nm (figure 2.8) is generated in a

S I I I I t I I

100



2 102 ,

S .4
o 10.-

6 101


400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
Wavelength (nm)

Figure 2.8: An ultra broadband supercontinuum generated in a 75-cm section of
microstructure fiber. The dashed curve shows the spectrum of the initial 100-
fs pulse. Refer to Ranka et al. [6].

specially designed "microstructured fiber" using Ti:Sapphire laser 100 fs pulses with 790

nm central wavelength and only 0.8 nJ energy. The microstructured fiber consists of a

silica core of 1.7 /m surrounded by an array of 1.3 /m diameter air holes in a hexagonal

close-packed arrangement, see Fig. 2.6 (a), sustaining single-mode laser pulse

propagation for wavelengths range from 500 nm to 1600 nm. It is quite surprising that the

mode is well confined within the first air hole ring next to the core; the outer rings of air

holes do not affect the fiber waveguide properties at all. With this air hole and pitch

configuration, zero group velocity dispersion wavelength is pushed down to 767 nm,









making the Ti:Sapphire input pulse central wavelength in the anomalous fiber dispersion

region. Nonlinear optical effects, include pulse compression, soliton propagation and

efficient four-wave mixing are observed at 800 nm. All these nonlinear effects have been

severely limited at this wavelength for conventional fibers.

The intensive interest in the supercontinuum generations is well justified. First,

performing the experiment of supercontinuum generation is not hard at all, considering

the popularization of the Ti:Sapphire laser all over the world and the advantage of low

power requirement. Numerous papers have been published on this subject, taking up a

large portion of microstructured fiber literature. Many of the papers are about the

applications of supercontinuum generation, which will be presented in details in the next

section. The more significant reason for the interest in the supercontinuum generations

lies in its complex process, that is, how the ultra broadband supercontinuum is generated?

From a general point of view, there are two contributions which lead to ultra

broadband supercontinuum generation. The first one comes from geometry. A

microstructured fiber has an extremely small core area, nearly two orders of magnitude

smaller when compared to that of conventional single-mode fiber. The tighter

confinement of the mode propagation leads to an increased power density and enhanced

effective nonlinearities. The second contribution is the tailorable dispersion

characteristics of the microstructured fibers, resulting from both the ability to precisely

engineer the air hole and pitch size as well as the high refractive index difference

between the core and cladding. As a result, the zero GVD dispersion can be pushed down

to visible wavelength range and the input Ti:Sapphire laser pulse that experiences a low

fiber dispersion maintains a high peak power while propagating along. The enhanced









fiber nonlinearities combining with the intensive peak power of the laser pulse trigger

many nonlinear processes, generating the ultra broadband supercontinuum.

In principle, the supercontinuum generation process in microstructured fibers is not

different from that in conventional fibers. Well established theories (see, for example

Broderick et al [49] and references therein) explaining many nonlinear processes in

optical fibers has been developed over years. However, supercontinuum generation is a

nonlinear process in the extreme. It is evident that supercontinuum generation is not

resulting from or dominant by one individual nonlinear process; on the contrary, it results

from the complex interplay between various nonlinear optical processes and dispersion

characteristics of microstructured fibers. The complexity also lies in the fact that the

significant pulse spectral broadening process usually happens within the first several

millimeters of the microstructured fiber at sufficiently high power due to the enhanced

nonlinearities and low dispersion. It is crucial to understand the supercontinuum

generation dynamics; in particular, the roles of different nonlinear optical processes play

in a certain pulse propagation stages and their contributions to the final supercontinuum

characteristics. The interpretations of the supercontinuum generation dynamics from the

experimental data are sometimes misleading, as it is usually hard to separately study the

individual nonlinear effect in the experiment when various nonlinear effects are

interacting together in a tangled state. The extended NLSE model using the split-step

Fourier transform method has proven to be a well-suited numerical technique that can

truly simulate the pulse nonlinear propagation processes in the microstructured fibers.

Besides the ability of investigating individual nonlinear effect and its contribution to the

supercontinuum generation, this simulation model has also predicted some new









supercontinuum properties that have been experimentally verified. However, the

complexity and ultra broadband properties of the supercontinuum generation require a

large number of data points and an extremely small propagation step when implement the

extended NLSE simulation model, necessitating the use of high speed computers only

available to general researchers in the last five to ten years.

Many papers have been published from the extensive research on the formation and

evolution of the supercontinuum. A consentaneous conclusion has been formed based on

the rigorous simulation and experimental results [10, 11]. It is believed that the

development and evolvement of the supercontinuum is related to the formation and

fission of higher order solitons in the microstructured fibers. As we mentioned in the

section 2.2, in the anomalous dispersion region, higher order solitons are generated in the

microstructured fiber due to the interplay between the SPM and GVD, where the soliton

order is determined by equation 2.14. Without any perturbation, these higher order

solitons will propagate in a periodic evolution pattern and supercontinuum generation

would never occur. However, a small perturbation will affect a higher order (N>1)

soliton's relative group velocities and, subsequently, trigger the soliton fission: a higher

order soliton with soliton order N breaks up to N fundamental solitons. These small

perturbations include higher order dispersion, self-steepening nonlinear effect and soliton

self-frequency shift. As a result of soliton fission and soliton self-frequency shift, the

fundamental solitons continuously shift toward the longer wavelength of the broadened

spectrum, causing a considerable spectral expansion on the red side. The blue side the

supercontinuum is developed due to the blueshifted nonsolitonic radiation (NSR) [3, 10,

53] or phase-matched radiation; that is, the blue dispersive wave component satisfying









the resonance condition gets amplified by the energy transferred from the phase-matching

soliton under the influence of higher order dispersion [54]. Assuming the soliton

frequency o0, and the nonsolitonic radiation component o,, the phase matching

condition can be written as [53],

AK = /fP() P(o) (a) c,) / Vg 7Po = 0, (2.27)

where / is propagation constant, vg is the group velocity, y is the nonlinear parameter

and Po is the input peak power. Consequently, an ultra broadband supercontinuum is

generated as the fundamental solitons continuously shift to the red side and the blue

phase-matching components are developed and amplified.

It is worth pointing out that supercontinuum is the outcome from interactions of the

most complex nonlinear optical processes with fiber dispersion. Supercontinuum

generation usually occurs within the first several millimeters of the propagation length,

followed by the increasingly fine interference features from the interplay between the

individual soliton and the related dispersive wave as supercontinuum continues to evolve

along the microstructured fibers. It turns out to be true that any small input pulse power

fluctuation can substantially change the features of this fine structure, as verified by both

the simulation results and experimental evidences [9, 13]. The fine structure which tends

to vary from shot to shot can be a huge problem for many applications. For example,

stable spectral phases are required for supercontinuum pulse compression application.

Researchers have put a lot of efforts in finding out the stability range for various

applications. Consequently, different stability fiber lengths range from 1cm to tens of

centimeters corresponding to different input power levels have been found [15, 55].

Meanwhile, changing the microstructured fiber dispersion properties can evidently









minimize the instability of the supercontinuum. Detailed simulation results following this

idea will be discussed in chapter 6.

When the central wavelength of the input pulse is in the normal dispersion region

of the microstructured fiber, supercontinuum can also be generated. Before the spectral

broadened pulse reaching the anomalous dispersion region, due to the high peak power of

the input pulse, SPM nonlinear effect is mainly responsible for the pulse spectral

broadening at this stage. Meanwhile, the peak intensity of the pulse is still intense

because of the low fiber dispersion. After the spectrum broadening into the anomalous

dispersion region, higher order solitons are generated and the mechanisms similar to what

have been described above lead to the supercontinuum generation.

2.3.3 Applications of PCFs and Supercontinuum Generation

The diversity of new or improved performance, beyond what conventional fiber can

offer, means that PCF is finding an increasing number of applications in ever-widening

areas of science and technology [31]. Photonic crystal fibers have important applications

in the optical telecommunications. The enhanced waveguide nonlinearities in the

microstructured fibers potentially make the telecommunication optical functions to be

achieved within a much shorter fiber length comparing to that of conventional fibers [56].

Microstructured fibers also find applications in fiber lasers and amplifiers. Large mode

area single-mode microstructured fiber allows one to obtain a high power output with

relatively low power density. This way nonlinear phenomena and fiber damage due to

overheating can be avoided, making large core microstructured fibers predestinated for

high power operations [57]. Photonic bandgap fibers can be used in the sensor technology

[58]. They can also be used for atom and particle guidance, which has a potential

application in biology, chemistry and atomic physics. Particle levitation in hollow-core









fiber over 150 mm distance with 80 mW laser power has been reported [59]. Furthermore,

the core of the photonic bandgap fibers can be filled with a variety of gases to study gas-

based nonlinear optics. In particular, stimulated Raman scattering in hydrogen-filled

photonic bandgap fiber has been extensively studied [60]. On the other hand, photonic

bandgap fibers filled with argon gas can be potentially used for high harmonic generation,

a phenomenon occurs when the gas election experiencing the recombination process after

being ionized by the ultrashort high-energy pulses [61].

Supercontinuum generation, the most fascinating outcome of the PCFs, has a far

more important application scopes. First, it has become a nature candidate for

telecommunication applications. To construct flexible and robust photonic networks, it is

essential to control, manage and fully utilize the vast optical frequency resources

available. Indeed, supercontinuum generation offers the possibility of generating over

1000 dense-wavelength-division-multiplexing (DWDM) channels using only one single

light source [21] while maintaining its coherent characteristics. Supercontinuum

generation also has application in medical imaging [62-64]. For optical coherence

tomography (OCT), longitudinal resolution in a biological tissue is inversely proportional

to the bandwidth of the light source. Supercontinuum generation with high spatial and

spectral coherence has increased the OCT longitudinal resolution to a micron level

(-1.3 jmn, see Wang et al. [64]). The most important application of supercontinuum

generation is in the field of optical metrology [65-67]. It makes the measurement of

absolute optical frequency possible by establishing a direct link between the repetition

rate of a mode-locked laser and optical frequencies. Using a carrier-envelope phase-

locked laser, an optical clock with accuracy 1-2 orders of magnitude better than the






39


currently used cesium atom clocks is demonstrated [68-70]. This work led to 2005 Nobel

prize for two of the pioneers of the field, John Hall of JILA at the University of Colorado

and Ted Hansch of the Max Planck Institute for Quantum Optics [8].














CHAPTER 3
OVERVIEW OF EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES

To understand how ultrashort laser pulses interact with PCFs, it is important to

understand the methods of generating, characterizing, and temporally tailoring ultrashort

pulses. In this chapter, we will lay out the experimental tools used in our research. A brief

introduction of ultrashort laser pulse and terminology will be given in section 3.1 and 3.2.

We discuss the operating principles and performance of our home-build Ti: Sapphire laser

oscillator and a commercial Coherent Mira 900 laser oscillator in section 3.3. A

description and comparison of different ultrafast laser pulse characterization tools will be

given in section 3.4. Finally, in section 3.5, we present the Fourier domain pulse shaping

using the liquid crystal spatial light modulators.

3.1 Ultrashort Laser Pulses

Lasers are the basic building block of the technologies for the generation of short

light pulses. Only four decades after the laser had been invented, the duration of the

shortest produced pulse has been reduced nine orders of magnitude, going from the

nanosecond (10-9 s) regime to the attosecond (10-18 s) regime [72]. One reason for

generating ultrashort pulses is to challenge the physics limit: what is the shortest pulse

mankind can generate? Another question may arise here: what kind of measurements can

we make with these ultrashort laser pulses?

One important application domain of ultrashort laser pulses is the behavior analysis

(return to equilibrium) of a sample perturbed by the laser pulses [73-75]. If some

processes in the sample are very fast compared to the duration of the perturbation, these









processes will be hidden during the perturbation so that only those processes which are

slower than the pulse duration will be observed. Therefore, it will be easier to understand

the faster processes if one can use a shorter perturbation. The unique property of

ultrashort laser pulses makes them ideally suited for not only the initial perturbation of

sample but also subsequent probing of the sample.

On the other hand, ultrafast lasers can also be used to produce laser pulses with

extremely high peak powers and power densities, which have applications such as

multiphoton imaging [76, 77], generation of electromagnetic radiation at unusual

wavelengths [78-80] and laser machining and ablation [81]. Meanwhile, the large peak

intensities associated with ultrashort laser pulses make them well suited to various

nonlinear wave-mixing processes, allowing the generation of new frequency components.

Such processes include second-harmonic generation, sum-frequency generation,

parametric oscillation and amplification, and continuum generation.

3.2 Laser Pulse Terminology

To better understand ultrafast laser system, ultrashort laser pulse characterization

and shaping, we begin with some terminology [82].

3.2.1 Laser Pulse Time Bandwidth Product (TBP)

A continuous wave laser generates continuous wave (CW) that is an

electromagnetic wave of constant amplitude and frequency; and in mathematical analysis,

of infinite duration. The time representation of the field (real part) is an unlimited cosine

function.


E(t) = Eoe""~


(3.1)









On the other hand, constructing a light pulse implies multiplying (3.1) by a bell-

shaped function, e.g., a Gaussian function. Mode-locked lasers generate this kind of

pulses. In general, a pulse can be represented as

E(t) = A(t)e"'Vote'(t), (3.2)

where A(t) is the bell shaped function and 0(t) is the pulse phase. The physical field is

Re[E(t)]. The general time and frequency Fourier transforms are


E(o) = A(o)e'I()) = rE(t)e'"tdt
1 ,(3.3)
E(t) = E(tm)e-dt


where E(o)) is the pulse representation in the frequency domain.

In particular, a Gaussian pulse can be written as

E(t) = Eoe (t')2 el) (3.4)

A limited duration caused by the Gaussian envelope of the light pulse indicates a limited

frequency bandwidth, which can be clearly seen after the Fourier transformation of the

original temporal pulse (Eq. 3.4).


E(c) = JE(t)eddt = ET eL. 2 (3.5)

The pulse duration and spectral width are defined as the full width half maximum

(FWHM) of the pulse intensity (I(t) = E(t)12 and I(o) E(o))l2) in time domain and

frequency domain, respectively. In the case of a Gaussian pulse (Eq. 3.4 and 3.5), the

pulse duration and spectral width are

At = r,21n2
2 (3.6)
AO =- 21n2
7-









Note that time bandwidth product (TBP, K = At Af ) is a dimensionless number

which depends on the shapes of the pulses, e.g., the shape of a Gaussian pulse is

represented as function e (t/)2 Table 3.1 gives values of K for Gaussian shape and

hyperbolic secant shape which are the most commonly used pulse envelopes.

Table 3.1: Time bandwidth products (K) for Gaussian and hyperbolic secant pulse shapes.
Shape E(t) K = At Af

Gaussian function e (t/'r 0.441

Hyperbolic secant function 1 0.315
cosh(t / r)


3.2.2 Laser Pulse Phase and Chirp

The TBP value in table 3.1 can only be reached when the instantaneous angular

frequency is constant and equals the central angular frequency o0, which can be seen

from Eq. 3.4 and ai(t) = o0. The pulse is called a Fourier transform-limited pulse.

Now let's consider a more general case, that is, the instantaneous angular frequency

is a function of time. Suppose the phase of the pulse obeys a quadratic law in time,

E(t) = A(t)e'`ter'(t) = A(t)e'te'12, (3.7)

then the instantaneous angular frequency varies linearly with time

)(t) = oo + 9q//t = o)0 + 2at. (3.8)

Depending on the sign of a, the pulse is positive or negative "chirped", i.e., linear chirp.

It is very clear from Fig. 3.1, i.e., chirped Gaussian pulses, that the instantaneous

frequency is more red in the leading part of the pulse and more blue in the trailing part

when a positive chirped pulse is presented.











(b)


w


a>O0 a<0

t t

Figure 3.1: Illustration of Gaussian pulses with linear chirps. (a) A positive linear chirp.
(b) A negative linear chirp.

The pulse duration and spectral width in the linearly chirped Gaussian pulse are

At = r 21n2,
1-- T 2" (3.9)
Aw = 2 1n2 [1 +ar2 (9


The TBP will always be greater than the value listed in table 2.1. This discussion is also

true if we start from the frequency domain with a chirped pulse. So the conclusion is that

a Fourier-transform-limited pulse (the shortest pulse) is generated when the pulse with a

fixed spectrum has no spectral phase.

Unfortunately, when ultrashort pulses propagate in an optical system, many optical

components (lenses, gratings, crystals) are dispersive and can generate some kind of chirp

(linear and/or higher order chirp) that causes pulse temporal broadening. It is common

practice to expand the spectral phase in a Taylor Series as

0(2) )(3)
(0) = (0) + (1)(0- 0) (0- 002 (0)- + 0 ,) (3.10)
2 6


where
















0 0)) (3.11)


The linear and quadratic chirp are represented as 0(2) and 0(3), respectively. A pulse

compressor [83] (a pair of parallel diffraction gratings and a retro-reflector) can

compensate most of the linear chirp, but can do nothing about the higher order chirps. To

obtain the shortest pulse, the overall spectral phase (chirp) has to be measured and

compensated. This will be one of the applications of pulse characterization and pulse

shaping which will be discussed later in this chapter.

3.3 Femtosecond Lasers (Ti:Sapphire Lasers)

Lasers are the basic building blocks to generate short pulses. Ti:Sapphire

femtosecond laser has been studied extensively because its high performance. In order to

understand how laser pulse can be temporally tailored and interact with the fibers, it is

important to understand how femtosecond laser pulses are generated in the Ti:Sapphire

lasers. In this section we will describe the properties of the Ti:Sapphire crystal, followed

by the mode-locking discussion. We will also lay out the schematics and performance

parameters of the Ti:Sapphire lasers used in our experiments.

3.3.1 Ti:Sapphire Crystal

In the past decade, the most spectacular advances in laser physics and, particularly,

in the field ofultrashort light pulse generation [84, 85] have been based on the

development of titanium-doped aluminum oxide (Ti:A1203, Ti:Sapphire) laser.

Ti:Sapphire laser has been investigated extensively and today it is the most widely used

tunable solid-state laser. Ti:Sapphire possesses a favorable combination of properties

which are up to now the best broadband laser materials. First, the active medium is solid-

state, that means long operational time and laser compactness. Second, Sapphire has high










thermal conductivity, exceptional chemical inertness and mechanical resistance. Third,

Ti:Sapphire crystal has the largest gain bandwidth and is therefore capable of producing

the shortest pulse; it also provides the widest wavelength tunability [Fig. 3.2].

1.0



0.8



0.6



S0.4-



0.2
S --- Absorption Fluorescence

0.0- I
400 500 600 700 800 900
Wavelength (nm)

Figure 3.2: Normalized absorption and emission spectra of Ti:Sapphire for 7t polarized
light. Refer to Rulliere [82].

From the fluorescence curve, the estimated the FWHM of the theoretical broadest

spectrum is 190 nm, which corresponds to a 4.5 fs pulse if a Gaussian transform-limited

pulse is assumed. In fact, custom build Ti:Sapphire laser that can generate 4.8 fs

ultrashort pulse has been reported [86], merely two cycles of the optical field considering

800 nm center wavelength.

3.3.2 Kerr Lens Mode-Locking

A large number of mode-locking techniques have been developed to generate short

pulse with Ti:Sapphire as a gain medium: active mode-locking, passive mode-locking

and self-mode-locking. Self-mode-locking (or Kerr lens mode-locking) has proven to be









the best way to achieve the mode-locking. Self-locking of the modes utilizes the

nonlinear properties of the amplifying medium to favor strong intensity maxima at the

expense of weak ones.

The nonlinear effect called self-focusing is due to the fact that the refractive index

of Ti:Sapphire is a function of input pulse intensity: n = no + n2I(r, t). Because of the

non-uniform power density distribution in the cavity Gaussian beam I(r, t) the

refractive index changes across the beam profile and the phase delay experienced by the

beam is greater in the center of the beam than at the edge for n2 > 0 [Fig. 3.3]. Therefore,

Intensity


Kerr medium CW



pulsed





Aperture


Figure 3.3: Kerr lens modelocking principle: self-focusing effect by the optical Kerr
effect. An example of hard aperture refers to Wikipedia [87].

the Ti:Sapphire crystal works like a nonlinear lens (Kerr lens) for high intensity light,

with the focusing effect increasing with optical intensity. In the laser cavity, short noise

bursts of light (pulses), which have higher peak intensities, are focused more tightly and

are transmitted through the aperture, whilst lower intensities experience greater losses.

By aligning the cavity in a way such that the resonator is lossier for CW beam than for

pulses, the pulsed regime is favored and the laser will turn to mode-locked regime. The









favoring of pulsed regime over CW regime can be achieved by the cavity design, but is

often supported by a hard aperture (shown in Fig. 3.3), that can simply cut off part of the

CW beam at the focal region of the pulsed beam.

3.3.3 Cavities of Ti:Sapphire Lasers

Depending on the experiment requirement and consideration, we use two different

types of Ti:Sapphire oscillators in our experiments, all of which will be discussed in

details in the rest of this section.

3.3.3.1 Home-build Ti:Sapphire oscillator

For most of our experiments, we use a home-built Ti:Sapphire oscillator. The

design of the oscillator is shown schematically in Figure 3.4. The intracavity is defined

by prism pairs and four mirrors, Ml, M2, M3 and the output coupler M4. The

Ti:Sapphire crystal is located at the common focal plane of two 10-cm spherical mirrors

M2 and M3. The laser system is pumped by focusing a multi-line Argon-Ion CW laser

(Coherent Innova 310). The output coupler M4 is an 85% wedged mirror. The intracavity

prism pairs are the key components for self-mode-locking (Kerr lens mode-locking).

Hard apertures are placed in front of the cavity mirror M1 and output coupler M4. In this

oscillator, mode-locking is initiated by instantaneously moving the first intracavity prism

P1 and M3. The dispersion caused by intracavity prism pairs and other optical component

in the cavity (crystal and OC) is partially compensated with the external prism pairs,

which is designated in the Figure 3.4 as the phase compensator. With 4.9 W pumping

power, our home-build Ti:Sapphire oscillator generates 300-400 mW average pulse

power. The repetition rate is 91 MHz and energy per pulse is around 3 nJ.






49


PHASE COMPENSATOR



P P4

3 OC

LASER SLIT
P 2
t M4

M1 Pi 2 ,A L PULP
P LASER
SLIT


Figure 3.4: Schematic diagram of the Ti:Sapphire Laser and the external phase
compensator. P: prism. OC: output coupler

The output spectrum is shown in Fig (b). It has a bandwidth of 65 nm and central

wavelength of 805 nm. Fig (a) is the second order intensity autocorrelation, using a

100 pm KDP crystal. Assuming a Gaussian pulse shape, the measured FWHM of the

laser pulse is -18 fs.

a) b)







-80 -40 0 40 80 700 800 900
Time (fs) Wavelength (nm)

Figure 3.5: Second order intensity autocorrelation and spectrum of Ti:Sapphire laser
pulse. (a) Temporal autocorrelation of the pulse. (b) Measured spectrum of the
pulse.









3.3.3.2 Coherent Mira 900 system

For the experiment described in section 4.3, we use the commercial Coherent Mira

900 (Fig. 3.6) pumped by Ion CW Coherent Innova 400 laser. The Mira has a tunable

wavelength range from 700 nm to 900 nm. From the schematics we can see there are

several extra mirrors comparing with our oscillator. The only purpose is for the

commercial compact design. Note that M8 and M9 are for alignment only and they are

not in the oscillator cavity. However, Mira 900 does consist of a birefringent filter (BRF)

which makes Mira 900 a central wavelength tunable laser. Such filters take advantage of

the phase shifts between orthogonal polarizations to obtain narrow band outputs.

Furthermore, the commercial design of a butterfly starter (not shown in the figure)

between M3 and M4 makes mode-locking a breeze. The wavelength used in our

experiment is 763 nm. With 8 W pumping power, the average output pulse power is

about 450 mW. The repetition rate is 76 MHz and energy per pulse is around 6 nJ.

M8 Mg

------------------------------------

M7

PUMP LASER M4 TiAl203
------------------ ---- SLIT
ZMS Mi

M6 M2 BRF Oc
M3

Figure 3.6: Schematic diagram of a Coherent Mira 900 Ti:Sapphire laser. Refer to
Coherent Mira 900 [88].

The spectral bandwidth of Mira 900 output pulse is very narrow comparing to our

home-build Ti:Sapphire oscillator due to the BRF, in this case, 4.2 nm [Fig. 3.7 (b)]. The









temporal pulse duration is measured by FROG (see next section for details). The

calculated pulse duration for transform-limited Gaussian pulse with measured spectral

intensity is 215 fs. The measured pulse duration is 225 fs [Fig. 3.7 (a)].

[ a) I b)









-400 -200 0 200 400 756 758 760 762 764 766 768 770
Time (fs) Wavelength (nm)

Figure 3.7: FROG measurement of a Coherent Mira 900 Ti:Sapphire laser pulse. a)
Temporal intensity. b) Spectral intensity.

3.4 FROG and SPIDER

Ultrashort laser pulses are the shortest events mankind ever generated. Before

ultrashort laser pulses are used in experiments, pulse diagnostics are necessary. Since the

femtosecond time scale is beyond the range of the fastest electronics, the pulse

measurement techniques have to be redesigned in order to fully characterize the

amplitude and the phase of the electric field. Most techniques are based on the idea

"measuring pulse using the pulse itself!" Section 3.4.1 will briefly describe the standard

techniques that determine the temporal profile of the pulse, such as auto-correlation and

cross-correlation. Other techniques, which are more sophisticated giving both

information of frequency and time, such as FROG and SPIDER, will be presented in the

section 3.4.2 and 3.4.3.








3.4.1 Auto-Correlation and Cross-Correlation

Maybe the most widely used technique for measuring femtosecond laser pulses is

the second-order auto-correlation, which was first demonstrated in 1966 by Maier and co-

workers [89]. This method takes advantage of the second harmonic generation in

nonlinear crystals. In Figure 3.8 the basic principle of SHG auto-correlation is displayed.

This is typically used to measure the time duration of femtosecond pulses.


LASER
BEAM

0)

I LENS FILTER

<, / POWER
I I
_____ DECTECTOR
\cZ~ !SHG
Xtal


I. /
....... .-...
S,"' DELAY

Figure 3.8: Schematic diagram of a SHG auto-correlator. BS: beam splitter. SHG Xtal:
second harmonic generation crystal.

The incident laser pulse is split in two pulses by a 50/50 beam-splitter. Similar to a

Michelson interferometer, the two pulses are reflected in each arm and subsequently

focused onto a frequency-doubling crystal. The resulting second-harmonic-generation

(SHG) auto-correlation trace is detected by a photo-multiplier as a function of the time

delay r between the two pulses. The SHG crystals can be type I phase-matching or type

II, and the two pulses can recombine collinearly or non-collinearly in the frequency









doubling medium. Figure 3.8 is an example of non-collinear recombination of the two

pulses. The SHGs of each individual pulses are filtered by a hard aperture and a BG-39

filter may also be used to eliminate the original laser pulse signal that pass through the

SHG crystal.

If the two fields are of intensity I(t) and I(t At), the auto-correlation of the two

pulses is


I(At)= I(t)I(t At)dt (3.12)

As can be seen from the equation, the auto-correlation is always a symmetric function in

time. Therefore, auto-correlation gives very little information about the shape of the pulse.

The most widely used procedure to determine the pulse duration is to "pre-assume" a

pulse shape (usually hyperbolic secant or a Gaussian shape, for chirp-free and linear

chirped pulses) and to calculate the pulse duration from the known ratio between the

FWHM of the auto-correlation and of the pulse. Thus the auto-correlation function

depends on the assumed shape of the pulse. Table 3.2 lists the relevant parameters for

various shapes.

Table 3.2: Relations between pulse duration and auto-correlation function duration for
Gaussian and Hyperbolic secant function.
Shape Ia(t) TBP: K Pulse duration At/r

Gaussian function ( 41n2t2) 0.441 52
e At2

Hyperbolic secant function 1.76t 0.315 1.5
Sech ( )
At


In cross-correlation, the ultrashort pulse is not correlated with itself. The cross-

correlation implies the use of a reference pulse of a known shape I,(t) in order to









determine the temporal profile of an unknown laser pulse I, (t). The intensity cross-

correlation to be measured is


IA Icc ()At) = I,((3.13)

The convolution with the intensity of the reference pulse leads to a smooth cross-

correlation shape.

The fundamental problem of auto-correlation and cross-correlation is that it does

not uniquely determine the pulse characteristics. It cannot even accurately determine the

pulse duration because a priori information about the pulse shape is required, which is

sometimes impossible to obtain. Furthermore, a systematic analysis given in Chung et al.

[90] shows that very similar autocorrelation traces and power spectra can be produced by

pulses with drastic different shapes and durations. In fact, to fully characterize a pulse,

including the intensity and phase in time domain or frequency domain, one needs a total

number of 2N points. The correlation function only gives N points, meaning the pulse

characterization for this technique is indeed quite under-determined.

Of course, to understand the pulse itself, which includes what time a color occurs in

a pulse, or equivalently, pulse spectral phase, full pulse intensity and phase

characterization techniques are required. The development of several such kinds of

technique occurs in the early 1990s. Among which, SHG frequency-resolved optical

gating (FROG) and spectral phase interferometry for direct electric-field reconstruction

(SPIDER) are the most well-known techniques. Frequency resolved optical gating uses

two dimensional representation of the one dimensional electric field, while SPIDER uses

one dimensional spectral interferometry. All of which will be discussed in details in this

section.









3.4.2 Frequency Resolved Optical Gating (FROG)

Frequency resolved optical gating (FROG) was first developed in 1993 [91, 92].

Frequency resolved optical gating is a method that can acquire both intensity and phase

of a pulse without making prior assumptions about pulse shape. Frequency resolved

optical gating is based on spectrally resolving autocorrelation function; therefore

generating the spectrogram of the pulse to be measured (refer to Fig. 3.10 (a) as an

example). A spectrogram, S(wo, r), is a two-dimensional representation of the pulse as a

function of time delay and frequency (or wavelength),

2
S(co, r) = Eg(t, )e- ,dt (3.14)


where E,,,(t,r) is simply the autocorrelation signal and has several forms depending on

different version of FROG techniques, e.g., self-diffraction (SD) FROG, polarization

gating (PG) FROG, SHG FROG and third harmonic generation (THG) FROG. Among all

these versions, only SHG FROG utilizes the second order nonlinearities while all the

other versions rely on the third order nonlinearities to perform the autocorrelation. This

makes SHG FROG one of the most widely used FROG techniques. For the SHG FROG,

the E,, (t,r) is simply a second order autocorrelation function,

EsHG~ g (t, r) = E(t)E(t- r). (3.15)

Experimentally, a SHG FROG apparatus is an auto-correlator followed by a spectrometer.

Therefore, instead of just measuring the intensity of the nonlinear optical signal generated

by the two variably delayed pulses, the nonlinear optical signal S(Co, ) is spectrally

resolved into a delay dependent spectrum, i.e., spectrogram. The resulting data is a two

dimensional time-frequency representation of the pulse, that is, a 2D function of time









delay and optical frequency. The spectrogram obtained is referred to as the measured

"FROG trace", as show in Fig 3.10 (a). In some cases, the shape of the FROG trace can

be interpreted to give an overview of the shape of the pulse.

In order to "retrieve" the original pulse intensity and phase, a sophisticated iterative

inversion algorithm needs to be applied to the 2D FROG trace. The two-dimensional

phase retrieval algorithm has been well established in the field of image science. The

electric field and phase of the pulse that created the FROG trace can indeed be uniquely

determined from the FROG trace, e.g., Fig 3.10 (b) is an example of retrieved spectral

intensity and phase of the pulse that created the FROG trace in Fig. 3.10 (a) (save a few

trivial ambiguities). One reason that the FROG iterative retrieval algorithm converges

well despite the absence of an absolute guarantee of convergence with the retrieval

algorithm is that the FROG trace is "over-determined". The FROG trace, unlike the auto-

correlation using N points to calculate the input pulse 2N-points field, has N2 points.

Because of this build-in data redundancy, FROG technique guarantees a solution for an

experimental trace; in addition, it also gains the ability of retrieving from the FROG trace

that has a large amount of random noise [93]. In the FROG retrieval algorithm,

convergence is always determined by calculating the root mean square difference (FROG

error) between the measured FROG trace and the trace computed from the retrieved pulse

field. Indeed, FROG error gives an estimate on how reliable the retrieved spectral

intensity and phase are.

Figure 3.9 is the schematic of our home-build FROG setup. We use this FROG for

all our pulse characterization experiments. A 100 [tm thick free-standing KDP crystal is








used for second harmonic generation. We use an image system after the crystal for

imaging optimization purpose and providing a 10 times image magnification.

We used single shot and multi-shot FROG techniques in our research. A multi-shot

FROG trace consists of a series of 1-D spectra taken by manually change the delay stage


LASER
BEAM
03

/S LENS FILTER

A|< A 2D SPEC-
S_2co TROMETER
\ ir-! KDP
Xtal



.' DELAY

Figure 3.9: Schematic diagram of a SHG FROG apparatus. BS: beam splitter. Xtal:
crystal.
position, whereas single-shot FROG trace itself is a 2-D image (delay vs. wavelength).

Multi-shots FROG trace has a higher signal-to-noise ratio, but the whole acquisition time

is much longer. To retrieve the FROG trace, we send the single-shot and multi-shot

FROG trace to the retrieval algorithms (Femtosoft software). To get a reasonable FROG

error, accurate delay axis and wavelength axis calibrations are required, as well as

appropriate data correction procedures (background subtraction and flat-field correction).

Fig. 3.10 is an example of using FROG technique in our example, with the original

FROG trace shown in Fig. 3.10 (a) and retrieved spectral intensity and phase shown in







58


Fig. 3.10 (b). Note that the retrieved spectral phase shows an example of linear chirp

(quadratic spectral phase) in the original pulse. The retrieved FROG error is 0.025 using

FemtoSoft FROG V1.5.

FROG is a very useful technique, particularly as temporal and spectral information

are simultaneously measured, yielding a phase reconstruction. The downside is that

sometimes spatial chirp and pulse-front tilt can be an issue when reliable FROG traces

are desired. A beam with spatial chirp has color varying spatially across the beam and it

will tilt the FROG trice by a small angle. The pulse-front tilt means the pulse intensity

front is not perpendicular to the pulse propagation vector and this effect will shift the zero

delay line in the FROG trace. Furthermore, the FROG technique is not well suited for

real time pulse monitoring and adaptive control experiments due to the time-consuming

retrieval algorithms and occasionally expertise in the selection of reconstruction

parameters. For other pulse characterization applications, FROG is an excellent choice.


.4-I
0)bo)
C O





Sn
a,

(U


) 0.6- n
-* d a
d
c -1


-1700 0 1700
Delay (fs) 754 756 58 760 762 764 766 768
Wavelength (nm)


Figure 3.10: An example of experimental FROG trace and retrieved spectral
intensity/phase profile correspond to the FROG trace. The spectral intensity is
an example of Gaussian pulse and the spectral phase indicates a residual linear
chirp for the original pulse.


a)


- --I








3.4.3 Spectral Phase Interferometry for Directelectric-field Reconstruction (SPIDER)

The technique, spectral phase interferometry for direct electric-field reconstruction

(SPIDER), is a specific implementation of spectral shearing interferometry [94, 95]. This

interferometric technique is based on the measurement of the interference between two

pulses with a certain delay in time. These two pulses are spectrally sheared, i.e., they are

identical except for their central frequencies. The spectrum of this pulse pair is an

interferogram signal [Fig. 3.11]

S(o)) = I(o) + Q) + I(m) + 2 I(o0 + Q)I(o0) cos[(m + Q) (o)) + Co r] (3.16)

where Q is the spectral shear (the difference between the central frequencies of the pulse

pair), r is the time delay between the pulses, I(o) and q(co) are the pulse spectral

intensity and phase.






Signal
Intensity





Frequency (Hz)

Figure 3.11: Plot of an ideal interferogram. The interferogram is of the form shown in Eq.
(3.16). The nominal spacing between the fringes is 1/T. Refer to Shuman et al.
[96].

As mentioned in this section before, the full pulse characteristics in the frequency

domain require determining both the ()) and w(co). The measurement of the electric









field is quite straightforward and the spectral phase can be extracted from the SPIDER

interferogram. Evidently from the Eq. 3.16, the spectral shear Q determines discrete

spectral phase sampling resolution, as only the spectral phase at a series of spectral

frequency separated by Q can be determined. To utilize the SPIDER technique, the

generation of spectrally sheared pulse pair is required. This is usually done [Fig. 3.12] by

frequency mixing two pulse replicas, that is separated by delay time with a chirped

pulse in a nonlinear crystal. A pulse stretcher, e.g., a glass block in the Figure 3.12, is

used to generate the chirped pulse. The chirped pulse needs to be much longer than the

delay time r to satisfy the condition that each pulse replica can frequency mix with

different frequency in the chirped pulse in the crystal. As a result, the unconverted pulses

are spectrally sheared. The resulting interferogram is resolved with a spectrometer. After

the interferogram is sampled properly, the spectral phase information can be extracted

from the data.






BS
PR
TS1
SFG

HA TS2


FM


Figure 3.12: Schematic diagram of a SPIDER apparatus. BS: beam splitter. GDD: SF10
glass block. TS: translational stage for delay adjustment. FM: focusing mirror.
OMA: optical multichannel analyzer. SFG: upconversion crystal (BBO).
Refer to Gallmann et al. [107].









The SPIDER trace is one-dimensional, and the inversion is algebraic. The SPIDER

pulse retrieval algorithm uses a direct inversion procedure [97], which is much faster

comparing with the FROG's iterative algorithms. As a consequence, real-time

measurements (with a 20-Hz refresh rate) from the output of a regeneratively amplified

laser system have been obtained [96]. Meanwhile, combination with SPIDER and

adaptive pulse control makes real-time ultrashort coherent control possible. However,

SPIDER requires a different optical setup for measurement of different optical pulses,

which limits its flexibility because prior knowledge of the pulse chirp is required.

Furthermore, the accuracy of SPIDER is reliant solely on the initial calibration, which

cannot be checked in the same way as FROG, in which marginals of the FROG trace can

be used to highlight any calibration irregularities [98].

3.5 Pulse Shaping

Femtosecond pulse shaping [99] promises great advantages to the fields of fiber

optics and photonics, ultrafast spectroscopy, optical communications and physical

chemistry. Femtosecond pulse shaping also plays a major role in the field of coherent or

quantum control [100], in which quantum mechanical wave packets or quantum state can

be manipulated via the phase and intensity profiles of the input laser pulse. Changing the

laser intensity temporal profiles can only be achieved by femtosecond pulse shaping.

Meanwhile, several schemes have been proposed in which pulse shaping would favorably

enhance laser-electron interactions. One application involves laser generation of large

amplitude, relativistic plasma waves [101]. In recent years, the combination of the

femtosecond pulse shaping with the adaptive control technique, i.e., adaptive pulse

shaping, has led to several interesting demonstrations [102-104].









In this section we will lay out the schematics of pulse shaping techniques in

frequency and time domain, the practical consideration for implementing pulse shaping

technique, as well as configurations of the pulse shaper used in our experiments.

3.5.1 Femtosecond Pulse Shaping

Femtosecond pulse shaping has passive and active control methods. Passive

methods use grating pairs or prism pairs to give a relatively fixed and limited control of

the pulse, such as the pulse stretcher used in the SPIDER apparatus and the pulse

compressor in CPA systems. Active control methods use programmable modulators,

which perform a much powerful and robust control over pulse phase and/or amplitude.

Active methods can be performed in two domain, frequency domain or direct in-time.

Frequency domain femtosecond pulse shaping has been studied extensively and the

technique is well-developed by now. The method is based on liquid crystal (LC) device

or acoustic-optic modulator (AOM) placed in the Fourier plan of a grating based zero

dispersion 4f-configuration (Figure 3.14) to experimentally control the spectral phase

and/or intensity of the pulse. The different wavelengths are spatially separated and can

then be addressed individually in this case. This turns out to be a great advantage in

conjunction with genetic algorithm for adaptive pulse shaping, because the desired

control pulse can have a rather random phase pattern. However, the setup requires careful

realignment after changing the wavelength and its large size can be a limitation in some

applications. The detailed description of the 4f Fourier domain pulse shaping using LC-

SLM will be given later in this section.

Direct in-time femtosecond pulse shaping can be achieved using an acousto-optic

programmable dispersive filter (AOPDF). Acousto-optic programmable dispersive filters

are based on the propagation of light in an acousto-optic birefringent crystal [Fig. 3.13].









The interaction of an incident ordinary optical wave with a collinear acoustic wave leads

to an extraordinary wave. The acoustic wave is modulated to achieve phase matching for

the incident pulse to be scattered into the perpendicular polarization direction at different

depth for different wavelength. Spectral phase and amplitude pulse shaping of a

femtosecond optical pulse can then be achieved by controlling the frequency modulation

and acoustic wave magnitude through the modulation of the RF voltage for the

piezoelectric transducer. The optical output Eo,(co) can be related to the optical input

E,,(o) and electric driving signal S(o) as [105]

Eo, (c) oc E,, (o) S(ao), (3.17)

with the scaling factor defined as

a= An(V/c), (3.18)

where An is the index difference between the ordinary optical wave and extraordinary

wave and V/c is the ratio of speed of sound to the speed of light. S(Co) is numerically

calculated and sent to the crystal.



Fast Ordinary A Acoust wave
(mode 1) Compressed pulse


Chirped pulse


Slow Extraordinary Axis
(mode 2)



Figure 3.13: Principle of acousto-optic programmable dispersive filter (AOPDF).
Compressed pulse is an example that AOPDF can be used as a pulse shaper to
compensate the original chirped pulse phase. Refer to Verluise et al. [105].









The collinear acousto-optic interaction and the reduced size result in an easy-to-

align device. Acousto-optic programmable dispersive filter have proven to be very useful

to correct the time aberrations introduced in Chirped Pulse Amplifiers, for amplitude and

phase control of ultrashort pulses [105], or even in characterization setups [106].

3.5.2 Fourier Domain Pulse Shaping Using Spatial Light Modulator

Spatial light modulator (SLM) has been widely used in the Fourier domain pulse

shaping technique because of its programmable shaping ability of addressing both the

phase and amplitude of each individual frequency component of the input pulse.

Combining with the Genetic Algorithm's powerful abilities of efficiently searching the

parameter space, adaptive pulse shaping using spatial light modulator has shown great

potential to locate the right driving pulse for a specific application. In this section we will

lay out the schematics of Fourier domain pulse shaping, followed by the discussion on

how the SLM can be used to phase and amplitude control of the input pulse, as well as

some experiment considerations.

3.5.2.1 Fourier domain pulse shaping

Fourier domain pulse shaping is the most successful and widely adopted pulse

shaping method. Therefore, a setup consideration and design details will be discussed in

this section. Figure 3.14 shows the basic Fourier domain pulse shaping apparatus, which

consists of a pair of diffraction gratings and mirrors (or lenses), and a pulse shaping mask

(LC-SLM). The individual frequency components contained within the incident ultrashort

pulse are angularly dispersed by the first diffraction grating, and then focused to small

diffraction limited spots at the back focal plane of the first mirror, where the frequency

components are spatially separated along one dimension. Essentially the first mirror

performs a Fourier transform which coverts the angular dispersion from the grating to a








spatial separation at the back focal plane. Spatially patterned amplitude and phase masks

are placed in this plane in order to manipulate the spatially dispersed optical Fourier

components. The second mirror and grating recombine all the frequencies into a single

collimated beam.

Grating Grating
I SLMI




/Input pulse Shaped pulse
N- f -1H f -

Figure 3.14: Schematic diagram of a Fourier domain pulse shaping apparatus using a LC-
SLM. In this setup, dl+d2=f to maintain the 4f configuration. LC-SLM:
Liquid Crystal Spatial Light Modulator.

In the 4f Fourier domain pulse shaper, the field immediately after the SLM mask

M(x) is [99]

Em(, co) oc E,, (co)e 'oM(x), (3.19)

where a is a frequency to space parameter written as

27r cf
a = ~ ,(3.20)
co d cos(Od)'

and w0 is the radius of the focused beam at the mask plan

cos() fA (3.21)
Wo = COO f (3.21)
cos(d) TW,,

In these equations, 0,, and Od are the incident angle and diffraction angle for the grating,

d is the grating parameter, f is the focal length of the focusing mirror (or the lens), w,, is









the radius of the incident beam before the first grating, co0 is the central frequency and c

is the speed of light.

For the discrete N pixel SLM device, the mask M(x) can be written as

n=N/2 1
M )=(x= (x) 5(x- p n ) rect(x / w), (3.22)
n=-N/2

where H(x) is the continuous mask that pre-defined for specific frequency filter, w, is

the physical width of each pixel of the SLM (see next section for details), the rectangular

function is 1 for x < 1/2 and 0 otherwise, 0 is for convolution.


Assuming a linear space to frequency mapping x = a(co co), the final electric

field after the shaper can be expressed as

n=N/2-1 1
eot(t)~ emn(t) H(t-n--)sinc( itf) (3.23)
n=-N/2 5J

where H(t) is the Fourier transform of the function H(x), 6f is the frequency bandwidth

of each SLM pixel.

The setup of the Fourier domain pulse shaping requires that the output pulse should

exactly reproduce the input pulse if no mask is presented in the back focal plan of the

first mirror [99]. In another words, the grating and mirror configuration can not introduce

extra dispersion. There are several considerations. First, the second grating has to be

carefully placed so that the incident angle on the second grating equals the output angle

of the first grating. Second, 4f configuration must be maintained, which means the

grating pairs must locate in the outside mirror focal planes and two mirrors are separated









by 2f. Note that sometimes lenses are used in the pulse shaper; however, using mirrors

instead of lenses can minimize the material dispersion.

3.5.2.2 Liquid crystal spatial light modulator (LC-SLM)

The pulse shaper in our experiments uses LC-SLM (CRI SLM128-NIR) as the

pulse phase modulation component. The LC consists of long, thin, rod-like molecules

which are aligned with their long axes along the y direction without the external electrical

field (see Fig. 3.15). When the voltage V is applied on the LC cell in the z direction,

electric dipoles are induced and the electric forces tilt the LC molecules along z direction;

causing a change in the refractive index for pulse polarized in y direction, while the

refractive index in the x direction remains constant [108]. Therefore, the polarization of

the incoming electric field must be parallel to the orientation of the long axis (y axis) of

the liquid crystal molecules for use of the cell as a phase modulator.

(a) (b) /
00 00000 I




/ \

Glass ITO

Figure 3.15: A sectional view of a liquid crystal layer between two glass plates. (a) No
voltage applied. (b) Voltage is applied on the ITO electrodes in the z-direction.
Refer to Weiner et al. [108].

The LC-SLM in our pulse shaper consists one LC layer, so it can only act as a pure

phase modulator. However, SLM that consists two LC layers, in which their long axis are
phase modulator. However, SLM that consists two LC layers, in which their long axis are









in perpendicular directions, can be used as both a phase modulator and an amplitude

modulator.

The LC-SLM used in our experiments has 128 pixels that are 2 mm high,

97 pm wide, 15 pm thick, and separated by 3 pm gaps [Fig. 3.16]. Therefore, the phase

shift applied to pixel "i" by the change of its refractive index is equal to

S= 27r~An, 15m
A =, = (3.24)


ITO
ground plate

LC layer



ITO
"electrodes




2mm .- .






Figure 3.16: Illustration of LC-SLM array that consists of 128 LC pixels. The dimension
and positions of the pixels are given as well. Refer to Weiner et al. [108].

3.5.2.3 Experimental considerations

For the most part, we perform frequency domain femtosecond pulse shaping using

liquid crystal spatial light modulators in our research. Two identical gratings (1200

lines/mm) and spherical mirrors (f = 25 cm) are used in the setup. Depending on the

experiments for different input central wavelength, the alignment is changed. If the









gratings and the SLM are designed for different pulse polarization directions, two half

wave-plates have to be used before and after the SLM. The overall power convert

efficiency is above 50% (comparing the pulse power launch into and after the pulse

shaper). The SLM (CRI SLM128-NIR) positioned in the masking plane consists of 128

individually addressable elements 100 Am wide with a 3 pm gap between pixels.

Configuration of the shaper, i.e. positions of optical components and input pulse angle,

can be calculated by applying grating equation and geometrical optics. The goal is

utilizing a large number of SLM pixels to achieve a high pulse shaping resolution.

Combining pulse shaper and open and/close close loop control (see chapter 4 for

details) can yield great advantages in coherent pulse control over pulse interaction with

PCFs. There are a few practical experimental considerations we need discuss before

jumping into the next chapter.

1. High pulse shaping resolution

Using x as the coordinate in the transverse direction parallel to the front of the SLM,

f for the focal length of the lens, 60 for the diffraction angle and D for the grating line

spacing, the pulse shaping resolution can be written as

dA/dx = (D/f) cos O (3.25)

With pulse bandwidth (baseline) and SLM pixel size (x direction) available, diffraction

angle 0d and incident angle 0, for the first grating can be determined.

2. Liquid crystal voltage and phase shift calibration curve

A given phase shift caused by the refractive index shift on an individual SLM pixel

is a function of both wavelength and LC voltage. Even for a fixed wavelength, the change






70


in refractive index shift and voltage response of the LC is not a linear function. So LC

voltage and phase shift calibration curves are required.

Calibration curves can be established with the SLM placed between two crossed

polarizers, each polarizer is placed 45 degrees to the long axis (y) of the LC molecules.

Measuring the transmission coefficient as a function of driving voltage, for different

wavelength and different SLM pixel (if necessary), and applying the equation

T = 0.5(1 cos )), LC voltage and phase shift calibration curves can be measured [Fig.

3.22]. For values that do not lie on one of the three curves, interpolation is used.

26

24 -----850 nm
22 -- ---- 800 nm
........ 750 nm
20-
18-

16

D 14- ".

12-
S10
8-

6-

4 -

0-i

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000

Drive Level (mV)

Figure 3.17: CRI SLM phase shifting curves as a function of drive voltage for750nm,
800nm and 850nm center wavelength. Linear interpolation can be applied to
derive the phase shifting values for other wavelengths. Curves are measured
by Anatoly Efimov.









3. SLM alignment

It is critical to perform transverse SLM alignment. Since phase shift is a function of

driving voltage and wavelength, it is important to know the exact frequency component

for each individual SLM pixel. Fortunately, this calibration is fast and easy. Applying a

large phase jump to several SLM pixels across the SLM array, watching the spectrum

change can easily determine the corresponding wavelengths. Note that this wavelength

and SLM pixel number calibration should be a linear function, according to equation 3.25.

4. limitations of SLM

The most important limitation of SLM is the Nyquist limit. The Nyquist sampling

theorem states that the phase difference between two adjacent SLM pixels should not be

greater than z Therefore, the phase jump across the SLM array should be limited within

128 z Else wise, it will cause an aliens problem.

The pixelation effect is due to the gaps between two neighboring pixels. The

spectral components that pass through the gap, although a small portion, will not

experience the refractive index change. If an exact pulse shape is desired, this effect is

observable as small imperfections between the desired and the measured shape.














CHAPTER 4
CONTROL OF SUPERCONTINUUM GENERATION IN PCFS USING OPTIMALLY
DESIGNED PULSE SHAPES

This chapter will focus on the control of the supercontinuum generation in

microstructured fibers using femtosecond pulse shaping. Specifically, we will present

results of our experiments on manipulating the bandwidth and shape of supercontinuum

using optimally designed intensity profiles. In section 4.1, an overview of the two

different types of control schemes will be presented, including both "open-loop" control

and "closed-loop" control methods. In the ultrafast coherent control community, open-

loop refers to control processes in which the optimal pulse shape for achieving a specific

goal is determined by intuitive methods through careful consideration of the underlying

physics. In closed-loop control, a learning algorithm is applied experimentally to

synthesize the optimal pulse. We will discuss the considerations and setup of our open

loop control experiment, as well as the NLSE simulation tools we used to model the

experimental results in section 4.2. We investigate the effect of input pulse second order

and third order spectral phase variations on the supercontinuum generation in section 4.3.

In particular, effects of input pulse third order spectral phase on the supercontinuum with

input pulse center frequency near the microstructured fiber zero dispersion (GVD) point

are studied. Moreover, in section 4.4, we perform open loop control of pulse propagation

self-steepening nonlinear effect in microstructured fiber using a pre-shaped "ramp" pulse

to counteract the self-steepening. Simulation results based on the extended NLSE model

corresponding to open loop control will also be presented and compared to experimental









results. A standard split-step Fourier algorithm [3] is used in the simulation model.

Closed loop control experiments and results will be discussed in details in the next

chapter.

4.1 Control of Supercontinuum Generation in PCFs

Continuum generation results from the nonlinear interactions between the input

pulse and nonlinear media. Due to the intrinsic properties of nonlinear interactions, the

resulting bandwidth of the continuum is much larger than that of the input pulse.

Continuum generation has been studied over decades. Continuum generation of 400 nm

bandwidth was first observed in the glass in 1970 [109]. Since then, the nonlinear media

used for continuum generation has evolved from bulk glass and liquid to optical fiber.

The low loss, tightly guided modes, and high nonlinearities of the optical fibers make

them natural candidates for the supercontinuum generation. As such, optical fibers lead to

a dramatic reduction in the pump power for the continuum generation. Various nonlinear

effects such as SPM, SRS and FWM subsequently lead to the continuum generation in

the optical fibers.

Due to its high material dispersion at Ti:Sapphire wavelengths, continuum

generation in the optical fibers has been mainly in the telecommunication wavelength

region (-1550 nm) before the invention of PCFs. In addition to their extremely small core

sizes, PCFs revolutionized continuum generation by introducing a large amount of

waveguide dispersion contribution, which can cancel the fiber material dispersion and

yield zero dispersion for as low as 500 nm [48]. The advantages of PCFs manifest

themselves through a continuum generation range from 400 nm to 1600 nm

(supercontinuum) using only a Ti:Sapphire oscillator [6]. Since then, supercontinuum









generation has quickly found applications in various fields such as telecommunication,

optical metrology and medical science.

In fact, the nonlinear mechanisms that lead to the supercontinuum generation in the

PCFs are in no way different from that of continuum generation in conventional fibers.

But in PCFs, the nonlinear interactions usually happen within the first several millimeters

of the fiber length and in a much larger scale. A large amount of research in the area of

supercontinuum generation in PCFs have been performed to explain the active roles of

various nonlinear interactions that lead to the supercontinuum generation, including

soliton generation and splitting, SPM, SRS, etc. Supercontinuum generates in PCFs as a

result of high order soliton generation and splitting, followed by various other nonlinear

interactions slight changing the supercontinuum envelope as propagating along the PCFs.

Supercontinuum generation in PCFS is nonlinear processes in the extreme. Large

modulation structures are easily seen in the continuum envelope due to the soliton

splitting. Meanwhile, sharp sub-nm continuum features vary drastically from shot to shot

[9, 13], as both the experimental and simulation results show that supercontinuum

generation is extremely sensitive to the input pulse power fluctuation. In figure 4.1, left

figure shows the experimental supercontinuum fine structure variation from three

different shot, measured by X-FROG. Simulation result shown in the right figure 4.1 also

reveal that for 1% input pulse power fluctuation, although the continuum envelope does

not show dramatic change, the fine structures of the supercontinuum change drastically.

This drawback greatly affects some of the supercontinuum generation applications, such

as pulse compression and high precision optical metrology. Various research activities

have been carried out to study the stabilities of the supercontinuum generation. In general,









these research interests include variation of the input pulse properties, microstructured

fiber propagation length effects [15] and tailorable dispersion properties. Our approach in

Chapter 6 will focus on the simulation of utilizing dispersion flattened microstructured

fiber to study the pulse compression application.


520 560 600 waveleng(e)th (nm)

40sim io tin ti i
S p er varies by r s to G a [].01
2.0 V V
0.01
0.0 I I 600 601 602 603 604 605
520 560 600 wavelength (nrm)

Figure 4.1 : Sub-nm supercontinuum feature fluctuations as a result of input pulse power
fluctuation. Left figure, experimental result of supercontinuum fine structure
variation from three different shots, refers to Gu et al. [13]. Right figure,
simulation of sub-nm supercontinuum feathers fluctuation as the input peak
power varies by 1%, refers to Gaeta [9].

Controlling nonlinear optical processes in microstructured fiber is in general

difficult, resulting from their intrinsic "nonlinear" responses to the input fields.

Meanwhile, controlling the supercontinuum generation process in microstructured fibers

is important for a number of applications. It allows us to extensively study various

nonlinear processes and dispersion effects that lead directly to the fascinating

supercontinuum generation, as well as gain the ability to generate the supercontinuum

which properties are suited for one particular application.

It is evident that the supercontinuum generation and pulse nonlinear propagation in

the microstructured fibers strongly depend on both the input pulse parameters and

microstructured fiber properties. The "control knobs" for supercontinuum generation in

the microstructured fiber can therefore be characterized as the following two categories.

"Control knobs" related to the microstructured fiber properties include simple controls









such as fiber length and more advanced controls such as fiber dispersion and nonlinear

properties. As mentioned in the chapter 2, fiber dispersion properties can be engineered

by choosing the proper fiber parameters such as air hole size and pitch; meanwhile

changing the core diameter can subsequently alter the nonlinear response of the

microstructured fiber. The input pulse parameters, on the other hand, are much easier to

handle and have a larger number of "control knobs". One can easily enumerate many

input pulse parameters such as pulse power, wavelength, polarization or even the control

of pulse chirp of some kind. Apolonski's results published in 2002 examined the

influences of these control "knobs" on the supercontinuum generations [110].

More generally, Fourier domain pulse shaping [99], in which Fourier synthesis

methods are used to generate nearly arbitrarily shaped ultrafast optical waveforms has

been proven to be a powerful tool and have applications in many optical fields such as

high power laser amplifiers, quantum control and optical communications. When coupled

with adaptive or learning algorithms [111], Fourier domain pulse shaping has shown to

be very effective in exercising control over nonlinear optical processes and producing a

specific "target" nonlinear output state.

Two distinct control methods, open loop control and closed loop control, can be

utilized to perform the Fourier domain pulse shaping. In general terms, open loop control

is defined as the application of specific pulse or sequence of pulses and is carried out

irrespective of the outcome of the experiment. In particular, for the pulse shaping

technique, open loop control method utilizes knowledge of the underlying physics to

intuit or derive a suitable control pulse. For example, the fundamental dark soliton was

observed in optical fibers utilizing specially shaped and asymmetric input pulses, which









is in quantitative agreement with numerical solution to the nonlinear Schrodinger

equation [112]. Open loop pulse shaping shows great advantage in the coherent control

regime. Ultrafast coherent control of excitons in quantum wells use intuitively shaped

pulse trains to investigate the generation process and intermediate virtual states in

quantum structures [113]. Coherent control of Bloch oscillations using open loop pulse

shaping provides a way to control the emitted THz radiation [114]. These are but a few of

the recent applications of coherent control with shaped pulses. For pulse nonlinear

propagation in the microstructured fiber, the chirp (or the spectral phase) of the input

pulse can be altered with much higher resolution in the Fourier pulse shaping comparing

to that of Apolonski where multiple pairs of chirp mirrors were used; therefore gaining

better abilities on how the input pulse spectral phase can affect the supercontinuum

generation. Meanwhile, using the phase sculpted "ramp" pulse to counteract self-

steepening nonlinear effect allows us to suppress the blue-shifted continuum generation.

Closed loop control, also referred as adaptive control, involves "feedback" through the

repetitive application of optical waveforms synthesized using learning algorithms to

ensure that the physical goals are met. Closed loop control coupled with Fourier domain

pulse shaping have become a powerful means for optimizing a particular physical process.

Closed loop control experiments and results will be discussed in details in the next

chapter. To our knowledge, this dissertation and its related papers investigate for the first

time how Fourier domain pulse shaping can be used to control the evolution the nonlinear

pulse propagation in microstructured fibers.

4.2 Open Loop Control Experiment Setup and NLSE Simulation

We use two laser systems in the open loop control pulse shaping experiments,

depending on the experiment of interest. The Mira 900 Ti:Sapphire laser system









generates pulses of 76 MHz repetition rate, with 6 nJ pulse energies, 200 fs pulse

duration and pulse central wavelength is tunable from 700 nm to 900 nm. The bandwidth

of the output pulse is -5 nm, and the Mira 900 is used primarily to study the effect of

third order input pulse phase on the supercontinuum generation when the input pulse's

central wavelength is close to zero GVD point the microstructured fiber (- 763 nm). For

other open loop control experiments, we use a 82 MHz, 30 fs Ti:sapphire laser producing

3 nJ pulses that centered at 800 nm. The bandwidth of this laser system is -65 nm, a

much larger bandwidth comparing to that of Mira 900 as one can easily see by comparing

the pulse durations of these two laser systems. The output pulse train is phase-only

shaped (pulse shaper that only modulates the pulse spectral phase) by an all-reflective 4f

Fourier domain pulse shaper using a 128 pixel programmable liquid crystal spatial light

modulator (LC-SLM) as described in Chapter 3. The focal length of the mirror used in

the pulse shaper is 25 cm. Because the two laser systems have different central

wavelengths and bandwidths, two considerations are taking into account with the design

of pulse shaper to get high pulse shaping resolutions. 300 lines/mm grating pairs are used

for Ti:Sapphire laser with 65 nm bandwidth and 1500 lines/mm grating pairs are used for

Mira 900 laser with 5 nm bandwidth; the grating line spacings correspond to 3.3 un and

0.67 /n, respectively. Input pulse incident angles for pulse shapers can be easily

calculated according to equation 3.16 to utilize large number SLM pixels and yield high

pulse shaping resolutions. The power transmission through the pulse shaper is

approximately -40%. After the pulse shaper, the pulse is coupled into a piece of

microstructured fiber using a 100x objective (Vickers w4017) of a numerical aperture 1.3.

Meanwhile, the shaped pulse is characterized by the second harmonic generation









frequency resolved optical gating (SHG FROG) to verify the pulse temporal structure.

Some dispersion is introduced by the glass in the objective; this is measured separately

and compensated for in our experiments. The microstructured fiber consists of a

1.7 pn diameter silica core surrounded by an array of 1.3 pn diameter air holes in a

hexagonal close-packed arrangement. The microstructured fiber has a zero GVD

wavelength -760 nm and the coupling efficiency using the objective is estimated to be

20%. The supercontinuum generated in the microstructured fiber is collimated using a

50x objective and the spectrum is recorded using a 0.25 m spectrometer with a CCD

detector. An example of the supercontinuum generation in our experiment is show in

figure 4.2. Figure 4.3 shows the schematics of open loop control experiment setup.



















500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100

Wavelength (nm)

Figure 4.2: An example of supercontinuum generation in experiment. Inset: a dramatic
picture of supercontinuum after a grating, taken by Anatoly.











Gradng Gramdnag
dl d dl=f
dZ~



/ ~dl+d2=f
k --- / -- ^ -- / -- r


Figure 4.3: Schematic diagram of the open loop control experiment. SLM: Spatial light
modulator. SHG FROG: Second harmonic generation frequency resolved
optical gating.

We follow the experimental considerations discussed in section 3.5.2.3 to setup and

characterize the pulse shaper. For pulse shapers corresponding to different input central

wavelengths, we use LC voltage and phase shift calibration curves (Fig. 3.16) and

linearly interpolate the values that do not lie on the curves. Meanwhile, we perform

wavelength-to-pixel calibrations for the pulse shaper setups to verify the phase shaping

resolutions. In both cases, -100 pixels over the whole 128 pixels are used for the pulse

shaping. In addition, both autocorrelation and FROG are used to verify the output pulse is

the replica of the input pulse when imposing zero additional phases on the pulse shaper.

To modal our experiments, we use an extended nonlinear Schrodinger equation [3]

(NLSE, described in details in Chapter 2) with a standard split-step Fourier algorithm to

compute the propagation of shaped pulses in the microstructured fiber. The NLSE has

been proven to be valid for femtosecond pulses in the limit that the optical frequency

bandwidth approaching the central frequency of the pulse [3, 9, 115]. A higher order split

step method [115] is used to insure the stability for high input peak powers. In the









simulation model, the time resolution is 0.5 fs, the total sampling points is 214=16384 and

the propagation step size is chosen as 0.5 mm. The frequency resolution is therefore

111.1 GHz. The input temporal profile of the pulse for the NLSE is calculated from the

inverse Fourier transform of the experimentally determined input pulse spectrum and

spectral phase, in which the latter is specified from the additional phase induced by the

pulse shaper in the condition that the phase of the original unshaped pulse has been well

compensated (transform-limited pulse). For the fiber characteristics including the fiber

dispersion parameters, we use the parameters taken from the literature for input pulse

central wavelength of 770 nm [9]. Here is the list of fiber characteristics that we use in

our simulations.

Table 4.1: List of the microstructured fiber parameters used in the NLSE simulation
model.
Parameter (unit) Value

n2 (cm2W1) 2.0 x1016

7 (km-'W1) 96.3

Aef (/2m) 1.63

f2 (ps'km 1) -0.72

fi3 (pskm 1) 2.16x102

/4 (ps4km 1) 1.296 x105


4.3 Influences of Quadratic and Cubic Spectral Phase on Propagation Dynamics

As the first example of open loop pulse shaping experiment, we examine the

influences of quadratic and cubic spectral phase to the output supercontinuum generation

when the input central wavelength is in the anomalous dispersion region of the









microstructured fiber. For the Ti:Sapphire 800 nm laser system used in this experiment,

the output pulse peak power is 100 kW. Considering 40% power transmission through the

pulse shaper and 20% fiber coupling efficiency, it corresponds to a nonlinear length of-1

mm (defined in equation 3.25) calculating from the fiber parameters list in table 4.1),

which is 103 times shorter than the dispersion length for this microstructured fiber. This

ratio manifests itself through the drastic nonlinear effects in the microstructured fiber

which consequently lead to the supercontinuum generation. The magnitudes of various

nonlinear effects (i.e., supercontinuum bandwidth) taken place in the microstructured

fiber critically depend on the input pulse peak power, which is determined by the input

pulse spectral phase given a fixed spectrum. Figure 4.4 illustrates this point, in which

simulation results using the experimentally determined Ti:Sapphire laser spectrum show

pulse peak intensity variations as a function of pulse spectral phase. Note that the pulse

spectral phase is determined by the following equation.

d(2) d(3)
() = (1)(0 o0) + -(0 -00)2 + -( -0)3 +..., (4.1)
2 6

where wo0 is the central angular frequency and the e'0 are the higher order phase terms

defined in equation 3.11. Note that the linear phase shift does not affect the pulse peak

intensity, therefore is not considered in the discussion. In Figure 4.4 (a) and (b), the pulse

peak intensity drops continuously with the increases of both cubic and quadratic spectral

phase. Since pulse peak intensity changes do not depend on the sign of the introduced

spectral phases, only positive cubic and quadratic spectral phase are shown in the figures.

It is quite obvious that the peak intensity dropping is much faster for the quadratic

spectral phase coefficients than the cubic phase coefficients, as the dropping ratio is over

50% for the quadratic phase of 2000 fs2 and less than 1% for the cubic phase of 2000 fs3,










although it also applies for the phase changes according to equation 4.1. In addition, the

temporal intensity profiles showing in figure 4.4 (c) illustrate this huge dropping ratio

difference between the quadratic phase and cubic phase. Note that for both quadratic and

cubic phase variation, acquiring maximum pulse peak intensity implies a zero spectral

phase (transform-limited) for the input pulse.

100,0 10* .
S99.8 ) zem phase
99 6 a c Phi(2)-2000 fs2
99.4 Phi(3)2000 fWs3
99.4 (a)
0 500 1000 1500 2000 60
o2000 60
IGO _______________ 00 40
90
S80 20
70 2

S40 -200 -100 0 100 200
0 500 1000 1500 2000 TIme (fs)
0(Z (f/.)

Figure 4.4: Simulation results of the pulse peak intensity as a function of pulse spectral
phase. In (a) and (b), the pulse peak intensity verses pulse cubic and quadratic
spectral phase, respectively. (c) Comparison of the pulse temporal intensity
with transform-limited pulse, pulse with quadratic spectral phase of 2000 fs2
and cubic spectral phase of 2000 fs3.

Based on previous discussions, we investigate the influences of input pulse

quadratic and cubic spectral phase on the supercontinuum generations. The experimental

results showing in figure 4.5 nicely authenticate the theoretical explanations. The spectra

of supercontinuum generation change dramatically upon variations of input pulse

quadratic spectral phase. The bandwidth of the supercontinuum is greatly suppressed

when introducing extra quadratic spectral phase, reducing from 450 nm for the transform-

limited input pulse to 250 nm for the induced quadratic spectral phase of the largest

magnitude. There are only slight (but experimentally measurable) influences of the cubic

spectral phase on the supercontinuum generation. Corresponding to the pulse peak

intensity variations for introduced pulse quadratic and cubic phase, the latter shows a









much smaller supercontinuum generation influences, although the maximum

supercontinuum bandwidth is still generated by a transform-limited input pulse. There is

also an added discovery when looking into the experimental data. We expect to see the





U"




2000 2000
600 700 800 900 1000 600 700 800 900 1000
Wavelength (nm) Wavelength (nm)

Figure 4.5: Experimental results of supercontinuum generation dependence on the input
pulse quadratic and cubic spectral phase. In both (a) quadratic phase variation
and (b) cubic phase variation, the supercontinuum obtains the broadest
bandwidth for transform-limited input pulse.

soliton generation from the supercontinuum since the input central wavelength is in the

anomalous dispersion region and soliton generation results from the interplay between

the fiber anomalous dispersion and self-phase modulation effect. Both figures show the

evidence of soliton generation, as evidenced by the spilling off of a large spectral

component on the long wavelength side of the supercontinuum and its subsequent shift to

the red side of the spectrum as the phase is minimized. The first interesting observation is

that soliton generation disappears when large magnitudes of the spectral quadratic phase

are presented; resulting from the steep peak intensity drop for the input pulse and that

soliton order is proportional to the square root of input pulse peak power. Meanwhile,

whereas the spectral quadratic phase acts as a coarse control knob for the positions of

soliton generation, the spectral cubic phase shows the fine tunability. Therefore, it is

understandable that the peak intensities of the input pulse actually perform the control









over soliton generation, as further illustrated by both the closed loop experimental and

simulation results discussed in the next chapter.

To further investigate the influence of the input pulse spectral phase on the pulse

propagation dynamics, we study the case that the input pulse frequency is near the zero

GVD point of the microstructured fiber. It is known that finite bandwidth pulses centered

at the zero dispersion wavelength experience both normal and anomalous dispersion.

Near the zero GVD point of the microstructured fiber the dispersion length of the third

order fiber dispersion (TOD), L3d, is comparable to or even smaller than that of second

order fiber dispersion (SOD) Ld Here L = _' /,I where r is the input pulse duration

and 8, is the ith order fiber dispersion parameter. Therefore TOD plays an important role

for the fiber dispersion property as well as the interplay between the fiber dispersion and

self-phase modulation nonlinear effect when L3d is comparable toLd In addition, for

the input pulses presenting a cubic spectral phase, the intrinsic fiber TOD can compensate

the cubic spectral phase and compress the input pulse, providing the sign of the cubic

spectral phase is opposite to the sign of the intrinsic TOD; therefore enhancing the

magnitude of nonlinear effects (i.e., SPM) by increasing the pulse peak power as pulse

propagates along the fiber and generating a broader supercontinuum. When the signs of

input pulse cubic spectral phase and fiber TOD are the same, nonlinear effects are

suppressed due to the fact that the fiber TOD induces extra spectral phase and lower the

pulse peak power along the propagation length.

The zero GVD point of the microstructured fiber listed in the table 4.1 is estimated

to be -760 nm. To make the input central wavelength close to the zero GVD point of the

microstructured fiber, in the first set of experiments, we use our home-build Ti:Sapphire









oscillator and push the laser pulse central wavelength down to 770 nm. At this particular

wavelength, L3d L2d, as one can easily see by the calculation using the listed

parameters. Upon changing only the cubic spectral phase of the input pulses, the

supercontinuum maximum bandwidth should occur for a ,a3 = 0(33/ Liber where ,A is

the fiber TOD parameter and 0(3) corresponds to the input pulse cubic spectral phase.

Note that in this equation the signs of ,3 and 0(3) should be opposite, as only in this case

the fiber TOD can interact with the propagating pulse to compensate the pulse

intrinsic 0(3). We use two pieces of microstructured fibers with different fiber length of 5

cm and 70 cm to study the influence of input pulse cubic spectral phase on

supercontinuum generation bandwidth. As we can see from figure 4.6 (a), the

experimental output spectra bandwidths from the 5 cm microstructured fiber show a

dramatic asymmetry upon examining the sign change of the input pulse cubic spectral

phases, indicating fiber TOD dispersion has a different effects on the positive and

negative pulse cubic spectral phases. The maximum bandwidth occurs when the input

pulse 0(3)is -500 fs3. This corresponds to the fiber TOD parameter ,3 of a value +0.01

ps3/km, which is in reasonable agreement with the reported A value above. According to

the equation, for the 70 cm microstructured fiber, proportionally more 0(3) is needed and

the GVD broadening will play a larger role, thus the effects of pulse cubic phase should

be minimal when imposing same amount of 0(3) as for the short fiber, which can be seen

in figure 4.6 (b).






87


400
(a) (b)
-390- 100 Z

380

S370 2000
0
360 I i -2000

-4000 -2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 600 800 1000 1200 1400
D(3) (fs3) Wavelength (nm)

Figure 4.6: Experimental results of supercontinuum generation bandwidth from 5 cm and
70 cm microstructured fibers as a function of input pulse cubic spectral phase.
(a) Bandwidth changes of SC generation from 5 cm MSF with variation of
input pulse n(3). Inset: output spectra from a 5 cm MSF with variation of input
pulse ((3). (b) Bandwidth of SC generation from 70 cm MSF with variation of
input pulse (3).

In order to further exam this effect and move closer to the zero GVD point of the

microstructured fiber, we use the Mira 900 wavelength-tunable laser oscillator. It has a

wavelength-tunable range of 700 nm to 900 nm. The drawback is that the bandwidth of

the Mira 900 laser pulse (5 nm) is rather small compare to the home-build Ti:Sapphire

laser. Therefore, to see an enhanced effect of the fiber TOD comparing to the first set of

experiments, the central wavelength of the Mira system has to be tuned very closely to

the absolute zero GVD point of the fiber. However, the fiber parameters provided in table

4.1 are only estimated values at this precision level, and the pulse shaper also needs to be

adjusted each time when the tuned central wavelength is changed. In order to find the

absolute zero GVD point of the fiber, we first bypassed the pulse shaper and projected the

laser beam directly into the microstructured fiber and find that output spectra have the

maximum bandwidth at 763 nm. Since input pulses have a small bandwidth and

experience the minimal GVD at zero GVD point, thus generating maximum bandwidth

supercontinuum at this wavelength, 763 nm is the zero GVD point of the fiber. Based on




Full Text

PAGE 1

CHARACTERIZING AND CONT ROLLING EXTREME OPTICAL NONLINEARITIES IN PHOTONIC CRYSTAL FIBERS By SHENGBO XU A DISSERTATION PRESENTED TO THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OF THE UNIVERSITY OF FLOR IDA IN PARTIAL FULFILLMENT OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA 2006

PAGE 2

Copyright 2006 by Shengbo Xu

PAGE 3

This dissertation is dedicated to my family, for their love and support.

PAGE 4

iv ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I would like to express sin cere acknowledgements to my advisor, Dr. David Reitze, for leading me to this exciting field. His e xperience, expertise and constant wise guidance are invaluable to my doctoral research and the completion of this dissertation. I would also like to thank him for ever ything he did during my internship at Intel, without his help and encouragement, I could never have this chance to broaden my horizon and expand my expertise. I could not have imagined having a better mentor for my Ph. D. My thanks go to the fellow graduate students in the group: Xiaoming Wang, Vidya Ramanathan and Jinho Lee, for their open minds all the supports and helpful discussions. You guys are a great fun team to work with. I would also like to thank the support stuffs in the department, especially Darlene Latimer, for making my life a lot easier outside research. Finally, I want to thank my parents and my wife Yuanjie Li for their love and encouragement all the way since the beginning of my studies, without their enthusiasms this dissertation could not ha ve been possible. I love you.

PAGE 5

v TABLE OF CONTENTS page ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.................................................................................................iv LIST OF TABLES............................................................................................................vii LIST OF FIGURES.........................................................................................................viii ABSTRACT......................................................................................................................x ii CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION........................................................................................................1 2 PHOTONIC CRYSTAL FIBERS................................................................................8 2.1 Conventional Fiber Optics – Prop agation, Dispersion, and Optical Nonlinearities............................................................................................................8 2.2 Nonlinear Fiber Optics: Extende d Nonlinear Schrdinger Equation...................20 2.3 Supercontinuum Generations in Photonic Crystal Fibers.....................................25 2.3.1 Photonic Crystal Fibers..............................................................................26 2.3.2 Supercontinuum Generation in Microstructured Fibers.............................31 2.3.3 Applications of PCFs and Supercontinuum Generation.............................37 3 OVERVIEW OF EXPERI MENTAL TECHNIQUES...............................................40 3.1 Ultrashort Laser Pulses.........................................................................................40 3.2 Laser Pulse Terminology......................................................................................41 3.2.1 Laser Pulse Time Bandwidth Product (TBP).............................................41 3.2.2 Laser Pulse Phase and Chirp......................................................................43 3.3 Femtosecond Lasers (Ti:Sapphire Lasers)............................................................45 3.3.1 Ti:Sapphire Crystal.....................................................................................45 3.3.2 Kerr Lens Mode-Locking...........................................................................46 3.3.3 Cavities of Ti:Sapphire Lasers...................................................................48 3.3.3.1 Home-build Ti:Sapphire oscillator...................................................48 3.3.3.2 Coherent Mira 900 system...............................................................50 3.4 FROG and SPIDER..............................................................................................51 3.4.1 Auto-Correlation and Cross-Correlation....................................................52 3.4.2 Frequency Resolved Optical Gating (FROG)............................................55

PAGE 6

vi 3.4.3 Spectral Phase Interferometry for Direct electric-field Reconstruction (SPIDER).........................................................................................................59 3.5 Pulse Shaping........................................................................................................61 3.5.1 Femtosecond Pulse Shaping.......................................................................62 3.5.2 Fourier Domain Pulse Shaping Using Spatial Light Modulator................64 3.5.2.1 Fourier domain pulse shaping..........................................................64 3.5.2.2 Liquid crystal spatial li ght modulator (LC-SLM)............................67 3.5.2.3 Experimental considerations............................................................68 4 CONTROL OF SUPERCONTINUUM GENERATION IN PCFS USING OPTIMALLY DESIGNED PULSE SHAPES...........................................................72 4.1 Control of Supercontinuum Generation in PCFs..................................................73 4.2 Open Loop Control Experiment Setup and NLSE Simulation.............................77 4.3 Influences of Quadratic and Cubic Spectral Phase on Propagation Dynamics....81 4.4 Open Loop Control of Self-Steepening Nonlinear Effect....................................91 5 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL OF THE SUPERCONTINUUM GENERATION IN PCFS VIA ADAPTIVE PULSE SHAPING..............................................................97 5.1 Closed Loop Control and Genetic Algorithms.....................................................97 5.2 Enhancement of Spectral Broade ning via Adaptive Pulse Shaping...................103 5.3 Adaptive Control of Solit on Self-Frequency Shift.............................................109 6 ROUTES TO PULSE COMPRESSION USING DISPERSION-FLATTENED MICROSTRUCTURED FIBER: SIMU LATIONS USING THE NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER EQUATION................................................................................119 6.1 Motivation and Overview of Pulse Compression...............................................119 6.2 Simulation of Pulse Compression Using Dispersion Flattened Microstructured Fiber......................................................................................................................124 6.2.1 Dispersion Flattened Microstructured Fibers...........................................125 6.2.2 Simulations of Pulse Compression...........................................................126 6.3 Supercontinuum Pulse Compression at 800 nm.................................................128 6.3.1 Supercontinuum Generation Using DFMF at 800 nm.............................128 6.3.2 Validation of Fidelity of Supercontinuum Pulse Compression................131 6.3.3 Supercontinuum Pulse Compression Results at 800 nm..........................135 6.4 Supercontinuum Pulse Compression 1550 nm...................................................138 6.5 Supercontinuum Pulse Compression 1050 nm...................................................141 7 CONCLUSION.........................................................................................................146 LIST OF REFERENCES.................................................................................................150 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH...........................................................................................162

PAGE 7

vii LIST OF TABLES Table page 3.1 Time bandwidth products (K) for Gaussian and hyperbolic secant pulse shapes....43 3.2 Relations between pulse duration and auto-correlation f unction duration for Gaussian and Hyperbolic secant function................................................................53 4.1 List of the microstructured fiber parame ters used in the NLSE simulation model..81 5.1 Illustration of the cross-over ope rator and mutation operator (binary chromosome)..........................................................................................................100 6.1 List of DFMF parameters in the NLSE simulation model at 800 nm....................129 6.2 List of DFMF parameters in the NLSE simulation model at 1550 nm..................139 6.3 List of the nonlinear microstructured fiber parameters in the NLSE simulation model at 1050 nm...................................................................................................142

PAGE 8

viii LIST OF FIGURES Figure page 2.1 Illustrations of the group velocity for pul se envelope and phase velocity of the underlying field........................................................................................................14 2.2 Illustration of material dispersion for fused silica (zero GVD at 1.3 m) as well as the waveguide dispersion contribu tion to the chromatic dispersion....................15 2.3 An example of 210 nm supercontinuum generation in the conventional fiber (dashed line).............................................................................................................18 2.4 Temporal evolution over one soliton peri od for the first-order and the third-order soliton.......................................................................................................................2 4 2.5 Illustrations of self-steepening and self-frequency shift nonlinear effects...............25 2.6 Cross-section electron micrograph of microstructured fiber and photonic bandgap fiber....................................................................................................................27 2.7 Illustrations of tailorable dispersion properties of microstructured fibers...............30 2.8 An ultra broadband supercontinuum generated in a 75-cm section of microstructure fiber..................................................................................................32 3.1 Illustration of Gaussian pul ses with linear chirps....................................................44 3.2 Normalized absorption and emi ssion spectra of Ti:Sapphire for polarized light..46 3.3 Kerr lens modelocking principle: self-foc using effect by the optical Kerr effect....47 3.4 Schematic diagram of the Ti:Sapphire La ser and the external phase compensator. ............................................................................................................................... ...49 3.5 Second order intensity autocorrelation a nd spectrum of Ti:Sapphire laser pulse....49 3.6 Schematic diagram of a Cohere nt Mira 900 Ti:Sapphire laser................................50 3.7 FROG measurement of a Coherent Mira 900 Ti:Sapphire laser pulse....................51 3.8 Schematic diagram of a SHG auto-correlator..........................................................52

PAGE 9

ix 3.9 Schematic diagram of a SHG FROG apparatus.......................................................57 3.10 An example of experimental FROG trace and retrieved spectral intensity/phase profile correspond to the FROG trace......................................................................58 3.11 Plot of an ideal interferogram...................................................................................59 3.12 Schematic diagram of a SPIDER apparatus.............................................................60 3.13 Principle of acousto-optic programmable dispersive filter (AOPDF).....................63 3.14 Schematic diagram of a Fourier domai n pulse shaping apparatus using a LCSLM..........................................................................................................................65 3.15 A sectional view of a liquid crystal layer betw een two glass plates........................67 3.16 Illustration of LC-SLM array that consists of 128 LC pixels..................................68 3.17 CRI SLM phase shifting curves as a function of drive voltage for750nm, 800nm and 850nm center wavelength..................................................................................70 4.1 Sub-nm supercontinuum feature fluctuati ons as a result of input pulse power fluctuation.................................................................................................................75 4.2 An example of supercontinuum generation in experiment......................................79 4.3 Schematic diagram of the open loop control experiment.........................................80 4.4 Simulation results of the pulse peak in tensity as a function of pulse spectral phase.........................................................................................................................8 3 4.5 Experimental results of supercontin uum generation dependence on the input pulse quadratic and cubic spectral phase..................................................................84 4.6 Experimental results of supercontinuu m generation bandwidth from 5 cm and 70 cm microstructured fibers as a function of input pulse cubic spectral phase...........87 4.7 Experimental and simulation results of supercontinuum generation bandwidth from a 45 cm microstructured fiber..........................................................................88 4.8 SHG FROG measurements of the spectral intensities and spec tral phases of the pulses before and after the phase co mpensation using a pulse shaper.....................90 4.9 Spectral blueshifted asymmetr y due to self-steepening...........................................91 4.10 SHG FROG measurement results of pha se sculpted forward “ramp” pulse generation.................................................................................................................93

PAGE 10

x 4.11 Experimental and simulation results of suppression of self-steepening effect using pre-shaped forward ramp pulse......................................................................94 4.12 Simulation results of the evolutions of the pulse temporal intensities as a function of propagation length in the microstructured fiber....................................95 5.1 Schematic diagram of the closed lo op control (adaptive pulse shaping) experiment..............................................................................................................103 5.2 Experimental results of closed loop c ontrol of optimization of supercontinuum generation bandwidth.............................................................................................105 5.3 Evolutions of phase pattern for adaptive pulse shaping experiment of supercontinuum bandwidth enhancement..............................................................107 5.4 Experimental results of closed loop c ontrol of soliton se lf-frequency shift...........111 5.5 An example of the experimentally de termined input driving pulse in the frequency domain and time domain.......................................................................112 5.6 Simulation results of soliton central wave length as a function of input pulse peak intensity..................................................................................................................114 5.7 Spectra comparison of experimental ly optimized soliton generation and simulated soliton using experimentally determined driving input pulse................115 5.8 Simulation results of the sensitivity of soliton generation to the input driving pulse fluctuation.....................................................................................................116 5.9 Simulation investigation of the sensitivity of soliton self-frequency shift to the fiber dispersion properties......................................................................................117 6.1 Schematics of pulse compression simu lation using supercontinuum generation and dispersion flattened microstructured fiber.......................................................127 6.2 Dispersion profile for the DFMF around Ti:Sapphire laser wa velength at 800 nm. ............................................................................................................................... .128 6.3 Supercontinuum output and spectral phase with 30 fs 10 kW T-L input pulse propagating through 9 cm DFMF...........................................................................130 6.4 Simulation of output supercontinuum sp ectral intensity and phase variations with 1% input pulse noise......................................................................................131 6.5 Calculated coherence as a function of wavelength from the electric field of continuum generation for 5% RMS input pulse power noise in 100 runs.............133 6.6 Simulated continuum generation for DFMF fiber and a regular microstructured fiber........................................................................................................................13 4

PAGE 11

xi 6.7 Simulated supercontinuum pulse compression for DFMF fiber............................136 6.8 Simulated supercontinuum pulse compre ssion results using DFMF for different fiber lengths and input pulse peak powers at 800 nm............................................137 6.9 Simulated supercontinuum generation and coherence for DFMF at 1550 nm......139 6.10 Simulated supercontinuum pulse durati ons after compression using DFMF at 1550 nm for different fiber lengths and different input pulse peak powers...........141 6.11 Dispersion curve for a nonlin ear microstructured fiber.........................................142 6.12 Supercontinuum generation and the cohe rence in the nonlinear fiber for 1 cm fiber length and 400 kW i nput pulse peak power...................................................143 6.13 An example of continuum temporal pul se before and after phase compensation for the nonlinear fiber at 1050 nm..........................................................................144

PAGE 12

xii Abstract of Dissertation Pres ented to the Graduate School of the University of Florida in Partial Fulfillment of the Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy CHARECTERIZING AND CONTOLLING EX TREME OPTICAL NONLINEARITIES IN PHOTONIC CRYSTAL FIBERS By Shengbo Xu May 2006 Chair: David H. Reitze Major Department: Physics The development of the photonic crystal fibe rs (PCFs or microstructured fibers) has been one of the most intellectually exciting events in the optics community within the past few years. The introducti on of air-hole structures in PC Fs allows for new degrees of freedom to manipulate both the dispersion a nd optical nonlinearities of the fibers. Not only the zero group-velocity-dispersion of a PCF can be engineered from 500 nm to beyond 1500 nm, but the extremely high optical nonlinearities of PCFs also lead to ultrabroadband supercontinuum generation (>1000 nm) when pumped by nanoJoules femtosecond Ti:Sapphire laser puls es. Therefore, PCF is an id eal system for investigating nonlinear optics. In this dissertation, we present results of controlling nonlinear optical processes in PCFs by adjusting the input pulse propert ies and the fiber dispersion. We focus on supercontinuum, resulting from the extreme nonlinear processes. A simulation tool based

PAGE 13

xiii on the extended nonlinear Schrdinger equatio n is developed to model our experiments and predict output spectra. To investigate the impact of input pulse properties on the supercontinuum generation, we perform openand closed-l oop control experiments. Femtosecond pulse shaping is used to change the input pulse properties. In the open-loop (intuitively designed) control experiments, we investigate the effects of input pulse spectral phase on the bandwidth of supercontinuum generati on. Furthermore, we use phase-sculpted temporal ramp pulses to suppr ess the self-steepening nonlinea r effect and generate more symmetric supercontinuum spectrum. Using the genetic algorithm in closed-loops (adaptive) control experiment to synthesize the appropriate tempor al pulse shape, we enhance the supercontinuum ge neration bandwidth and perfor m control of soliton selffrequency shift. For both the openand clos ed-loop control, simula tion results show good agreement compared with the experiment opt imized spectra. To our knowledge, this is the first time that femtosecond pulse shaping ha s been used to cont rol the pulse nonlinear propagations in PCFs. We also develop a pulse compression mode l to study how the microstructured fiber dispersion characteristics can affect the supercontinuum temporal compressions. Using numerically simulated dispersion-flattened microstructured fibers at different wavelengths, simulation results show that it is possible to compensate the stable supercontinuum spectral phase and compre ss the pulse to the few-cycle regime.

PAGE 14

1 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Optical fibers have tremendous impact on the modern world. In 1979, progress in the fiber fabrication technology made it possibl e to manufacturer optical fibers with loss merely 0.2 dB/km in the 1550 nm wavelength re gion [1]. Conventional optical fibers are made of fused silica, which has zero group velocity material di spersion wavelength at 1300 nm. The design of the conventional fi ber (e.g., core size, refractive index differences between core and cladding) can shift the zero GVD of the fiber to 1550 nm. Optical fibers at this wavelength with low loss and small dispersion have revolutionized the telecommunications industry [2]. Meanwh ile, optical fibers have also rapidly progressed the field of nonlinear fiber optics in the last 30 years [3]. Various nonlinear effects, including self-phase modulation, stim ulated Raman scattering, parametric fourwave-mixing, etc., have been studied extensiv ely and the theory is well established by now. The emergence of photonic crystal fibers (P CFs) [4, 5] and thei r ability to easily generate supercontinuum have been one of th e hottest topics in the optics community for the past several years. Photonic crystal fibe rs (e.g., microstructu red fibers and photonic bandgap fibers) exhibit many special properties when compared to that of conventional fibers, mainly because of their unique design structures. Microstructured fibers [6] consist of a solid silica core surrounded by an array of air holes running along the fiber and its light guiding mechanisms is similar to that of conventional fibers. Photonic bandgap fibers (PBFs) [7] have a hollow co re surrounded by the air-h oles array, and the

PAGE 15

2 guided light is confined to the low index core by the photonic bandgap effect. The airholes configuration of the PCFs gives a whol e new level of freedom in the fiber design. Many PCFs that exhibit novel dispersion and nonlinear properties ha ve been developed by carefully choosing the core size and air-filling fraction (air -hole size and pitch) of the PCFs. In particular, the zero group velocity dispersion wavelength of the PCFs can be engineered at any wavelength from 500 nm to above 1500 nm, which evidently make the Ti:Sapphire laser wavelength in the anom alous dispersion region of the PCFs. The tailorable dispersion properties and high nonlin earities exhibit in the PCFs lead to the ultrabroadband supercontinuum generation. Th e impact of the supercontinuum generation on the optical community is phenomenal a nd it has led to a renewed interest in investigating nonlinear fi ber optics. In principle, the non linear mechanisms that lead to the supercontinuum generation for PCFs are similar to that of conventional fibers. However, the unique dispersion properties a nd high nonlinearities of the PCFs determine that the magnitude of the nonlinear processe s is large in magnitude and the required power for the input pulse to generate sufficien t broadband spectrum is much less than that for the conventional fibers. As a result, over an octave-spanning ultrabroadband supercontinuum can be generate d using Ti:Sapphire laser pu lses with only nJ-level energy [6]. The PCFs and the subsequent supercon tinuum generation exhibit unparalleled properties, well beyond what c onventional fiber can ever offer. These properties have distinguished themselves through a wide range of applications in the ever-widening area of science and technology. For example, the most important application of the supercontinuum generation lies in the field of optical metrology. The ultrabroad

PAGE 16

3 bandwidth coherent light makes the measurem ent of relative frequency offsets possible. This led to the work of absolute optical frequency measurement which is one of the subjects of the 2005 Nobel price in Physic s by Theodor Hnsch and John L. Hall [8]. Because supercontinuum generation in PCFs is a nonlinear effect in the extreme sense of “nonlinear,” researchers have put a gr eat deal of effort to understand what kind of nonlinear interactions in the PCFs lead to the supercontinuum generation, what role and order and magnitude they are playing in the generation process. During this exploration, various simulation models have definitely played an important role. Simulation models based on the nonlinear Sc hrdinger equation are by far the most successful methods and have been well accep ted by many researchers [9]. Now, it is commonly understood that supercontinuum genera tion is initialized by high order soliton generation, followed by the soliton splitting among with other nonlin ear effects [10, 11]. Meanwhile, however, broadband noise of the su percontinuum generation in the PCFs has led to amplitude fluctuations as large as 50% for certain input pul se parameters [12]. Furthermore, supercontinuum generation is f ound to be extremely sensitive to the input pulse noise. Both the experiment and simula tion have revealed that for the reasonable power fluctuations of the laser systems, sub-nanometer spectral structures of the supercontinuum vary from shot to shot [9, 13]. This problem greatly limits the application scope of s upercontinuum generation. Although controlling supercontinuum genera tion (or any nonlinear process) is in general difficult because of th e intrinsic fiber non linearity response to the input electric field, control of the superconti nuum generation is desirable a nd it will allow us to tailor the supercontinuum properties to suit for a specific application. It is also commonly

PAGE 17

4 understood that the supercontinuum generations depend critically on bo th the input pulse properties and PCF characteristic s. In this dissertation we will present the results of controlling supercontinuum genera tions using both of these two approaches. In particular, we investigate how the femtosecond pulse shaping can be used to control the supercontinuum generation by controlling the evolution of the temporal and spectral structure of optical pulses propa gating in the microstructured fibers. We also simulate the supercontinuum pulse compression using the dispersion-flattene d microstructured fibers. Femtosecond pulse shaping promises great a dvantages to the fields of fiber optics and photonics, ultrafast spectro scopy, optical communications and physical chemistry. In general, the pulse characterist ics (e.g., pulse intensity modula tion and pulse sp ectral chirp) one wants to use for a specific application ma y be different from what a laser system can directly offer. On the other hand, when optical pulses travel in a complex optical system, the optical components in the system will introduce significant amount of dispersion, which compromises the characteristics of u ltrashort optical pulses. All these problems can be solved using femtosecond pulse shapi ng to alter the pulse intensity temporal profile for a specific application. Meanwhile working with adaptive search algorithms (such as genetic algorithms) to efficiently s earch all the possible solutions for a direct target, adaptive pulse shaping has proven to be very useful when an intuitive driving pulse can not be directly derived. In this dissertation, we use femtosecond pul se shaping to change the input pulse properties and contro l the supercontinuum generati ons in the PCFs. Depending on whether an intuitive driving pulse is availabl e, we present the results of both openand closed-loop (adaptive) control experiment s. Open-loop control schematics utilize

PAGE 18

5 underlying physics to derive a suitable drivi ng pulse. The experiment results of pulse shaping that change both the pulse spectral chirps and pulse inte nsity modulation (ramp pulse) are presented. Meanwhile, a simulati on model based on the extended nonlinear Schrdinger equation using a split-step F ourier method is developed. We use this simulation tool to model our experimental control results. We use the adaptive pulse shaping to control supercontinuum bandwidth and soliton self-frequency shift. Again, the nonlinear Schrdinger equation mode led results for the adaptive pulse shaping helps us to understand why the final derived driving pulse can interact with the PCF and achieve the desired supercontinuum. To our knowledge, th is is the first demonstration on how femtosecond pulse shaping can be used to c ontrol the evolution of the temporal and spectral structure of optical pulses propagating in PCFs. Pulse compression is one of the most obvious yet most challenging, applications of the supercontinuum generations in PCFs. Becau se of the ultra-broad bandwidth of the supercontinuum, pulse duration of the compressi on results is expected to be within the few-optical-cycle regime. However, the fl uctuations in the spectral phase of the supercontinuum generation for the input pulse and propagation noise greatly increase the difficulties of performing the pulse compressi on. Experimentally, the coherence of the supercontinuum (used as a benchmark for the potential compressibility of the supercontinuum generation) can be severe ly compromised due to the inherent fluctuations of the input pulse. However, theoretical investiga tions have revealed that the coherence increases linearly with a shorter fiber propagation length [ 14] and there exists an optimum compressed distance at which comp ressed pulses with negligible fluctuation and time shift can be obtained [15]. Therefor e all current pulse compression experiments

PAGE 19

6 involve a short piece of PCF, ranging from several mm to cm. Pulse characterization techniques such as FROG or SPIDER are used to retrieve the spectral phase of the supercontinuum. Current state of art comp ression experiment uses femtosecond pulse shaping (or even adaptive pulse shaping) w ith adequate phase compensation to generate compress pulses several femtoseconds in duration [16, 17]. Meanwhile, the dispersion of the PCFs is one of the main reasons that lead to the instabilities of the supercontinuum spectra l phase, as evidenced by the increase in coherence when shortening the pulse propa gation length. The unique PCFs structures provide another way to alter (minimize) the fiber dispersion even for a wide wavelength (over 300 nm, see Reeves et al. [18]). We us e the simulation model based on the idea of dispersion-flattened PCF to perform th e pulse compression for the controlled supercontinuum generation. The layout of this dissertation is describe d as follows. An introduction of the PCFs will be given in chapter 2, including the disc ussion of both the dispersion properties and nonlinearities of the conventional fibers and PCFs, as well as a layout of the nonlinear fiber optics: the extended nonlinear Schrdinge r equation. In chapter 3 we will give an overview of some relevant experimental t echniques, which consist of the methods of generating, characterizing, and temporal tailoring ultrashort pulses. Open-loop investigations of the influe nces of input pulse linear and quadratic chirp on the supercontinuum generation will be given in chapter 4, as well as the control results of suppressing the pulse self-steepening nonlinear effect in the supercontinuum generations. Chapter 5 discusses the closed-loop contro l experiments (adaptive pulse shaping), including the investigations of spectral broadening enhancement, soliton self-frequency

PAGE 20

7 shift. We will discuss our supercontinuum generation pulse compression model and results using the dispersion-fl attened PCF in chapter 6. Finally, in chapter 7, we present our conclusions.

PAGE 21

8 CHAPTER 2 PHOTONIC CRYSTAL FIBERS The main work of this dissertation concer ns the application of shaped femtosecond optical pulses in controlling the nonlinear inter actions in photonic crys tal fibers (PCFs). In this chapter, we will first summarize the propagation, dispersion and optical nonlinearities in conventional fi bers in section 2.1. This w ill lead to the discussion of nonlinear fiber optics (the extended nonlinea r Schrdinger equation) including various nonlinear effects that govern the nonlinear pulse propagation in the conventional fibers and PCFs. In section 2.3, we will discuss va rious configurations of PCFs that have different fiber properties (nonlinearities and dispersion) and applications, followed by the discussion of mechanisms of superconti nuum generations and its applications. 2.1 Conventional Fiber Optics – Propagation, Dispersion, and Optical Nonlinearities Pulses propagating in the PCFs follows the same dispersion and nonlinear propagation principles as that in the conventional fibers although the nonlinearities exhibited in the PCFs are in much larger scales because of the special configuration (smaller mode volume, zero dispersion point dispersion profile) of PCFs. Nonlinear pulse propagation in the conventional fibers has been studied extensively over the past few decades and the theories are well esta blished. Therefore, before beginning a discussion of PCFs, it is important to unders tand how conventional fibers work. Section 2.1 will give an overview of dispersion effect and optical nonlinearities in conventional fibers, followed by the well-established nonlinea r pulse propagation theory (the nonlinear Schrdinger equation) in section 2.2.

PAGE 22

9 Uncladded glass fibers were first fabri cated in the 1920s. It was not until the 1950s that people realized that using a cladding layer is extr emely important to the fiber characteristics and fiber optics experienced a phenomenal rate of progress [19]. In the simplest form, conventional optical fibers ar e cylindrical dielectric waveguides (fiber core), made of low loss materials such as silica glass, surrou nded by a cladding layer made of doped silica glass with slight lower constant refractive index than the core. Such fibers are generally referred as step-index fi bers. In graded-index fibers, the refractive index of the core decreases gradually fr om center to the co re boundary. Modern fabrication technology produces fi ber optical loss close to the theoretical minimum [1] (0.2 dB/km at 1550 nm), a loss level determin ed by the fundamental Rayleigh scattering in silica. The availabilities of low loss sili ca fibers led to a revo lution in the field of optical fiber communications as well as th e emergence in the field of nonlinear fiber optics. Guidance of light in optical fibers based on total internal reflection (TIR); that is, an optical fiber consists of a central core of refractive index1n, where the light is guided, surrounded by an outer cla dding area of a slightly lower refractive index 2n, the light rays with incident angle on the core-claddi ng interface greater than the critical angle ) / ( sin1 2 1n nc experience TIR. Therefore, the lig ht rays incident on the fiber end satisfied the TIR can be guided without any re fractive loss in the fiber core. The fiber can guide the light rays with differ ent incident angles (different modes), as long as TIR is satisfied. In general, however, the TIR theory is too simplistic to explain fiber modes and propagation. One needs to start from Maxwe llÂ’s equations and appl y appropriate fiber

PAGE 23

10 boundary conditions to derive the mode so lutions of the wave equation. A brief discussion will be given in this section. Interested readers can refer to Buck [20] and Agrawal [3] for more detailed discussion. Starting from MaxwellÂ’s equati ons in the optical fibers, 0 0 / / B D t D H t B E (2.1) where E and H are electric and magnetic field vectors, D and B are electric and magnetic flux densities. Using the constitutiv e relations in optical fibers given by ,0 0H B P E D (2.2) one finds 12 2 0 2 2 2t P t E c E (2.3) In general, the polarization P can be expanded in power s of the electric field E .3 1 0 E E E E P (2.4) 3 is the third order susceptibility that gove rns the third order n onlinear effects. In general, 2 (second order susceptibility) should also be present in equation 2.4. However, even order nonlinear effects disappe ar for silica fiber as required by symmetry and are not included in the equation. Solving equation 2.3 requires the nonlinear 3 effect to be included, which will lead to the derivation of the extended non linear Schrdinger equati on discussed in the next section.

PAGE 24

11 For the mode propagation discussion, one can treat the nonlinear effect as a small perturbation to the total induced polariza tion and simply ignore it in the following discussion. This lead to the electric field wave equation 0 ~ ) ( ~2 2 2 2 E c n E (2.5) where ) ( n is the refractive index of the fiber and ) ( ~ r E is the Fourier transform of ) ( t r E For an optical fiber, the natural symmetry is that of a cylinder. Thus, expressing the wave equation (2.5) in cylindrical coordinates and z and assuming ), exp( ) exp( ) ( ) ( ) ( ~ z i im F A r Ez (2.6) where A is a normalization constant, is the propagation constant (z represents the phase of the field), and m is an integer, ) ( F is the solution of the well-known differential equation for Bessel functions 0 ) ( 12 2 2 2 0 2 2 2 F m k n d dF d F d (2.7) with solutions taking the form ), ( ) ( ), ( ) (a K F a J Fm m (2.8) where a is the fiber core radius and ,2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 2 1 2k n k n (2.9) Similar derivations for the magnetic field fr om equation 2.5 to 2.9 can be obtained. Simply applying the boundary conditions that the tangential components of the electric

PAGE 25

12 field and magnetic field are continuous across the core-cladding interface, one can derive the eigenvalue equation as ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) (2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 0 2 1 2 2 ' an n n k m a K a K n n a J a J a K a K a J a Jm m m m m m m m (2.10) In general, the eigenvalue equati on 2.10 has several solutions for for each integer m. It is customary to express these solutions by mn where both m and n are integers and represent mode indeces. Each eigenvalue mn corresponds to one specific mode supported by the fiber. The corresponding modal field distribution can be obtained from equation 2.6. There are tw o types of mode, designated as mnHE and mnEH. For 0 m, these modes corresponds to the fundamental transv erse-electric (TE) and transverse-magnetic (TM) mode; whereas for 0 m, all six components of the electromagnetic field are nonzero. The number of modes supported by the fi ber depend on its design parameter, namely the core radius and the core-cladding index difference 1 2n n It is useful to define a normalized frequency parameter and it has a straightforward way to determine how many eigenmodes an optical fiber can s upport. Normalized fre quency parameter can be expressed as, ,2 2 2 1 0n n ak V (2.11) where 0 02 k is wave number corresponds to the central wavelength of the incident light in the vacuum. Using the normalized pa rameter, a complete set of eigenmodes can be derived. When the normalized frequency parameter is smaller than 2.405 (from the solution of the first zero of the Bessel functi on), only the fundamental mode is allowed to

PAGE 26

13 propagate, in which case the fiber is called a si ngle-mode fiber. Note that with fixed fiber parameters, there is a lowest wavelength (cut off wavelength) that the fiber can sustain single-mode fiber. Single-mode fibers ar e widely used in pulse applications. The description of fibers includes two physical effects, fiber dispersion and nonlinear effects, both of which will be laid out in more detail in the next section. Below, we will take an example of optical fibers in telecommunications to briefly illustrate how these two aspects influen ce the performance of high speed optical networks. Optical fibers have revolutionized the te lecommunications industr y within the last decade. Single-mode fiber allows for a highe r capacity to transmit information via the light pulses because it can reta in the fidelity of each light pulse over longer distances. Supercontinuum generation offers the po ssibility of gene rating over 1000 dense wavelength-division multiplexing channels (DWDM) using only one single laser source, using over 10 THz single mode fiber bandwidth [21]. However, fiber dispersion, apart from the optical loss, will damage the fide lity and cause inter-symbol interference (ISI). Modern communication requires a high data transmission rate when using a single-mode fiber, thus short pulses are preferred. For propagating optical pulses, the mode-propagation constant solved in equation (2.10) can be expande d in a Taylor series at 0 where the pulse spectrum is centered, ) ( 2 1 ) ( ) ( ) (2 0 2 0 1 0 c n (2.12) where ...) 2 1 0 (0 m d dm m m (2.13)

PAGE 27

14 The parameters 1 and 2 can be expressed as ), 2 ( 1 ), ( 1 12 2 2 1 d n d d dn c d dn n c c n vg g (2.14) where gn is group index and gv is group velocity. The enve lope of an optical pulse moves at the group velocity gv and the phase of underlyi ng field evolves at phase velocity pv as shown in figure 2.1. 2 is commonly referred as group velocity dispersion (GVD), and the convention is that02 for normal dispersion and 02 for anomalous dispersion. GVD is mainly responsible for pulse broadening. The dispersion parameter D (in the unit of nm km ps ) is commonly used in the fiber optics literature in stead of2 Its relation to 2 is 22 2 1 c d d D (2.15) Vp Intensity (A. U.)Time Vg Figure 2.1: Illustrations of th e group velocity for pulse envel ope and phase velocity of the underlying field.

PAGE 28

15 3 is the third order dispersion (TOD) and it s inclusion is necessary when the pulse wavelength approaches the zero GVD point. Dispersion causes individual frequency co mponents in a pulse to travel at a different velocity; thus, the individual frequency components making up the pulse separate and “diphase”. As a result, the pul se duration increases as it propagates. For telecommunication applications, information dist ortion can be manifested in the temporal spreading and consequent overlap of individual pulses, thus ISI. This effect can be minimized by choosing the central wavelength of the pulse close to the zero dispersion point of the group velocity dispersion. Figure 2.2: Illustration of ma terial dispersion for fused si lica (zero GVD at 1.3 m) as well as the waveguide dispersion contri bution to the chro matic dispersion. Refer to Goff and Hansen [71]. There are three contributions to the fibe r dispersion (chromatic dispersion). The first is the material disper sion, which manifests itself through the frequency dependence of the material refractive index () ( n as noted above). This intrinsic dispersion is determined by the material itself, and we have little control over this. The zero group

PAGE 29

16 velocity dispersion (GVD) fo r the fused silica is 1.3 m as shown in figure 2.2. Waveguide dispersion comes about because of the effective m ode index of the dielectric waveguiding is wavelength dependent as well. The waveguide di spersion contribution can easily be manipulated. Changing the core size and the refrac tive index difference between the core and cladding can evidently change the waveguide dispersion. (As we will discuss below, the wave guide dispersion contribution of photonic crystal fibers is extremely larger compared to that of convent ional fiber). Figure 2.2 illustrates that the zero chromatic dispersion of the fiber is shifted from the 1.3 m zero material dispersion point to 1.55 m because of the waveguide dispersion contribution, thus the name zerodispersion-shifted fiber. Furthermore, some fiber designs allow the waveguide dispersion to be customized and fine tuned. For exampl e, graded-index fiber allows the refractive index of the core being designe d in the form of a parabolic curve and decreasing toward the cladding [22]. Dispersi on-compensating fiber (DCF) can be designed to have the exact opposite dispersion of th e fiber that is used in a transmission system, therefore nullifying the dispersion caused by that fiber [23, 24]. Howe ver, all the designs and controls of the waveguide dispersion have limitations, with zero group velocity dispersion between 1.3 and 1.55 m The last contribution to the fiber dispersion is the modal dispersion, which results from the gr oup velocity differences between different guided modes in a multi-mode fiber. Modal disp ersion cannot exist in a single-mode fiber, since by definition only one mode propagates in the fiber. Pulses propagating in optical fibers also experience nonlinear effects, apart from the dispersion effects. The magnitude of nonlinear effects is directly related to the input pulse peak intensity. These nonlinear effe cts can be generalized as generating new

PAGE 30

17 frequency components (colors), or characterized as effect s corresponding to different nonlinear mechanisms such as self-phase modulation (SPM), stimulated Raman scattering (SRS), etc. All these different nonlin ear effects will be di scussed in details in the next section. Since SiO2 is a symmetric molecule, second order2 effects such as second-harmonic generation and sum-frequency generation cannot happen in silica fiber as required by symmetry. The nonlinearities in optical fibers are small, but they accumulate as light passes through many kilome ters of fiber, especially when dense wavelength-division multiplexing (DWDM) [25] packs many channels into a single fiber. Unfortunately, the optical nonlinearities in a fiber are also gov erned by a materialdependent parameter, the nonlinear index of refraction n2, and therefore selection of the material forces us to live with the size of the nonlinearity. For fused silica, W cm n / 10 22 16 2 However, a fascinating manife station of the fiber nonlinearity occurs through temporal optical solitons [26] (discussed in details in the next section), formed as a result of the perfect bala nce between the anomalous group velocity dispersion and SPM nonlinear effect. Soliton e ffects are evidently extremely useful for the telecommunication application. The shape of the fundamental soliton does not change during propagation as a result of GVD and SPM completely balancing each other at a critical power (the fundamental soliton power) whereas higher-order solitons (providing certain higher input power leve ls) propagate in a periodic ev olution pattern with original shape recurring at multiples of the soliton period. On the other hand, optical fibers allow hi gh optical intensities to be maintained over relatively long fiber length; therefore can be used to enhance the nonlinear effects. For example, zero-dispersion-shifted fiber can have the zero GVD at 1550 nm where

PAGE 31

18 fiber has minimum loss (0.2 dB/km). As the in tense pulse propagates in an optical fiber, SPM along with all other nonlin ear effects can lead to si gnificant broadening of the optical spectrum; this very broad and con tinuous spectrum is called supercontinuum (SC). SC generation was first observed in 1970 by focusing picosecond pulses into a glass sample as a nonlinear medium [27], SPM is the primary mechanism that led to spectral broadening. Since then, the nonlinear media used for SC generation has evolved from gases and liquids to optical fibers. Figure 2. 3 is an example of supercontinuum generation in conventional fiber. A s upercontinuum bandwidth of 210 nm was generated by using 500 fs pulse with over 4 m conventional fiber and the energy per pulse is 90 pJ [28]. Figure 2.3: An example of 210 nm supercont inuum generation in the conventional fiber (dashed line). Refer to Nowak et al. [28]. The high effective nonlinearities of optical fibers have led to a dramatic reduction in the pump power requirements compared wi th those for other nonlinear media. The high optical intensities maintained over th e propagation length will trigger a variety of

PAGE 32

19 other nonlinear effects other than SPM, generating a much broader SC with a relative low input pulse peak level. As a result, SC generation is much easier and has important applications in various fields such as te lecommunication, optical metrology and medical science, some of which will be discu ssed in more details in section 3. The problem of wavelength mismatch betw een optical fiberÂ’s zero group velocity dispersion wavelength and femtosecond lase rÂ’s operating wavelength great limits the application of conventio nal optical fibers being used for SC generation. Ti:sapphire lasers are the most predominately used tunable so lid-state ultrafast la ser, with a central wavelength around 800 nm and optical bandwid ths of over 300 nm, producing pulses in duration from a few femtoseconds to several picoseconds and pulse energies from nJ for the oscillators to as much as 25J for amp lified sources, which makes Ti:Sapphire a great candidate as the laser source for the SC gene ration. However, at this wavelength range, silica fiber has such a large material disper sion (100 ps/km.nm) that the contribution of waveguide dispersion can essentia lly be ignored [3]. As a re sult, the initial input pulse with a short duration and inte nsive peak power experiences massive fiber dispersion, the pulse duration broadens very fast and the p eak intensity drops dramatically. Therefore, the breadth and strength of th e significant nonlinear interactions as well as the abilities of generating a very broad supercontinuum for Ti :Sapphire ultrafast laser source are greatly diminished. The key technological advance which has re volutionized the ability to investigate fiber dispersion and more importantly optical nonlinearities is th e invention of photonic crystal fibers. We will discuss this in great detail in section 2.3, but first will layout the theory of nonlinear fiber optics.

PAGE 33

20 2.2 Nonlinear Fiber Optics: Extended Nonlinear Schrdinger Equation For an understanding of the nonlinear phenomen a in optical fibers as well as the mechanisms that leads to supercontinuum ge neration, it is necessary to consider the theory of electromagnetic wave propagation in dispersive nonlinear media, in particular, optical fibers. Before specifically focusing on photonic crystal fibers, in this section we review pulse propagation in optical fi bers from a general perspective. This section follows closely to the Agra wal’s “Nonlinear Fiber Optics” [3]. In a frame of reference moving at the group ve locity of the pulse, an extended nonlinear Schrdinger equation (NLSE) that governs th e optical pulse propagation in single-mode fibers can be derived under the slow ly varying envelope approximation (1 / ) as 2 ' 0 1) ( ) ( ) ( 1 2 dT T T z A T R T z A T i i T A n i A z An n n n n (2.16) where ) ( 0) ( ) (t z ie t z A t z A is the intensity tempor al profile of the pulse, is the fiber loss, -terms correspond to the chromatic disp ersion (CD) of the fiber. The mode propagation constant is !0 m mm c n (2.17) where 0 m m md d and describes the wave-vector of the light in the fiber. effcA n0 2 is the nonlinear parameter, a very important parameter that determines the magnitude of the optical nonlinearity. The predominant nonlinearity for silica fi ber is the third order nonlinearity, governed by ) 3 ( since the second-order nonlinearity dispears due to the inversion sysmmetry at the silica molecular level and the magnitudes of highe r-order nonlinearities

PAGE 34

21 are too small for silica. The third-order nonlin ear susceptibility is responsible for elastic nonlinear processes such as self-phase modulation (SPM), cross-phase modulation (CPM), four-wave mixing (FWM) and third-harmonic generation (THG). The nonlinearindex coefficient 2n is related to ) 3 (as ), Re( 8 3) 3 ( 0 2n n (2.18) where 0n is the linear refractive index. Elastic nonlinear processes correspond to photon-photon interactions and no energy is exchanged between the electromagnetic field and the dielectric medium. THG and FWM are usually not efficient in optical fibers unless special efforts are made to achieve phase matching. Nonlinear fiber optics also i nvolves the stimulated in elastic scattering in which the optical field transfer part of its energy to th e nonlinear medium via photonphonon interactions. These phenomena includes stimulated Raman scattering (SRS) and stimulated Brillouin scattering (SBS). The right hand side of the extended NLSE (Eq. 2.16) accounts for the nonlinear response of the fiber. The response function ) ( t R can be written as 1t h f t f t RR R R (2.19) where Rf=0.15 represents the fractional contri bution of the delayed Raman response. The Raman response function ) (t hR takes an approximate analytic form as (1 =12.2 fs and 2 =32 fs) / sin / exp1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 t t t hR (2.20) There are two very important length scales in nonlinear fiber optics: the dispersion length /2 2 0T LD (2.21)

PAGE 35

22 and the nonlinear length / 10P LNL (2.22) DL and NLL provide the length scales over which dispersive or nonlinear effects become dominant for pulse evolution. For pulses shorter than 5 ps but wide enough to contain many optical cycles (width>>10 fs), the extended nonlinear Schr dinger equation can be simplfied as ) ( 22 2 0 2 1 T A A T A A T i A A i T A n i A z AR n n n n n (2.23) using a Taylor-series expansion such that ) ( ) ( ) (2 2 2T z A T T T z A T T z A (2.24) and dt t tR TR) (. (2.25) The term proportional to 3 governs the effects of 3rd order dispersion and become important for untrashort pulses because of th eir wide bandwidth. Th e term proportional to 2 is responsible for group veloci ty dispersion (GVD). It causes temporal pulse broadening when an unchirped pulse propagates in a single-mode fiber. Higher order dispersion become dominant when the input pulse central waveleng th is near the zero GVD fiber dispersion or when the bandwidth of the pulse becomes a significant fraction of the central frequency. The term proportional to A A2 is responsible for SPM nonlinear effect, a phenomenon that leads to spectral broadening of optical pulses. In the anomalous-dispersion regime of an optical fiber, interplay between GVD and SPM can cooperate in such a way that the pulse propa gates as an optical soliton. In the normal-

PAGE 36

23 dispersion regime, the combined effects of GVD and SPM can be used for pulse compression. The term proportional to 1 0 is responsible for self-steepening (SS) and shock formation. The last term proportional RT to is responsible fo r self-frequency shift (SFS) induced by intrapul se Raman scattering. A fascinating manifestation of the fiber nonlinearity occurs through optical solitons, formed as a result of the interplay between the nonlinear and dispersive effects, i.e., anomalous fiber dispersion. A soliton is a special kind of wave packet that can propagate undistorted over long distances. If we define a parameter N as / /2 2 0 0 2 T P L L NNL D (2.26) the integer values of N are found to be relate d to the soliton order. In time domain, the solution to the nonlinear Schrdinger equati on for pure soliton propagation produces a solution of the form) ( sec ) (t h t A, as the solution given by Zakharov and Shabat using the inverse scattering method in 1971 [29]. The soliton order N is determined not only by the characteristics of input pulse (0T, 0P and ), but also the properties of the fiber itself ( and 2 ). Only a certain combination of these parameters can reach a soliton solution, given by an integer value ofN. Note that to form a higher order soliton, the input peak power required increases quadratical ly, which is in turn more difficult. The shape of the fundamental soliton (N=1) does not change duri ng propagation, whereas higher-order solitons propagate in a periodic evolution pattern with original shape recurring at multiples of the soliton period 2 /0 DL z. As shown in figure 2.4 (a), fundamental soliton propagates in the fiber without distortion as GVD and SPM complete balance each other. For the hi gher order soliton (figure 2.4 (b )), SPM dominates initially

PAGE 37

24 but GVD soon catches up and leads to the pul se contraction; therefore higher-order solitons propagate in a periodic evolution pattern with original shape recurring at multiples of the soliton period. From a phys ical point of view, soliton is generated because of the interplay be tween self-phase modulation and anomalous group velocity dispersion. When the soliton pulse propagate s through the fiber, self-phase modulation generates new frequency components that ar e red-shifted near the red-end and blueshifted near the blue-end of the spectrum. As the red compon ents travel slower than the blue components in the anomalous dispersi on regime, self-phase modulation leads to a pulse narrowing effect which counteracts gr oup velocity dispersi onÂ’s pulse broadening effect. By carefully choosing self-phase modulation and anomalous group velocity dispersion parameters, the pulse itself can become a soliton by adjusting itself to a hyperbolic-secant shape during propagation to make such cancellation as complete as possible. Figure 2.4: Temporal evoluti on over one soliton period for the first-order and the thirdorder soliton. (a) The first order so liton (fundamental soliton) propagates without distortion. (b) The third order soliton repeats itself over one soliton period. Two other important nonlinear effects occu rring during pulse pr opagation are selfsteepening and self-frequency shift induced by intrapulse Raman scattering. Selfsteepening results from the intensity dependen ce of group velocity in such a way that the

PAGE 38

25 peak moves at a lower speed than the wings in time domain. As the pulse propagates along the fiber, the temporal shape becomes as ymmetric, with its peak shifting toward the trailing edge [Fig. 2.5 (a)]. As a result of self-steepening, the trailing edge becomes steeper and steeper as the pulse propagates which implies larger spectral broadening on the blue side as self-phase modulation genera tes blue components near the trailing edge. Intrapulse Raman scattering affects the pulse spectrum in such a way that the Raman gain amplifies the low frequency components of a pulse by transferring energy from the highfrequency components of the same pulse. As a result, the pulse spectrum shifts toward the low-frequency (red) side as the pulse propaga tes inside the fiber, a phenomenon referred as the self-frequency shift [Fig. 2.5 (b)]. Figure 2.5: Illustrations of se lf-steepening and self-frequenc y shift nonlinear effects. a) Self-steepening effect in a nondispersive fiber prop agation case. b) Spectrum showing the combined effects of self-st eepening and self-fre quency shift, the spectral modulation is induced by self-phase modulation. 2.3 Supercontinuum Generations in Photonic Crystal Fibers Supercontinuum generations in photoni c crystal fibers results from high nonlinearities and low fiber dispersion propertie s of the photonic crysta l fibers. In this section we will first discuss various types of PCFs that have different dispersion and nonlinear properties, followed by the fa scinating supercontinuum generation and applications.

PAGE 39

26 2.3.1 Photonic Crystal Fibers The idea of photonic crystal fibers (PCFs) can be traced back to early 1970s [30], when it was suggested that a cylindrical Bragg waveguide wi th a central core surrounded by rings of highand low-refractive index might be produced. However, it was not until 1990s when the advances in the technology en abled the fabrication of these complex waveguide structures [4]. It is not an ove rstatement to say that the development of photonic crystal fibers (PCFs) is one of the mo st exciting events in optics for the past few years. Its impact on the optics community ha s been phenomenal and has led to a renewed interested in investigating nonlinear optical phenomena. PCFs may be divided into two categories: microstructured fibers, in which light is guided in a solid core by the similar principle as that of conventional fibers, and photonic bandgap fibers where the guided light is confin ed to the low index (hollow) core by the photonic bandgap (PBG) effect. Microstructured fibers consist of a solid silica core surrounded by an array of air holes running along the fiber, as shown in figure 2.6 (a). Since the microstructured cladding area (the microstructure d air-filled region) is a mixtur e of silica and air holes, an effective refractive index is used to calculate the modal properties [32]. Light can still be guided inside the core according to the principle of total internal reflection as in standard optical fibers because the cladding has a lowe r effective refractive index than the solid core. Photonic bandgap fibers exhibit a hollow core or a core made of a dielectric whose refractive index is lower than the silica refractive index [Fig. 2.6 (b)]. The guiding mechanism of the photonic bandgap fibers diffe rs dramatically from the microstructured

PAGE 40

27 Figure 2.6: Cross-section el ectron micrograph of micros tructured fiber and photonic band-gap fiber. (a) Microstructured fibe r, refer to Ranka et al. [5]. (b) Photonic band-gap fiber, refer to Russell [31]. The darker spots with different shapes in both figures are air holes. fiber and conventional fibers. In photonic bandgap fibers, the periodicity of the air-hole lattice enables to trap the light in the core by two-dimensional photonic bandgaps [33]. The term photonic crystal comes from the an alogy between electrons in the periodic potential of a semiconductor cr ystal and photons in a periodic index profile (formed by a regular air hole pattern). Si milarly, photonic bandgap results from the well-known Bloch Theorem, which in turn means no light pr opagation modes are allo wed in the photonic bandgap. As a result, only light with a gi ven wavelength range can be guided in the hollow or dielectric core, as the PBG effect makes propagation in the microstructured cladding region impossible [7]. The fabrication process of the PCFs is a basic stack-and-draw method [31]. First, capillary tubes and rods made of silica are stack together. In this step, an arrangement of the capillary tubes allows changing the air si lica structure, therefore, providing the control flexibility of effective index of the cladding area. The PCFs are then fabricated by

PAGE 41

28 feeding the stack into a hot furnace with a ce rtain heating temperat ure at a proper speed, much in the same manner as conventional fi bers. Various PCFs with complex air hole structures can be fabricated with different dispersion and nonlinear properties that are well suited for intended applications. Photonic crystal fibers exhibit many unique features when compared to standard optical fibers. The introduction of air-holes structure allows new degrees of freedom to manipulate both the dispersive and nonlinear properties of the PCFs. Many parameters can affect properties of the PCFs dramati cally. These parameters include the size and shape of air-holes, air filling fraction, the choi ces of material used to fabricate PCFs as well as the dielectric core of photonic bandgap fibers. A detailed discussion of photonic bandgap cr ystals and fibers is beyond the scope of this dissertation, and can be found in Cregan et al. [7] and Knight et al. [34]. Only the properties of microstructured fiber will be discussed in the following section. The fiber mode theory describe in sec tion 3.1 has found to be quite useful for describing mode propagation prope rties of the microstructured fiber. However, due to the intrinsic structure differences between the mi crostructured fibers and conventional fibers, it is crucial to be able to model the microstr uctured fiber in more rigorous ways, i.e., it requires field analysis using the exact bounda ry conditions of the microstructured airholes configuration. These microstructu red fiber modal meth ods include beam propagation method [35], effective index m odal [36], scalar beam propagation method [37] and vectorial plane-wave expansion method [38], multipole expansion method [39] and finite-element method [40, 41], etc. As a result, a large number of new microstructured fibers have been designed w ith novel waveguide pr operties suitable for a

PAGE 42

29 wide range of applications. For instance, the effective index method allows rigorous calculation of effective refractiv e index of the cladding, whic h in this case is usually wavelength-dependent. The norma lized frequency parameter V for a conventional fiber can eventually exceed single-mode limit of 2.405, providing a s hort wavelength and a large core radius. However, properly choosing the air-filling fraction of the microstructured fiber (defined as the ratio of the hole diameter d to the pitch of the lattice ), the normalized frequency parameter V can stay constant even at short wavelengths [42] or even with a large core ra dius [43, 44]. Making this constant V smaller than 2.405, a microstructured fiber can sustain the single-mode property over a very broad wavelength range, thus the na me of endless single-mode microstructured fiber [42]. Other microstructured fibers that exhibit inte resting properties includ e single-polarization single-mode PCF [45], highly birefringent PC F [46] and cobweb microstructured fiber [47], etc. As mentioned in section 2.1, conventiona l fibers have large normal material dispersion at the Ti:Sapphire laser operating wavelength, with modifications of the waveguide properties having little impact This large normal dispersion greatly diminishes the magnitude of nonlinear e ffects and impairs the possibilities of supercontinuum generation. The invention of microstructured fibers has opened new opportunities for exploring nonlineariti es in microstructured fibers. The strong wavelength dependence of the e ffective refractive index of the cladding of microstructured fibers leads to a new ra nge of dispersion prope rties that cannot be achieved with conventional fibers. The waveguide dispersion properties of the microstructured fibers strongly depend on the air-filling fraction and core size. For

PAGE 43

30 instance, increasing the air-filling fraction as well as decreasing the core size can dramatically increase the waveguide dispersion, allowi ng compensation of the silica material dispersion at any wavelengths ra nge from 500 nm to beyond 1500 nm [48]. As a result, the zero group velocity dispersion wavelength can be pushed far below 800 nm [Fig. 2.7 (a)], making the Ti:Sapphire lase r operating wavelength in the anomalous dispersion region and soliton propagation, for th e first time, available for the visible Figure 2.7: Illustrations of ta ilorable dispersion properties of microstructured fibers. (a) Measured dispersion curve of a micr ostructured fiber with zero GVD below 600nm, refer to Knight et al. [48]. (b ) Microstructured fiber with a flat dispersion (curve B) by adjusting pitch size as 2.41 m and air-filling fraction as 0.22, refer to Reeves et al. [18]. wavelength range. Furthermore, by choosing the proper fiber parameters such as air hole size and pitch, one can easily tailor the dispersion characte ristics of the microstructured fiber, such as fabricating fibers with very low and flat dispersion over a relatively broad wavelength range [18], e.g., dispersion-flatt ened microstructured fiber (DFMF), as we can see in curve B in Fig. 2.7 (b). In genera l, a proper choice of air-hole sizes and pitches enable to engineer a variety of dispersion profiles. This precise control of the fiber dispersion greatly expands the horizon of fiber applications and allows customized fiber with tailored dispersion characteristics being used in a desired application.

PAGE 44

31 The interest in microstructured fibers is not only because of their special waveguide properties, but more importantly, lies in the fact of the significant nonlinearities that exhibit in the microstructure d fibers. Actually, the high e fficiency of various nonlinear effects is directly related to the unique wave guide properties that al low the engineering of the zero dispersion poin t and tailoring the dispersion prof ile, in addition to the extremely small core area. When laser pulses with thei r central wavelength near the zero dispersion point propagate in microstructured fibers, the high peak intensities dominate the pulse evolution and LNL << LD. In particular, the pulse can st ill maintain a short duration and high intensity over a much longer fiber propa gation length, induci ng an extraordinary larger nonlinearity when compared to convent ional fibers. As a result, this greater nonlinearity reduces the threshold pulse energy for observing nonlinear effects and nonlinear optical processes take place on a grand scale in microstructured fibers. These different nonlinear processes, including SPM, SRS, FWM and THG, have been observed in the microstructured fiber [49-52]. Furt hermore, combining with the tailorable dispersion characteristics of the microstruc tured fibers, a number of dramatic nonlinear optical effects are observed at ~800 nm that were not previously po ssible or have been severely limited [6]. On the other hand, large core single-mo de microstructured fibers can also be fabricated to minimi ze the nonlinear optical effects. Now let us turn to the most dramatic and amazing of the nonlinearities, ultrabroadband supercontinuum generation. 2.3.2 Supercontinuum Generation in Microstructured Fibers Supercontinuum generation is definitely the most fascinating outcome of the invention of microstructured fibers. In partic ular, it results directly from the combination of microstructured fibersÂ’ e nhanced nonlinearities and uni que engineer-able dispersion

PAGE 45

32 properties. Ranka’s postdeadline talk at Conference on Laser and Electro-Optics (CLEO) in 1999 as well as the paper published in ear ly 2000 have a tremendous impact on the research conducted on fiber design probabilitie s, fiber dispersions and nonlinearities, as well as many important applications in the past few years. In this paper [6], an ultra broadband supercontinuum ranges from 400 nm to 1600 nm (figure 2.8) is generated in a Figure 2.8: An ultra broadband superconti nuum generated in a 75-cm section of microstructure fiber. The dashed curv e shows the spectrum of the initial 100fs pulse. Refer to Ranka et al. [6]. specially designed “microstruct ured fiber” using Ti:Sapphire laser 100 fs pulses with 790 nm central wavelength and only 0.8 nJ energy. The microstructured fiber consists of a silica core of 1.7m surrounded by an array of 1.3m diameter air holes in a hexagonal close-packed arrangement, see Fig. 2.6 (a), sustaining single-mode laser pulse propagation for wavelengths range from 500 nm to 1600 nm. It is quite surprising that the mode is well confined within the first air hole ring next to the core ; the outer rings of air holes do not affect the fiber waveguide proper ties at all. With this air hole and pitch configuration, zero group ve locity dispersion wavelength is pushed down to 767 nm,

PAGE 46

33 making the Ti:Sapphire input pulse central wa velength in the anomalous fiber dispersion region. Nonlinear optical e ffects, include pulse compression, soliton propagation and efficient four-wave mixing are observed at 800 nm. All these nonlinear effects have been severely limited at this wave length for conventional fibers. The intensive interest in th e supercontinuum generations is well justified. First, performing the experiment of supercontinuum ge neration is not hard at all, considering the popularization of the Ti:Sa pphire laser all over the worl d and the advantage of low power requirement. Numerous papers have be en published on this subject, taking up a large portion of microstructu red fiber literature. Many of the papers are about the applications of supercontinuum generation, whic h will be presented in details in the next section. The more significant reason for the interest in the supe rcontinuum generations lies in its complex process, that is, how th e ultra broadband supercont inuum is generated? From a general point of vi ew, there are two contributi ons which lead to ultra broadband supercontinuum generation. The first one comes from geometry. A microstructured fiber has an extremely small core area, nearly two orders of magnitude smaller when compared to that of conve ntional single-mode fiber. The tighter confinement of the mode propagation leads to an increased power density and enhanced effective nonlinearities. The second contribution is the tailorable dispersion characteristics of the microstructured fibers resulting from both the ability to precisely engineer the air hole and pitch size as we ll as the high refracti ve index difference between the core and cladding. As a result the zero GVD dispersion can be pushed down to visible wavelength range and the input Ti:S apphire laser pulse th at experiences a low fiber dispersion maintains a high peak pow er while propagating along. The enhanced

PAGE 47

34 fiber nonlinearities combining with the intens ive peak power of th e laser pulse trigger many nonlinear processes, generating the ultra broadband supercontinuum. In principle, the supercontinuum generation process in microstructured fibers is not different from that in conventional fibers. Well established theories (see, for example Broderick et al [49] and references ther ein) explaining many nonlinear processes in optical fibers has been developed over year s. However, supercontinuum generation is a nonlinear process in the extreme. It is ev ident that supercontinuum generation is not resulting from or dominant by one individual nonlinear process; on th e contrary, it results from the complex interplay between various nonlinear optical pro cesses and dispersion characteristics of microstructured fibers. The complexity also lies in the fact that the significant pulse spectral broa dening process usually happens within the first several millimeters of the microstructured fiber at sufficiently high power due to the enhanced nonlinearities and low dispersion. It is crucial to understand the supercontinuum generation dynamics; in particular, the roles of different nonlinear optical processes play in a certain pulse propagation stages and their contributions to the final supercontinuum characteristics. The interpretations of th e supercontinuum generation dynamics from the experimental data are sometimes misleading, as it is usually hard to separately study the individual nonlinear effect in the experi ment when various nonlinear effects are interacting together in a tangled state. Th e extended NLSE model using the split-step Fourier transform method has proven to be a well-suited numerical technique that can truly simulate the pulse nonlinear propagati on processes in the mi crostructured fibers. Besides the ability of investig ating individual nonlin ear effect and its contribution to the supercontinuum generation, this simulati on model has also predicted some new

PAGE 48

35 supercontinuum properties that have been experimentally verified. However, the complexity and ultra broadband properties of the supercontinuum generation require a large number of data points and an extremely small propagation step when implement the extended NLSE simulation model, necessita ting the use of high speed computers only available to general researchers in the last five to ten years. Many papers have been published from the extensive research on the formation and evolution of the supercontinuum. A consentane ous conclusion has been formed based on the rigorous simulation and experimental re sults [10, 11]. It is believed that the development and evolvement of the superc ontinuum is related to the formation and fission of higher order solitons in the micros tructured fibers. As we mentioned in the section 2.2, in the anomalous dispersion regi on, higher order solitons are generated in the microstructured fiber due to the interplay between the SPM and GVD, wher e the soliton order is determined by equation 2.14. Wit hout any perturbation, these higher order solitons will propagate in a periodic evol ution pattern and supercontinuum generation would never occur. However, a small perturbation will affect a higher order (N>1) solitonÂ’s relative group velocities and, subseque ntly, trigger the soliton fission: a higher order soliton with soliton order N breaks up to N fundamental solitons. These small perturbations include higher order dispersion, self-steepen ing nonlinear effect and soliton self-frequency shift. As a result of soliton fission and soliton self -frequency shift, the fundamental solitons continuously shift towa rd the longer wavelength of the broadened spectrum, causing a considerable spectral e xpansion on the red side. The blue side the supercontinuum is developed due to the blue shifted nonsolitonic radiation (NSR) [3, 10, 53] or phase-matched radiation; that is, the blue dispersive wave component satisfying

PAGE 49

36 the resonance condition gets amplified by the energy transferred from the phase-matching soliton under the influence of higher order dispersion [54]. Assuming the soliton frequency s and the nonsolitonic radiation component r the phase matching condition can be written as [53], 0 / ) ( ) ( ) (0 P vg s r s r (2.27) where is propagation constant, gv is the group velocity, is the nonlinear parameter and 0P is the input peak power. Consequently an ultra broadband supercontinuum is generated as the fundamental solitons conti nuously shift to the re d side and the blue phase-matching components are developed and amplified. It is worth pointing out that supercontinuum is the outcome from interactions of the most complex nonlinear optical processes with fiber dispersion. Supercontinuum generation usually occurs within the first several millimeters of the propagation length, followed by the increasingly fine interference features from the interplay between the individual soliton and the relate d dispersive wave as superc ontinuum continues to evolve along the microstructured fibers. It turns out to be true that any sm all input pulse power fluctuation can substantially change the features of this fine structure, as verified by both the simulation results and experimental eviden ces [9, 13]. The fine structure which tends to vary from shot to shot can be a huge problem for many applications. For example, stable spectral phases are required for s upercontinuum pulse comp ression application. Researchers have put a lot of efforts in finding out the stability range for various applications. Consequently, diffe rent stability fiber lengths ra nge from ~1cm to tens of centimeters corresponding to different input power levels have been found [15, 55]. Meanwhile, changing the microstructured fi ber dispersion properties can evidently

PAGE 50

37 minimize the instability of the supercontinuum Detailed simulation results following this idea will be discussed in chapter 6. When the central wavelength of the input pul se is in the normal dispersion region of the microstructured fiber, supercontinuum can also be generated. Before the spectral broadened pulse reaching the anomalous dispersi on region, due to the high peak power of the input pulse, SPM nonlinear effect is mainly responsib le for the pulse spectral broadening at this stage. Meanwhile, the peak intensity of the pulse is still intense because of the low fiber dispersion. After the spectrum broadening into the anomalous dispersion region, higher order so litons are generated and the mechanisms similar to what have been described above lead to the supercontinuum generation. 2.3.3 Applications of PCFs and Supercontinuum Generation The diversity of new or improved perform ance, beyond what conventional fiber can offer, means that PCF is finding an increasi ng number of applicati ons in ever-widening areas of science and technology [31]. Photonic crystal fibers have important applications in the optical telecommunications. The enhanced waveguide nonlinearities in the microstructured fibers potentially make th e telecommunication optic al functions to be achieved within a much shorter fiber length comp aring to that of conve ntional fibers [56]. Microstructured fibers also fi nd applications in fiber lasers and amplifiers. Large mode area single-mode microstructu red fiber allows one to obt ain a high power output with relatively low power density. This way non linear phenomena and fiber damage due to overheating can be avoided, making large core microstructured fibers predestinated for high power operations [57]. Phot onic bandgap fibers can be used in the sensor technology [58]. They can also be used for atom a nd particle guidance, which has a potential application in biology, chemistry and atomic physics. Particle levitation in hollow-core

PAGE 51

38 fiber over 150 mm distance with 80 mW laser power has been reporte d [59]. Furthermore, the core of the photonic bandgap fibers can be filled with a variety of gases to study gasbased nonlinear optics. In pa rticular, stimulated Raman scattering in hydrogen-filled photonic bandgap fiber has been extensively studied [60]. On the other hand, photonic bandgap fibers filled with argon gas can be potentially used for high harmonic generation, a phenomenon occurs when the gas election ex periencing the recombination process after being ionized by the ultras hort high-energy pulses [61]. Supercontinuum generation, the most fasc inating outcome of the PCFs, has a far more important application scopes. First, it has become a nature candidate for telecommunication applications. To construct flexible and robust phot onic networks, it is essential to control, manage and fully u tilize the vast optical frequency resources available. Indeed, supercontinuum generation offers the possibility of generating over 1000 dense-wavelength-division-multiplexing (DWDM) channels using only one single light source [21] while maintaining its co herent characteris tics. Supercontinuum generation also has application in medical imaging [62-64]. Fo r optical coherence tomography (OCT), longitudinal resolution in a biological tissue is inversely proportional to the bandwidth of the light source. Supe rcontinuum generation with high spatial and spectral coherence has increased the OCT longitudinal resolution to a micron level (~1.3m see Wang et al. [64]). The most im portant application of supercontinuum generation is in the field of optical metr ology [65-67]. It makes the measurement of absolute optical frequency possible by estab lishing a direct link between the repetition rate of a mode-locked laser and optical fr equencies. Using a carrier-envelope phaselocked laser, an optical clock with accuracy 1–2 orders of magnitude better than the

PAGE 52

39 currently used cesium atom clocks is demons trated [68-70]. This work led to 2005 Nobel prize for two of the pioneers of the field, John Hall of JILA at the University of Colorado and Ted Hnsch of the Max Planck Institute for Quantum Optics [8].

PAGE 53

40 CHAPTER 3 OVERVIEW OF EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES To understand how ultrashort laser pulses in teract with PCFs, it is important to understand the methods of generating, characte rizing, and temporally tailoring ultrashort pulses. In this chapter, we will lay out the ex perimental tools used in our research. A brief introduction of ultrashort laser pulse and term inology will be given in section 3.1 and 3.2. We discuss the operating principles and perfor mance of our home-build Ti:Sapphire laser oscillator and a commercial Coherent Mira 900 laser osci llator in section 3.3. A description and comparison of different ultrafas t laser pulse characterization tools will be given in section 3.4. Finally, in section 3.5, we present th e Fourier domain pulse shaping using the liquid crystal sp atial light modulators. 3.1 Ultrashort Laser Pulses Lasers are the basic buildi ng block of the technologies for the generation of short light pulses. Only four decades after the la ser had been invented, the duration of the shortest produced pulse has been reduced nine orders of magnitude, going from the nanosecond (10-9 s) regime to the attosecond (10-18 s) regime [72]. One reason for generating ultrashort pulses is to challenge the physics limit: what is the shortest pulse mankind can generate? Another question may ar ise here: what kind of measurements can we make with these ultrashort laser pulses? One important application doma in of ultrashort laser pulses is the behavior analysis (return to equilibrium) of a sample perturbed by the laser pulses [73-75]. If some processes in the sample are very fast compar ed to the duration of the perturbation, these

PAGE 54

41 processes will be hidden during the perturbation so that only those processes which are slower than the pulse duration will be observe d. Therefore, it will be easier to understand the faster processes if one can use a shor ter perturbation. The unique property of ultrashort laser pulses makes them ideally suit ed for not only the in itial perturbation of sample but also subsequent probing of the sample. On the other hand, ultrafast lasers can al so be used to produce laser pulses with extremely high peak powers and power densit ies, which have applications such as multiphoton imaging [76, 77], generation of electromagnetic radiation at unusual wavelengths [78-80] and laser machining a nd ablation [81]. Meanwhile, the large peak intensities associated with ultrashort lase r pulses make them well suited to various nonlinear wave-mixing processes, allowing th e generation of new frequency components. Such processes include second-harmonic generation, sum-frequency generation, parametric oscillation and amplifi cation, and continuum generation. 3.2 Laser Pulse Terminology To better understand ultrafast laser system, ultrashort laser pulse characterization and shaping, we begin with some terminology [82]. 3.2.1 Laser Pulse Time Bandwidth Product (TBP) A continuous wave laser generates c ontinuous wave (CW) that is an electromagnetic wave of constant amplitude and frequency; and in mathematical analysis, of infinite duration. The time representation of the field (real part) is an unlimited cosine function. t ie E t E00) ( (3.1)

PAGE 55

42 On the other hand, constructing a light pulse implies multiplying (3.1) by a bellshaped function, e.g., a Gaussian function. Mode-locked lasers ge nerate this kind of pulses. In general, a pulse can be represented as ) ( ) () (0t i t ie e t A t E (3.2) where ) (t A is the bell shaped function and ) (t is the pulse phase. The physical field is t E Re. The general time and frequency Fourier transforms are dt e E t E dt e t E e A Et i t i i ) ( 2 1 ) ( ) ( ) ( ) () (, (3.3) where ) ( E is the pulse representati on in the frequency domain. In particular, a Gaussian pulse can be written as t i te e E t E0 2) / ( 0) ( (3.4) A limited duration caused by the Gaussian envel ope of the light pulse indicates a limited frequency bandwidth, which can be clearly se en after the Fourier transformation of the original temporal pulse (Eq. 3.4). 2 02 ) ( 0) ( ) ( e E dt e t E Et i (3.5) The pulse duration and spectral width are defined as the full width half maximum (FWHM) of the pulse intensity ( 2) ( ) ( t E t I and 2) ( ) ( E I) in time domain and frequency domain, respectively. In the case of a Gaussian pulse (Eq. 3.4 and 3.5), the pulse duration and spectral width are 2 ln 2 2 2 ln 2 t. (3.6)

PAGE 56

43 Note that time bandwidth product (TBP,f t K ) is a dimensionless number which depends on the shapes of the pulses, e.g., the shape of a Gaussian pulse is represented as function 2) / (te. Table 3.1 gives values of K for Gaussian shape and hyperbolic secant shape which are the mo st commonly used pulse envelopes. Table 3.1: Time bandwidth products (K) for Ga ussian and hyperbolic secant pulse shapes. Shape ) (t E f t K Gaussian function 2) / (te 0.441 Hyperbolic secant function ) / cosh( 1t 0.315 3.2.2 Laser Pulse Phase and Chirp The TBP value in table 3.1 can only be reached when the instantaneous angular frequency is constant and equals the central angular frequency 0 which can be seen from Eq. 3.4 and 0) ( t. The pulse is called a Four ier transform-limited pulse. Now let’s consider a more general case, th at is, the instantane ous angular frequency is a function of time. Suppose the phase of the pulse obeys a quadratic law in time, 2 0 0) ( ) ( ) () (t i t i t i t ie e t A e e t A t E (3.7) then the instantaneous angular freq uency varies linearly with time t t t 2 ) (0 0 (3.8) Depending on the sign of the pulse is positive or negative “chirped”, i.e., linear chirp. It is very clear from Fig. 3.1, i.e., chir ped Gaussian pulses, that the instantaneous frequency is more red in the le ading part of the pulse and mo re blue in the trailing part when a positive chirped pulse is presented.

PAGE 57

44 Figure 3.1: Illustration of Gau ssian pulses with linear chirps (a) A positive linear chirp. (b) A negative linear chirp. The pulse duration and spectral width in the linearly chirped Gaussian pulse are 1 1 2 ln 2 2 2 ln 22 2 t (3.9) The TBP will always be greater than the value li sted in table 2.1. This discussion is also true if we start from the fre quency domain with a chirped puls e. So the conclusion is that a Fourier-transform-limited pulse (the shortest pulse) is generated when the pulse with a fixed spectrum has no spectral phase. Unfortunately, when ultrashort pulses propaga te in an optical system, many optical components (lenses, gratings, crystals) are disp ersive and can generate some kind of chirp (linear and/or higher order chirp) that cause s pulse temporal broadening. It is common practice to expand the spectral pha se in a Taylor Series as 3 0 ) 3 ( 2 0 ) 2 ( 0 ) 1 ( ) 0 () ( 6 ) ( 2 ) ( ) ( (3.10) where

PAGE 58

45 0) ( ) ( ) () ( i i i. (3.11) The linear and quadratic ch irp are represented as ) 2 ( and ) 3 (, respectively. A pulse compressor [83] (a pair of parallel diffraction gratings and a retro-reflector) can compensate most of the linear chirp, but can do nothing about the higher order chirps. To obtain the shortest pulse, th e overall spectral phase (chirp) has to be measured and compensated. This will be one of the appli cations of pulse characterization and pulse shaping which will be discussed later in this chapter. 3.3 Femtosecond Lasers (Ti:Sapphire Lasers) Lasers are the basic building blocks to generate short pulses. Ti:Sapphire femtosecond laser has been studied extensively because its high performance. In order to understand how laser pulse can be temporally tailored and intera ct with the fibers, it is important to understand how femtosecond laser pulses are generated in the Ti:Sapphire lasers. In this section we will describe the pr operties of the Ti:Sapphire crystal, followed by the mode-locking discussion. We will also lay out the schematics and performance parameters of the Ti:Sapphire la sers used in our experiments. 3.3.1 Ti:Sapphire Crystal In the past decade, the most spectacular ad vances in laser physics and, particularly, in the field of ultrashort light pulse ge neration [84, 85] have been based on the development of titanium-doped aluminum oxide (Ti:Al2O3, Ti:Sapphire) laser. Ti:Sapphire laser has been investigated extens ively and today it is the most widely used tunable solid-state laser. T i:Sapphire possesses a favorable combination of properties which are up to now the best broadband laser materials. First, the active medium is solidstate, that means long operat ional time and laser compactne ss. Second, Sapphire has high

PAGE 59

46 thermal conductivity, exceptional chemical inertness and mech anical resistance. Third, Ti:Sapphire crystal has the la rgest gain bandwidth and is therefore capable of producing the shortest pulse; it also provides the widest wavelengt h tunability [Fig. 3.2]. Figure 3.2: Normalized absorption and emission spectra of Ti:Sapphire for polarized light. Refer to Rulliere [82]. From the fluorescence curve, the estimate d the FWHM of the theoretical broadest spectrum is 190 nm, which corresponds to a 4. 5 fs pulse if a Gaussian transform-limited pulse is assumed. In fact, custom build T i:Sapphire laser that can generate 4.8 fs ultrashort pulse has been reporte d [86], merely two cycles of the optical field considering 800 nm center wavelength. 3.3.2 Kerr Lens Mode-Locking A large number of mode-locking techniques ha ve been developed to generate short pulse with Ti:Sapphire as a gain medium : active mode-locking, passive mode-locking and self-mode-locking. Self-mode-locking (or Kerr lens mode-locking) has proven to be

PAGE 60

47 the best way to achieve the mode-locking. Self-locking of the modes utilizes the nonlinear properties of the amp lifying medium to favor strong intensity maxima at the expense of weak ones. The nonlinear effect called self-focusing is due to the fact that the refractive index of Ti:Sapphire is a functi on of input pulse intensity:) (2 0t r I n n n Because of the non-uniform power density distribution in the cavity Gaussian beam ) ( t r I the refractive index changes across the beam prof ile and the phase delay experienced by the beam is greater in the center of the beam than at the edge for 02 n [Fig. 3.3]. Therefore, Figure 3.3: Kerr lens modelock ing principle: self-focusi ng effect by the optical Kerr effect. An example of hard aperture refers to Wikipedia [87]. the Ti:Sapphire crystal works like a nonlinear lens (Kerr lens) for high intensity light, with the focusing effect increasing with optical intensity. In the laser cavity, short noise bursts of light (pulses), which have higher peak intensities, are focused more tightly and are transmitted through the aperture, whilst lo wer intensities experi ence greater losses. By aligning the cavity in a way such that the resonator is lossier for CW beam than for pulses, the pulsed regime is favored and the laser will turn to mode-locked regime. The

PAGE 61

48 favoring of pulsed regime over CW regime can be achieved by the cavity design, but is often supported by a hard aperture (shown in Fig. 3.3), that can simply cut off part of the CW beam at the focal region of the pulsed beam. 3.3.3 Cavities of Ti:Sapphire Lasers Depending on the experiment requirement a nd consideration, we use two different types of Ti:Sapphire oscillator s in our experiments, all of which will be discussed in details in the rest of this section. 3.3.3.1 Home-build Ti:Sapphire oscillator For most of our experiments, we use a home-built Ti:Sapphire oscillator. The design of the oscillator is show n schematically in Figure 3.4. The intracavity is defined by prism pairs and four mirrors, M1, M2 M3 and the output coupler M4. The Ti:Sapphire crystal is located at the common focal plane of two 10-cm spherical mirrors M2 and M3. The laser system is pumped by focusing a multi-line Argon-Ion CW laser (Coherent Innova 310). The output coupler M4 is an 85% we dged mirror. The intracavity prism pairs are the key components for se lf-mode-locking (Kerr lens mode-locking). Hard apertures are placed in front of the cav ity mirror M1 and output coupler M4. In this oscillator, mode-locking is init iated by instantaneously moving the first intracavity prism P1 and M3. The dispersion caused by intracavity prism pairs and other optical component in the cavity (crystal and OC) is partially compensated with the external prism pairs, which is designated in the Figure 3.4 as th e phase compensator. With 4.9 W pumping power, our home-build Ti:Sapphire oscill ator generates 300-400 mW average pulse power. The repetition rate is 91 MHz and energy per pulse is around 3 nJ.

PAGE 62

49 Figure 3.4: Schematic diagram of the T i:Sapphire Laser and the external phase compensator. P: prism. OC: output coupler The output spectrum is shown in Fig (b). It has a bandwidth of 65 nm and central wavelength of 805 nm. Fig (a) is the second order intensity autocorrelation, using a 100m KDP crystal. Assuming a Gaussian pulse shape, the measured FWHM of the laser pulse is ~18 fs. Figure 3.5: Second order intensity autocorr elation and spectrum of Ti:Sapphire laser pulse. (a) Temporal autoco rrelation of the pulse. (b) Measured spectrum of the pulse.

PAGE 63

50 3.3.3.2 Coherent Mira 900 system For the experiment described in section 4. 3, we use the commercial Coherent Mira 900 (Fig. 3.6) pumped by Ion CW Coherent Innova 400 laser. The Mira has a tunable wavelength range from 700 nm to 900 nm. Fr om the schematics we can see there are several extra mirrors comparing with our oscillator. The only purpose is for the commercial compact design. Note that M8 a nd M9 are for alignment only and they are not in the oscillator cavity. However, Mira 900 does consist of a birefringent filter (BRF) which makes Mira 900 a central wavelength tunable laser. Such filters take advantage of the phase shifts between orthogonal polari zations to obtain na rrow band outputs. Furthermore, the commercial design of a bu tterfly starter (not shown in the figure) between M3 and M4 makes mode-locking a breeze. The wavelength used in our experiment is 763 nm. With 8 W pumping power, the average out put pulse power is about 450 mW. The repetition rate is 76 MH z and energy per pulse is around 6 nJ. Figure 3.6: Schematic diagram of a Cohere nt Mira 900 Ti:Sapphire laser. Refer to Coherent Mira 900 [88]. The spectral bandwidth of Mira 900 output pul se is very narrow comparing to our home-build Ti:Sapphire oscillat or due to the BRF, in this case, 4.2 nm [Fig. 3.7 (b)]. The

PAGE 64

51 temporal pulse duration is measured by FROG (see next section for details). The calculated pulse duration for transform-limited Gaussian pulse with measured spectral intensity is 215 fs. The measured pu lse duration is 225 fs [Fig. 3.7 (a)]. Figure 3.7: FROG measurement of a Cohere nt Mira 900 Ti:Sapphire laser pulse. a) Temporal intensity. b) Spectral intensity. 3.4 FROG and SPIDER Ultrashort laser pulses are the shortest events mankind ever generated. Before ultrashort laser pulses are used in experiments, pulse dia gnostics are necessa ry. Since the femtosecond time scale is beyond the range of the fastest electronics, the pulse measurement techniques have to be redesi gned in order to fully characterize the amplitude and the phase of the electric fiel d. Most techniques are based on the idea “measuring pulse using the pulse itself!” Secti on 3.4.1 will briefly describe the standard techniques that determine the temporal profil e of the pulse, such as auto-correlation and cross-correlation. Other techniques, which are more sophisticated giving both information of frequency and time, such as FROG and SPIDER, will be presented in the section 3.4.2 and 3.4.3.

PAGE 65

52 3.4.1 Auto-Correlation and Cross-Correlation Maybe the most widely used technique for measuring femtosecond laser pulses is the second-order auto-c orrelation, which was first demons trated in 1966 by Maier and coworkers [89]. This method takes advantag e of the second harmonic generation in nonlinear crystals. In Figure 3.8 the basic principle of SHG au to-correlation is displayed. This is typically used to measure the time duration of femtosecond pulses. Figure 3.8: Schematic diagram of a SHG auto -correlator. BS: beam splitter. SHG Xtal: second harmonic generation crystal. The incident laser pulse is split in two pulses by a 50/50 beam-splitter. Similar to a Michelson interferometer, the two pulses ar e reflected in each arm and subsequently focused onto a frequency-doubling crystal. The resulting secondharmonic-generation (SHG) auto-correlation trace is detected by a photo-multiplier as a function of the time delay between the two pulses. The SHG crystals can be type I phase-matching or type II, and the two pulses can recombine collin early or non-collinearly in the frequency

PAGE 66

53 doubling medium. Figure 3.8 is an example of non-collinear recomb ination of the two pulses. The SHGs of each indi vidual pulses are filtered by a hard aperture and a BG-39 filter may also be used to eliminate the orig inal laser pulse signal that pass through the SHG crystal. If the two fields are of intensity ) ( t I and) ( t t I the auto-correlation of the two pulses is dt t t I t I t Iac) ( ) ( ) ( (3.12) As can be seen from the equation, the auto-c orrelation is always a symmetric function in time. Therefore, auto-correlati on gives very little information about the shape of the pulse. The most widely used procedure to determ ine the pulse duration is to "pre-assume" a pulse shape (usually hyperbolic secant or a Gaussian shape, for chirp-free and linear chirped pulses) and to calc ulate the pulse duration from the known ratio between the FWHM of the auto-correlation and of the pulse. Thus the auto-correlation function depends on the assumed shape of the pulse. Ta ble 3.2 lists the relevant parameters for various shapes. Table 3.2: Relations between pulse durati on and auto-correlation function duration for Gaussian and Hyperbolic secant function. Shape ) ( t Iac K TBP : Pulse duration t Gaussian function ) 2 ln 4 (2 2t te 0.441 2 Hyperbolic secant function ) 76 1 (2t t Sech 0.315 1.5 In cross-correlation, the ultrashort pulse is not correlated with itself. The crosscorrelation implies the use of a reference pulse of a known shape ) ( t Ir in order to

PAGE 67

54 determine the temporal profile of an unknown laser pulse ) ( t Is. The intensity crosscorrelation to be measured is dt t t I t I t Ir s cc) ( ) ( ) ( (3.13) The convolution with the inte nsity of the reference pulse leads to a smooth crosscorrelation shape. The fundamental problem of auto-correlati on and cross-correlation is that it does not uniquely determine the pulse characteristi cs. It cannot even accurately determine the pulse duration because a priori information a bout the pulse shape is required, which is sometimes impossible to obtain. Furthermore, a systematic analysis given in Chung et al. [90] shows that very simila r autocorrelation traces and pow er spectra can be produced by pulses with drastic different sh apes and durations. In fact, to fully characterize a pulse, including the intensity and phase in time do main or frequency domain, one needs a total number of 2N points. The correlation func tion only gives N points, meaning the pulse characterization for this technique is indeed quite under-determined. Of course, to understand the pulse itself, wh ich includes what time a color occurs in a pulse, or equivalently, pul se spectral phase, full pulse intensity and phase characterization techniques are required. Th e development of seve ral such kinds of technique occurs in the early 1990s. Among which, SHG frequency-resolved optical gating (FROG) and spectral phase interferometry for direct electric-field reconstruction (SPIDER) are the most well-known techniques Frequency resolved optical gating uses two dimensional representation of the one dime nsional electric field, while SPIDER uses one dimensional spectral interfer ometry. All of which will be discussed in details in this section.

PAGE 68

55 3.4.2 Frequency Resolved Op tical Gating (FROG) Frequency resolved optical gating (FROG) was first developed in 1993 [91, 92]. Frequency resolved optical gating is a met hod that can acquire both intensity and phase of a pulse without making prior assumptions about pulse shape. Frequency resolved optical gating is based on spectrally reso lving autocorrelation function; therefore generating the spectrogram of the pulse to be measured (refer to Fig. 3.10 (a) as an example). A spectrogram,) ( S, is a two-dimensional repres entation of the pulse as a function of time delay and frequency (or wavelength), 2) ( ) ( dt e t E St i sig (3.14) where ) ( t Esig is simply the autocorrelation signa l and has several forms depending on different version of FROG techniques, e.g ., self-diffraction (SD) FROG, polarization gating (PG) FROG, SHG FROG and third harmonic genera tion (THG) FROG. Among all these versions, only SHG FROG utilizes the second order nonlinearities while all the other versions rely on the thir d order nonlinearities to perform the autocorrelation. This makes SHG FROG one of the most widely us ed FROG techniques. For the SHG FROG, the ) ( t Esig is simply a second order autocorrelation function, ) ( ) ( ) (, t E t E t Esig SHG. (3.15) Experimentally, a SHG FROG apparatus is an auto-correlator followed by a spectrometer. Therefore, instead of just measuring the inte nsity of the nonlinear opt ical signal generated by the two variably delayed pulse s, the nonlinear optical signal ) ( S is spectrally resolved into a delay dependent spectrum, i. e., spectrogram. The resulting data is a two dimensional time-frequency representation of the pulse, that is, a 2D function of time

PAGE 69

56 delay and optical frequency. The spectrogram obtained is referred to as the measured “FROG trace”, as show in Fig 3.10 (a). In some cases, the shape of the FROG trace can be interpreted to give an overv iew of the shape of the pulse. In order to “retrieve” the original pulse intensity and phase, a s ophisticated iterative inversion algorithm needs to be applied to the 2D FROG trace. The two-dimensional phase retrieval algorithm has been well established in the field of image science. The electric field and phase of the pulse that created the FROG trace can indeed be uniquely determined from the FROG trace, e.g., Fig 3.10 (b) is an example of retrieved spectral intensity and phase of the pulse that create d the FROG trace in Fig. 3.10 (a) (save a few trivial ambiguities). One r eason that the FROG iterative re trieval algorithm converges well despite the absence of an absolute guarantee of c onvergence with the retrieval algorithm is that the FROG trace is “over-det ermined”. The FROG trace, unlike the autocorrelation using N points to calculate th e input pulse 2N-points field, has N2 points. Because of this build-in data redundancy, FR OG technique guarantees a solution for an experimental trace; in addition, it also gain s the ability of retrieving from the FROG trace that has a large amount of random noise [93]. In the FROG retrieval algorithm, convergence is always determined by calculati ng the root mean square difference (FROG error) between the measured FROG trace and th e trace computed from the retrieved pulse field. Indeed, FROG error gives an estimate on how reliable the retrieved spectral intensity and phase are. Figure 3.9 is the schematic of our homebuild FROG setup. We use this FROG for all our pulse characterization experiments. A 100 m thick free-standing KDP crystal is

PAGE 70

57 used for second harmonic generation. We us e an image system after the crystal for imaging optimization purpose and provid ing a 10 times image magnification. We used single shot and multi-shot FROG techniques in our research. A multi-shot FROG trace consists of a series of 1-D spectra taken by manually change the delay stage Figure 3.9: Schematic diagram of a SHG FROG apparatus. BS: beam splitter. Xtal: crystal. position, whereas single-shot FROG trace itself is a 2-D image (delay vs. wavelength). Multi-shots FROG trace has a higher signal-to-noi se ratio, but the w hole acquisition time is much longer. To retrieve the FROG trace, we send the single-shot and multi-shot FROG trace to the retrieval algorithms (Femto soft software). To get a reasonable FROG error, accurate delay axis and wavelength ax is calibrations are required, as well as appropriate data correction procedures (back ground subtraction and flat-field correction). Fig. 3.10 is an example of using FROG tec hnique in our example, with the original FROG trace shown in Fig. 3.10 (a) and retrie ved spectral intensity and phase shown in

PAGE 71

58 Fig. 3.10 (b). Note that the retrieved spect ral phase shows an example of linear chirp (quadratic spectral phase) in the original pu lse. The retrieved FROG error is 0.025 using FemtoSoft FROG V1.5. FROG is a very useful technique, particular ly as temporal and spectral information are simultaneously measured, yielding a pha se reconstruction. The downside is that sometimes spatial chirp and pulse-front tilt can be an issue when reliable FROG traces are desired. A beam with spatial chirp has color varying spatially across the beam and it will tilt the FROG trice by a small angle. Th e pulse-front tilt means the pulse intensity front is not perpendicular to the pulse propaga tion vector and this e ffect will shift the zero delay line in the FROG trace. Furthermore, the FROG technique is not well suited for real time pulse monitoring and adaptive cont rol experiments due to the time-consuming retrieval algorithms and occasionally expe rtise in the selectio n of reconstruction parameters. For other pulse characterization applications, FROG is an excellent choice. Figure 3.10: An example of experiment al FROG trace and retrieved spectral intensity/phase profile correspond to th e FROG trace. The spectral intensity is an example of Gaussian pulse and the sp ectral phase indicates a residual linear chirp for the original pulse.

PAGE 72

59 3.4.3 Spectral Phase Interferometry for Direct electric-field Reconstruction (SPIDER) The technique, spectral phase interferometry for direct electricfield reconstruction (SPIDER), is a specific implementation of spectral shearing interferometry [94, 95]. This interferometric technique is based on the m easurement of the inte rference between two pulses with a certain delay in time. These two pulses are spectrally sh eared, i.e., they are identical except for their central frequencie s. The spectrum of this pulse pair is an interferogram signal [Fig. 3.11] ] ) ( ) ( cos[ ) ( ) ( 2 ) ( ) ( ) ( I I I I S (3.16) where is the spectral shear (the difference betw een the central freque ncies of the pulse pair), is the time delay between the pulses, ) ( Iand ) ( are the pulse spectral intensity and phase. Figure 3.11: Plot of an ideal interferogram. Th e interferogram is of the form shown in Eq. (3.16). The nominal spacing between the fringes is 1/ Refer to Shuman et al. [96]. As mentioned in this section before, the full pulse characteristics in the frequency domain require determining both the ) (I and ) ( The measurement of the electric

PAGE 73

60 field is quite straightforwar d and the spectral phase can be extracted from the SPIDER interferogram. Evidently from the Eq. 3.16, the spectral shear determines discrete spectral phase sampling resolution, as only th e spectral phase at a series of spectral frequency separated by can be determined. To utilize the SPIDER technique, the generation of spectrally sheared pulse pair is required. This is usually done [Fig. 3.12] by frequency mixing two pulse replicas that is separated by delay time with a chirped pulse in a nonlinear crystal. A pulse stretcher, e.g., a glass block in the Figure 3.12, is used to generate the chirped pulse. The chir ped pulse needs to be much longer than the delay time to satisfy the condition that each pu lse replica can frequency mix with different frequency in the chirped pulse in the crystal. As a result, the unconverted pulses are spectrally sheared. The resu lting interferogram is resolved with a spectrometer. After the interferogram is sampled properly, the sp ectral phase information can be extracted from the data. Figure 3.12: Schematic diagram of a SPIDE R apparatus. BS: beam splitter. GDD: SF10 glass block. TS: translational stage fo r delay adjustment. FM: focusing mirror. OMA: optical multichannel analyzer. SFG: upconversion crystal (BBO). Refer to Gallmann et al. [107].

PAGE 74

61 The SPIDER trace is one-dimensional, and th e inversion is algebraic. The SPIDER pulse retrieval algorithm uses a direct inversion procedure [97], which is much faster comparing with the FROGÂ’s iterative algorithms. As a consequence, real-time measurements (with a 20-Hz refresh rate) from the output of a regeneratively amplified laser system have been obtained [96]. Meanwhile, combination with SPIDER and adaptive pulse control makes real-time ultras hort coherent control possible. However, SPIDER requires a different opti cal setup for measurement of different optical pulses, which limits its flexibility because prior knowledge of the pulse chirp is required. Furthermore, the accuracy of SPIDER is reli ant solely on the initial calibration, which cannot be checked in the same way as FROG, in which marginals of the FROG trace can be used to highlight any ca libration irregul arities [98]. 3.5 Pulse Shaping Femtosecond pulse shaping [99] promises gr eat advantages to th e fields of fiber optics and photonics, ultrafast spectrosc opy, optical communi cations and physical chemistry. Femtosecond pulse shaping also plays a major role in the field of coherent or quantum control [100], in which quantum mech anical wave packets or quantum state can be manipulated via the phase and intensity pr ofiles of the input laser pulse. Changing the laser intensity temporal profiles can only be achieved by femtosecond pulse shaping. Meanwhile, several schemes have been proposed in which pulse shaping would favorably enhance laser-electron interactions. One appl ication involves laser generation of large amplitude, relativistic plasma waves [101]. In recent years, the combination of the femtosecond pulse shaping with the adaptive control techni que, i.e., adaptive pulse shaping, has led to several inte resting demonstra tions [102-104].

PAGE 75

62 In this section we will lay out the schematics of pulse shaping techniques in frequency and time domain, the practical c onsideration for implem enting pulse shaping technique, as well as confi gurations of the pulse shaper used in our experiments. 3.5.1 Femtosecond Pulse Shaping Femtosecond pulse shaping has passiv e and active control methods. Passive methods use grating pairs or prism pairs to gi ve a relatively fixed a nd limited control of the pulse, such as the pulse stretcher us ed in the SPIDER apparatus and the pulse compressor in CPA systems. Active contro l methods use programmable modulators, which perform a much powerful and robust control over pulse phase and/or amplitude. Active methods can be performed in two doma in, frequency domain or direct in-time. Frequency domain femtosecond pulse shapi ng has been studied extensively and the technique is well-developed by now. The method is based on liquid cr ystal (LC) device or acoustic-optic modulator (AOM) placed in the Fourier plan of a grating based zero dispersion 4f-configuration (Figure 3.14) to experimentally control the spectral phase and/or intensity of the pulse. The differen t wavelengths are spatially separated and can then be addressed individually in this case. This turns out to be a great advantage in conjunction with genetic algorithm for adapti ve pulse shaping, because the desired control pulse can have a rather random phase pattern. However, the setup requires careful realignment after changing the wavelength and its large size can be a limitation in some applications. The detailed description of th e 4f Fourier domain pulse shaping using LCSLM will be given later in this section. Direct in-time femtosecond pul se shaping can be achieve d using an acousto-optic programmable dispersive filter (AOPDF). Acous to-optic programmable dispersive filters are based on the propagation of light in an ac ousto-optic birefringent crystal [Fig. 3.13].

PAGE 76

63 The interaction of an incident ordinary optical wave with a collinear acoustic wave leads to an extraordinary wave. The acoustic wave is modulated to achieve phase matching for the incident pulse to be scattered into the pe rpendicular polarization direction at different depth for different wavelength. Spectral phase and amplitude pulse shaping of a femtosecond optical pulse can then be achieved by controlling the frequency modulation and acoustic wave magnitude through the modulation of the RF voltage for the piezoelectric transducer The optical output ) ( outE can be related to the optical input ) ( inE and electric driving signal ) ( S as [105] ) ( ) ( ) ( S E Ein out (3.17) with the scaling factor defined as ) ( c V n (3.18) where n is the index difference between the or dinary optical wave and extraordinary wave and V/c is the ratio of speed of sound to the speed of light. ) ( S is numerically calculated and sent to the crystal. Figure 3.13: Principle of acousto-optic programmable dispersive filter (AOPDF). Compressed pulse is an example that AOPDF can be used as a pulse shaper to compensate the original chirped pulse phase. Refer to Verluise et al. [105].

PAGE 77

64 The collinear acousto-optic interaction a nd the reduced size result in an easy-toalign device. Acousto-optic programmable disper sive filter have proven to be very useful to correct the time aberrations introduced in Chirped Pulse Amplifiers, for amplitude and phase control of ultrashort pulses [105], or even in ch aracterization setups [106]. 3.5.2 Fourier Domain Pulse Shaping Using Spatial Light Modulator Spatial light modulator (SLM) has been wi dely used in the Fourier domain pulse shaping technique because of its programmab le shaping ability of addressing both the phase and amplitude of each individual frequency component of the input pulse. Combining with the Genetic AlgorithmÂ’s power ful abilities of efficiently searching the parameter space, adaptive pulse shaping usi ng spatial light modulator has shown great potential to locate the right driving pulse for a specific application. In this section we will lay out the schematics of Fourier domain pul se shaping, followed by the discussion on how the SLM can be used to phase and amplitude control of the input pulse, as well as some experiment considerations. 3.5.2.1 Fourier domain pulse shaping Fourier domain pulse shaping is the most successful and widely adopted pulse shaping method. Therefore, a se tup consideration and design de tails will be discussed in this section. Figure 3.14 shows the basic Four ier domain pulse shaping apparatus, which consists of a pair of diffraction gratings and mirrors (or lenses), and a pulse shaping mask (LC-SLM). The individual frequency component s contained within th e incident ultrashort pulse are angularly dispersed by the first diffraction grating, and then focused to small diffraction limited spots at the back focal plane of the first mirror, where the frequency components are spatially separated along one dimension. Essentially the first mirror performs a Fourier transform which coverts the angular disp ersion from the grating to a

PAGE 78

65 spatial separation at the back focal plane. Spatially patterned amplitude and phase masks are placed in this plane in order to manipul ate the spatially dispersed optical Fourier components. The second mirror and grating reco mbine all the frequencies into a single collimated beam. Figure 3.14: Schematic diagram of a Fourier domain pulse shaping apparatus using a LCSLM. In this setup, d1+d2=f to maintain the 4f configuration. LC-SLM: Liquid Crystal Spatial Light Modulator. In the 4f Fourier domain pulse shaper, th e field immediately after the SLM mask M(x) is [99] ) ( ) ( ) (2 0 2x M e E x Ew x in m (3.19) where is a frequency to sp ace parameter written as dd f c cos 22 0, (3.20) and 0w is the radius of the focused beam at the mask plan in d inw f w ) cos( ) cos(0. (3.21) In these equations, in and d are the incident angle and diffraction angle for the grating, d is the grating parameter, f is the focal length of the focusing mirror (or the lens), inw is

PAGE 79

66 the radius of the incident beam before the first grating, 0 is the central frequency and c is the speed of light. For the discrete N pixel SLM device, the mask M(x) can be written as ) / ( ) ( ) ( ) (1 2 2 p N n N n pw x rect nw x x H x M (3.22) where H(x) is the continuous mask that pre-defined for specific frequency filter, pw is the physical width of each pixel of the SLM (see next section for details), the rectangular function is 1 for 2 1 x and 0 otherwise, is for convolution. Assuming a linear space to frequency mapping ) (0 x, the final electric field after the shaper can be expressed as ) ( ) 1 ( ) ( ~ ) (1 2 2f t nc i s f n t H t e t eN n N n in out (3.23) where H(t) is the Fourier tr ansform of the function H(x), f is the frequency bandwidth of each SLM pixel. The setup of the Fourier domain pulse sh aping requires that th e output pulse should exactly reproduce the input pulse if no mask is presented in the back focal plan of the first mirror [99]. In another words, the grat ing and mirror configura tion can not introduce extra dispersion. There are several considera tions. First, the second grating has to be carefully placed so that the incident angl e on the second grating e quals the output angle of the first grating. Second, 4f configur ation must be maintained, which means the grating pairs must locate in the outside mirro r focal planes and two mirrors are separated

PAGE 80

67 by 2f. Note that sometimes lenses are used in the pulse shaper; however, using mirrors instead of lenses can minimize the material dispersion. 3.5.2.2 Liquid crystal spatial li ght modulator (LC-SLM) The pulse shaper in our experiments us es LC-SLM (CRI SLM128-NIR) as the pulse phase modulation component The LC consists of long, thin, rod-like molecules which are aligned with their l ong axes along the y dire ction without the ex ternal electrical field (see Fig. 3.15). When the voltage V is applied on the LC cell in the z direction, electric dipoles are induced and the electric fo rces tilt the LC molecu les along z direction; causing a change in the refractive index for pulse polarized in y direction, while the refractive index in the x direc tion remains constant [108]. Th erefore, the polarization of the incoming electric field must be parallel to the orientation of the long axis (y axis) of the liquid crystal molecules for use of the cell as a phase modulator. Figure 3.15: A sectional view of a liquid crystal layer between two gl ass plates. (a) No voltage applied. (b) Voltage is applied on the ITO electrodes in the z-direction. Refer to Weiner et al. [108]. The LC-SLM in our pulse shaper consists on e LC layer, so it can only act as a pure phase modulator. However, SLM that consists two LC layers, in which their long axis are

PAGE 81

68 in perpendicular directions, can be used as both a phase modulator and an amplitude modulator. The LC-SLM used in our experiments has 128 pixels that are 2 mm high, 97m wide, 15m thick, and separated by 3m gaps [Fig. 3.16]. Therefore, the phase shift applied to pixel “i” by the change of its refractive index is equal to i i im n 15 2 (3.24) Figure 3.16: Illustration of LC-S LM array that consists of 128 LC pixels. The dimension and positions of the pixels are given as well. Refer to Weiner et al. [108]. 3.5.2.3 Experimental considerations For the most part, we perform frequenc y domain femtosecond pulse shaping using liquid crystal spatial light modulators in our research. Two identical gratings (1200 lines/mm) and spherical mirrors (f = 25 cm ) are used in the setup. Depending on the experiments for different input central wavelength, the alignment is changed. If the

PAGE 82

69 gratings and the SLM are designed for differe nt pulse polarization directions, two half wave-plates have to be used before a nd after the SLM. The overall power convert efficiency is above 50% (comparing the pul se power launch into and after the pulse shaper). The SLM (CRI SLM128-NIR) positioned in the masking plane consists of 128 individually addressable elements 100 m wide with a 3 m gap between pixels. Configuration of the shaper, i. e. positions of optical com ponents and input pulse angle, can be calculated by applying grating equa tion and geometrical optics. The goal is utilizing a large number of SLM pixels to achieve a high pulse shaping resolution. Combining pulse shaper and open and/clos e close loop control (see chapter 4 for details) can yield great advantages in coherent pulse co ntrol over pulse interaction with PCFs. There are a few practical experimental considerations we need discuss before jumping into the next chapter. 1. High pulse shaping resolution Using x as the coordinate in the transverse direction parallel to the front of the SLM, f for the focal length of the lens, d for the diffraction angle and D for the grating line spacing, the pulse shaping re solution can be written as df D dx d cos ) ( (3.25) With pulse bandwidth (baseline) and SLM pixe l size (x direction) available, diffraction angle d and incident angle i for the first grating can be determined. 2. Liquid crystal voltage and pha se shift calibration curve A given phase shift caused by the refractive index shift on an individual SLM pixel is a function of both wavelength and LC voltage Even for a fixed wavelength, the change

PAGE 83

70 in refractive index shift and vo ltage response of the LC is not a linear function. So LC voltage and phase shift calib ration curves are required. Calibration curves can be established w ith the SLM placed between two crossed polarizers, each polarizer is placed 45 degrees to the long axis (y) of the LC molecules. Measuring the transmission coefficient as a function of driving voltage, for different wavelength and different SL M pixel (if necessary), and applying the equation cos 1 5 0 T, LC voltage and phase shift calibra tion curves can be measured [Fig. 3.22]. For values that do not lie on one of the three curves, interpolation is used. Figure 3.17: CRI SLM phase shifting curves as a function of driv e voltage for750nm, 800nm and 850nm center wavelength. Linear interpolation can be applied to derive the phase shifting values for other wavelengths. Curves are measured by Anatoly Efimov.

PAGE 84

71 3. SLM alignment It is critical to perform transverse SLM a lignment. Since phase shift is a function of driving voltage and wavelength, it is important to know th e exact frequency component for each individual SLM pixel. Fortunately, th is calibration is fast and easy. Applying a large phase jump to several SLM pixels across the SLM array, watching the spectrum change can easily determine the corresponding wavelengths. Note that this wavelength and SLM pixel number calibration should be a li near function, according to equation 3.25. 4. limitations of SLM The most important limitation of SLM is the Nyquist limit. The Nyquist sampling theorem states that the phase difference be tween two adjacent SLM pixels should not be greater than Therefore, the phase jump across th e SLM array should be limited within 128 Else wise, it will cause an aliens problem. The pixelation effect is due to the ga ps between two neighboring pixels. The spectral components that pass through the gap, although a small portion, will not experience the refractive index change. If an ex act pulse shape is desired, this effect is observable as small imperfections between the desired and the measured shape.

PAGE 85

72 CHAPTER 4 CONTROL OF SUPERCONTINUUM GENE RATION IN PCFS USING OPTIMALLY DESIGNED PULSE SHAPES This chapter will focus on the control of the supercontinuum generation in microstructured fibers using femtosecond pulse shaping. Specifically, we will present results of our experiments on manipulating the bandwidth and shape of supercontinuum using optimally designed intensity profiles. In section 4.1, an overview of the two different types of control schemes will be pr esented, including bot h “open-loop” control and “closed-loop” control methods. In the ultrafast coherent c ontrol community, openloop refers to control processes in which th e optimal pulse shape for achieving a specific goal is determined by intuitive methods through careful consideration of the underlying physics. In closed-loop control, a learni ng algorithm is applied experimentally to synthesize the optimal pulse. We will discu ss the considerations and setup of our open loop control experiment, as well as the NLSE simulation tools we used to model the experimental results in secti on 4.2. We investigate the eff ect of input pulse second order and third order spectral phase variations on the supercontinuum generation in section 4.3. In particular, effects of input pulse third order spectral pha se on the supercontinuum with input pulse center frequency near the microstructured fibe r zero dispersion (GVD) point are studied. Moreover, in section 4.4, we perform open loop control of pulse propagation self-steepening nonlinear effect in microstruc tured fiber using a pre-shaped “ramp” pulse to counteract the self-steepening. Simulation results based on the extended NLSE model corresponding to open loop control will also be presented and compared to experimental

PAGE 86

73 results. A standard split-step Fourier algor ithm [3] is used in the simulation model. Closed loop control experiments and results wi ll be discussed in details in the next chapter. 4.1 Control of Supercontinuum Generation in PCFs Continuum generation results from the non linear interactions between the input pulse and nonlinear media. Due to the intrinsic properties of nonlinear interactions, the resulting bandwidth of the c ontinuum is much larger than that of the input pulse. Continuum generation has been studied over decades. Continuum generation of 400 nm bandwidth was first observed in the glass in 1970 [109]. Since then the nonlinear media used for continuum generation has evolved fr om bulk glass and liqui d to optical fiber. The low loss, tightly guided modes, and high nonlinearities of the optical fibers make them natural candidates for the supercontinuum ge neration. As such, optical fibers lead to a dramatic reduction in the pump power for the continuum generation. Various nonlinear effects such as SPM, SRS and FWM subsequen tly lead to the continuum generation in the optical fibers. Due to its high material dispersion at Ti:Sapphire wavelengths, continuum generation in the optical fibers has been mainly in the telecommunication wavelength region (~1550 nm) before the inve ntion of PCFs. In addition to their extremely small core sizes, PCFs revolutionized continuum generation by intr oducing a large amount of waveguide dispersion contributi on, which can cancel the fiber material dispersion and yield zero dispersion for as low as 500 nm [48]. The advantages of PCFs manifest themselves through a continuum generation range from 400 nm to 1600 nm (supercontinuum) using only a Ti:Sapphire os cillator [6]. Since then, supercontinuum

PAGE 87

74 generation has quickly found app lications in various fields such as telecommunication, optical metrology and medical science. In fact, the nonlinear mechanisms that le ad to the superconti nuum generation in the PCFs are in no way different from that of continuum generation in conventional fibers. But in PCFs, the nonlinear interactions usually happen within the first several millimeters of the fiber length and in a much larger scal e. A large amount of research in the area of supercontinuum generation in PCFs have been performed to explain the active roles of various nonlinear interactions that lead to the superc ontinuum generation, including soliton generation and splitting, SPM, SRS, etc. Supercontinuum generates in PCFs as a result of high order soliton generation and splitting, followed by various other nonlinear interactions slight changing the superconti nuum envelope as propa gating along the PCFs. Supercontinuum generation in PCFS is nonlin ear processes in the extreme. Large modulation structures are easil y seen in the continuum envelope due to the soliton splitting. Meanwhile, sharp sub-nm continuum fe atures vary drastically from shot to shot [9, 13], as both the experimental and si mulation results show that supercontinuum generation is extremely sensitive to the input pulse power fluctuation. In figure 4.1, left figure shows the experimental supercontinuum fine structure variation from three different shot, measured by X-FROG. Simulation result shown in the right figure 4.1 also reveal that for 1% input pul se power fluctuation, although the continuum envelope does not show dramatic change, the fine structures of the supercontinuum change drastically. This drawback greatly affect s some of the supercontinuum generation applications, such as pulse compression and high precision optic al metrology. Various research activities have been carried out to study the stabilities of the supercont inuum generation. In general,

PAGE 88

75 these research interests include variation of the input pulse properties, microstructured fiber propagation length effects [ 15] and tailorable dispersion properties. Our approach in Chapter 6 will focus on the simulation of utilizing dispersion flattened microstructured fiber to study the pulse compression application. Figure 4.1: Sub-nm supercontinuum feature fluctuations as a result of input pulse power fluctuation. Left figure, experimental result of supe rcontinuum fine structure variation from three differe nt shots, refers to Gu et al. [13]. Right figure, simulation of sub-nm supercontinuum feat hers fluctuation as the input peak power varies by 1%, refers to Gaeta [9]. Controlling nonlinear optical processes in microstructured fiber is in general difficult, resulting from their intrinsic “ nonlinear” responses to the input fields. Meanwhile, controlling the supercontinuum gene ration process in microstructured fibers is important for a number of applications. It allows us to extensively study various nonlinear processes and disper sion effects that lead directly to the fascinating supercontinuum generation, as well as gain the ability to generate the supercontinuum which properties are suited for one particular application. It is evident that the s upercontinuum generation and pul se nonlinear propagation in the microstructured fibers strongly depe nd on both the input pul se parameters and microstructured fiber properties. The “cont rol knobs” for supercont inuum generation in the microstructured fiber can therefore be ch aracterized as the following two categories. “Control knobs” related to the microstructure d fiber properties include simple controls

PAGE 89

76 such as fiber length and more advanced cont rols such as fiber dispersion and nonlinear properties. As mentioned in the chapter 2, fiber dispersion propertie s can be engineered by choosing the proper fiber parameters such as air hole size and pitch; meanwhile changing the core diameter can subseque ntly alter the nonlinear response of the microstructured fiber. The input pulse parame ters, on the other hand, are much easier to handle and have a larger number of “c ontrol knobs”. One can easily enumerate many input pulse parameters such as pulse power, wavelength, polarization or even the control of pulse chirp of some kind. Apolonski’s results published in 2002 examined the influences of these control “knobs” on the supercontinuum generations [110]. More generally, Fourier domain pulse sh aping [99], in which Fourier synthesis methods are used to generate nearly arbitr arily shaped ultrafast optical waveforms has been proven to be a powerful tool and have a pplications in many optical fields such as high power laser amplifiers, quantum contro l and optical communica tions. When coupled with adaptive or learning algorithms [111] Fourier domain pulse shaping has shown to be very effective in exercising control ove r nonlinear optical pr ocesses and producing a specific “target” nonlinear output state. Two distinct control methods, open loop c ontrol and closed l oop control, can be utilized to perform the Fourier domain pulse shaping. In general terms, open loop control is defined as the application of specific pul se or sequence of pulse s and is carried out irrespective of the outcome of the experiment. In partic ular, for the pulse shaping technique, open loop control method utili zes knowledge of the underlying physics to intuit or derive a suitable control pulse. For example, the fundamental dark soliton was observed in optical fibers util izing specially shaped and as ymmetric input pulses, which

PAGE 90

77 is in quantitative agreement with numeri cal solution to the nonlinear Schrdinger equation [112]. Open loop pulse shaping show s great advantage in the coherent control regime. Ultrafast coherent cont rol of excitons in quantum wells use intuitively shaped pulse trains to investigate the generation pr ocess and intermediate virtual states in quantum structures [113]. Coherent control of Bloch oscillations using open loop pulse shaping provides a way to control the emitted THz radiation [114]. These are but a few of the recent applications of c oherent control with shaped pul ses. For pulse nonlinear propagation in the microstructured fiber, the chirp (or the spectral phase) of the input pulse can be altered with mu ch higher resolution in the F ourier pulse shaping comparing to that of Apolonski where multiple pairs of chirp mirrors were used; therefore gaining better abilities on how the input pulse spect ral phase can affect the supercontinuum generation. Meanwhile, using the phase scul pted “ramp” pulse to counteract selfsteepening nonlinear eff ect allows us to suppress the bl ue-shifted continuum generation. Closed loop control, also re ferred as adaptive control, involves “feedb ack” through the repetitive application of op tical waveforms synthesized us ing learning algorithms to ensure that the physical goals are met. Clos ed loop control coupled with Fourier domain pulse shaping have become a powerful means fo r optimizing a particular physical process. Closed loop control experiments and results wi ll be discussed in details in the next chapter. To our knowledge, this dissertation a nd its related papers i nvestigate for the first time how Fourier domain pulse shaping can be us ed to control the evolution the nonlinear pulse propagation in microstructured fibers. 4.2 Open Loop Control Experiment Setup and NLSE Simulation We use two laser systems in the open loop control pulse shaping experiments, depending on the experiment of interest The Mira 900 Ti:Sa pphire laser system

PAGE 91

78 generates pulses of 76 MHz repetition rate, with 6 nJ pulse energies, 200 fs pulse duration and pulse central wavelength is t unable from 700 nm to 900 nm. The bandwidth of the output pulse is ~5 nm, and the Mira 900 is used primarily to study the effect of third order input pulse phase on the superc ontinuum generation when the input pulseÂ’s central wavelength is close to zero GVD point the microstructured fiber (~ 763 nm). For other open loop control experiments, we use a 82 MHz, 30 fs Ti:sa pphire laser producing 3 nJ pulses that centered at 800 nm. The bandw idth of this laser system is ~65 nm, a much larger bandwidth comparing to that of Mira 900 as one can easily see by comparing the pulse durations of these two laser systems. The output pulse train is phase-only shaped (pulse shaper that only modulates the pulse spectral phase) by an all-reflective 4f Fourier domain pulse shaper using a 128 pixel programmable liquid crystal spatial light modulator (LC-SLM) as described in Chapter 3. The focal length of the mirror used in the pulse shaper is 25 cm. Because the tw o laser systems have different central wavelengths and bandwidths, tw o considerations are taking into account with the design of pulse shaper to get high pulse shaping re solutions. 300 lines/mm gr ating pairs are used for Ti:Sapphire laser with 65 nm bandwidth and 1500 lines/mm grating pairs are used for Mira 900 laser with 5 nm bandwidth; the grating line spacings correspond to 3.3m and 0.67m respectively. Input pulse incident angles for pulse shapers can be easily calculated according to equation 3.16 to ut ilize large number SLM pixels and yield high pulse shaping resolutions. The power tr ansmission through the pulse shaper is approximately ~40%. After the pulse shaper the pulse is coupled into a piece of microstructured fiber using a 100x objective (Vic kers w4017) of a numerical aperture 1.3. Meanwhile, the shaped pulse is charac terized by the second harmonic generation

PAGE 92

79 frequency resolved optical gating (SHG FROG) to verify the pulse temporal structure. Some dispersion is introduced by the glass in the objective; this is measured separately and compensated for in our experiments. The microstructured fiber consists of a 1.7 m diameter silica core surrounded by an array of 1.3 m diameter air holes in a hexagonal close-packed arrangement. Th e microstructured fiber has a zero GVD wavelength ~760 nm and the coupling efficiency using the objective is estimated to be 20%. The supercontinuum generated in the micr ostructured fiber is collimated using a 50x objective and the spectrum is recorded using a 0.25 m spectrometer with a CCD detector. An example of the supercontinuum generation in our experiment is show in figure 4.2. Figure 4.3 shows the schematics of open loop control experiment setup. Figure 4.2: An example of supercontinuum ge neration in experiment. Inset: a dramatic picture of supercontinuum after a grating, taken by Anatoly.

PAGE 93

80 Figure 4.3: Schematic diagram of the open l oop control experiment. SLM: Spatial light modulator. SHG FROG: Second harmonic generation frequency resolved optical gating. We follow the experimental considerations discussed in section 3.5.2.3 to setup and characterize the pulse shaper. For pulse shapers corresponding to different input central wavelengths, we use LC voltage and phase shift calibration curv es (Fig. 3.16) and linearly interpolate the values that do not lie on the curves. Meanwhile, we perform wavelength-to-pixel calibrations for the pulse shaper setups to verify the phase shaping resolutions. In both cases, ~100 pixels over the whole 128 pixe ls are used for the pulse shaping. In addition, both autocorrelation and FROG are used to verify the output pulse is the replica of the input pulse when imposi ng zero additional phases on the pulse shaper. To modal our experiments, we use an extended nonlinear Schrdinger equation [3] (NLSE, described in details in Chapter 2) w ith a standard split-st ep Fourier algorithm to compute the propagation of shaped pulses in the microstructured fiber. The NLSE has been proven to be valid for femtosecond pulse s in the limit that the optical frequency bandwidth approaching the central frequency of the pulse [3, 9, 115]. A higher order split step method [115] is used to insure the st ability for high input peak powers. In the

PAGE 94

81 simulation model, the time resolution is 0.5 fs, the total sampling points is 214=16384 and the propagation step size is chosen as 0. 5 mm. The frequency re solution is therefore 111.1 GHz. The input temporal profile of the pulse for the NLSE is calculated from the inverse Fourier transform of the experiment ally determined input pulse spectrum and spectral phase, in which the latter is specifi ed from the additional phase induced by the pulse shaper in the condition that the phase of the original unshaped pulse has been well compensated (transform-limited pulse). For the fiber characteristics including the fiber dispersion parameters, we use the parameters taken from the litera ture for input pulse central wavelength of 770 nm [9]. Here is the list of fiber characteristics that we use in our simulations. Table 4.1: List of the microstructured fibe r parameters used in the NLSE simulation model. Parameter (unit) Value 2n (1 2 W cm) 1610 0 2 (1 1 W km) 3 96 effA (2m) 63 1 2 (1 2km ps ) 72 0 3 (1 3km ps ) 210 16 2 4 (1 4 km ps ) 510 296 1 4.3 Influences of Quadratic and Cubic Spectral Phase on Propagation Dynamics As the first example of open loop pulse shaping experiment, we examine the influences of quadratic and cubic spectral phase to the output supercontinuum generation when the input central wavelength is in the anomalous dispersion region of the

PAGE 95

82 microstructured fiber. For the Ti:Sapphire 800 nm laser system used in this experiment, the output pulse peak power is 100 kW. Cons idering 40% power transmission through the pulse shaper and 20% fiber coupling efficiency it corresponds to a nonlinear length of ~1 mm (defined in equation 3.25) calculating from the fiber parameters list in table 4.1), which is 103 times shorter than the dispersion length for this microstructured fiber. This ratio manifests itself through the drastic non linear effects in the microstructured fiber which consequently lead to the superconti nuum generation. The magnitudes of various nonlinear effects (i.e., superc ontinuum bandwidth) taken pla ce in the microstructured fiber critically depend on the input pulse peak power, which is determined by the input pulse spectral phase given a fixed spectrum. Figure 4.4 illustrates this point, in which simulation results using the experimentally determined Ti:Sapphire laser spectrum show pulse peak intensity variations as a function of pulse spectr al phase. Note that the pulse spectral phase is determined by the following equation. 3 0 ) 3 ( 2 0 ) 2 ( 0 ) 1 () ( 6 ) ( 2 ) ( ) ( (4.1) where 0 is the central angular frequency and the (i)are the higher order phase terms defined in equation 3.11. Note that the linea r phase shift does not affect the pulse peak intensity, therefore is not considered in the di scussion. In Figure 4.4 (a) and (b), the pulse peak intensity drops continuously with the incr eases of both cubic a nd quadratic spectral phase. Since pulse peak intensity changes do not depend on the sign of the introduced spectral phases, only positive cubic and quadratic spectral phase are shown in the figures. It is quite obvious that the peak intensity dropping is much faster for the quadratic spectral phase coefficients than the cubic phase coefficients, as the dropping ratio is over 50% for the quadratic phase of 2000 fs2 and less than 1% for the cubic phase of 2000 fs3,

PAGE 96

83 although it also applies for the phase changes a ccording to equation 4. 1. In addition, the temporal intensity profiles showing in figur e 4.4 (c) illustrate this huge dropping ratio difference between the quadratic phase and c ubic phase. Note that for both quadratic and cubic phase variation, acquiri ng maximum pulse peak intensity implies a zero spectral phase (transform-limited) for the input pulse. Figure 4.4: Simulation results of the pulse peak intensity as a function of pulse spectral phase. In (a) and (b), the pulse peak in tensity verses pulse cubic and quadratic spectral phase, respectively. (c) Compar ison of the pulse te mporal intensity with transform-limited pulse, pulse with quadratic spectral phase of 2000 fs2 and cubic spectral phase of 2000 fs3. Based on previous discussions, we inves tigate the influences of input pulse quadratic and cubic spectral phase on the s upercontinuum generations. The experimental results showing in figure 4.5 nicely authenticat e the theoretical explanations. The spectra of supercontinuum generation change dram atically upon variations of input pulse quadratic spectral phase. The bandwidth of the supercontinuum is greatly suppressed when introducing extra quadratic spectral phase, reducing from 450 nm for the transformlimited input pulse to 250 nm for the induced quadratic spectral phase of the largest magnitude. There are only slight (but experime ntally measurable) influences of the cubic spectral phase on the supercontinuum genera tion. Corresponding to the pulse peak intensity variations for intr oduced pulse quadratic and cubi c phase, the latter shows a

PAGE 97

84 much smaller supercontinuum generati on influences, although the maximum supercontinuum bandwidth is still generated by a transform-limited input pulse. There is also an added discovery when looking into th e experimental data. We expect to see the Figure 4.5: Experimental results of supe rcontinuum generation de pendence on the input pulse quadratic and cubic spectral phase. In both (a) quadratic phase variation and (b) cubic phase variation, the supercontinuum obtains the broadest bandwidth for transform-limited input pulse. soliton generation from the supercontinuum sin ce the input central wa velength is in the anomalous dispersion region and soliton gene ration results from the interplay between the fiber anomalous dispersion and self-phase modulation effect. Both figures show the evidence of soliton generation, as evidenced by the spilling off of a large spectral component on the long wavelength side of the supercontinuum and its subsequent shift to the red side of the spectrum as the phase is minimized. The first interesting observation is that soliton generation disappe ars when large magnitudes of the spectral quadratic phase are presented; resulting from the steep peak intensity drop for the input pulse and that soliton order is proportional to the square root of input pulse peak power. Meanwhile, whereas the spectral quadratic phase acts as a coarse control knob for the positions of soliton generation, the spectral cubic phase show s the fine tunability. Therefore, it is understandable that the peak intensities of the input pulse actually perform the control

PAGE 98

85 over soliton generation, as further illustra ted by both the closed loop experimental and simulation results discussed in the next chapter. To further investigate the influence of th e input pulse spectral phase on the pulse propagation dynamics, we study the case that the input pulse frequency is near the zero GVD point of the microstructured fiber. It is known that finite ba ndwidth pulses centered at the zero dispersion wave length experience both normal and anomalous dispersion. Near the zero GVD point of the microstructu red fiber the dispersi on length of the third order fiber dispersion (TOD), dL3, is comparable to or even smaller than that of second order fiber dispersion (SOD) dL2. Here i i d iL where is the input pulse duration and i is the ith order fiber dispersion parameter. Th erefore TOD plays an important role for the fiber dispersion property as well as th e interplay between the fiber dispersion and self-phase modulation nonlinear effect when dL3 is comparable todL2. In addition, for the input pulses presenting a cubic spectral phase, the intrinsic fiber TOD can compensate the cubic spectral phase and compress the inpu t pulse, providing the sign of the cubic spectral phase is opposite to the sign of the intrinsic T OD; therefore enhancing the magnitude of nonlinear effects (i.e., SPM) by increasing the pulse peak power as pulse propagates along the fiber and generating a br oader supercontinuum. When the signs of input pulse cubic spectral phase and fibe r TOD are the same, nonlinear effects are suppressed due to the fact that the fiber T OD induces extra spectral phase and lower the pulse peak power along the propagation length. The zero GVD point of the microstructured fi ber listed in the table 4.1 is estimated to be ~760 nm. To make the input central wavele ngth close to the ze ro GVD point of the microstructured fiber, in the first set of e xperiments, we use our home-build Ti:Sapphire

PAGE 99

86 oscillator and push the laser pulse central wavelength down to 770 nm. At this particular wavelength, d dL L2 3, as one can easily see by th e calculation using the listed parameters. Upon changing only the cubic sp ectral phase of the input pulses, the supercontinuum maximum bandw idth should occur for a fiberL) 3 ( 3 where 3 is the fiber TOD parameter and ) 3 (corresponds to the input pul se cubic spectral phase. Note that in this equation the signs of 3 and ) 3 ( should be opposite, as only in this case the fiber TOD can interact with the pr opagating pulse to compensate the pulse intrinsic) 3 (. We use two pieces of microstructured fibers with different fiber length of 5 cm and 70 cm to study the influence of input pulse cubic spectral phase on supercontinuum generation bandwidth. As we can see from figure 4.6 (a), the experimental output spectra bandwidths from the 5 cm microstructured fiber show a dramatic asymmetry upon examining the sign ch ange of the input pul se cubic spectral phases, indicating fiber TOD dispersion has a different effects on the positive and negative pulse cubic spectral phases. The maximum bandwid th occurs when the input pulse ) 3 (is -500 fs3. This corresponds to the fiber TOD parameter 3 of a value +0.01 ps3/km, which is in reasonable agreement with the reported 3 value above. According to the equation, for the 70 cm microstr uctured fiber, proportionally more ) 3 (is needed and the GVD broadening will play a larger role, t hus the effects of pulse cubic phase should be minimal when imposing same amount of ) 3 (as for the short fiber, which can be seen in figure 4.6 (b).

PAGE 100

87 Figure 4.6: Experimental results of superc ontinuum generation bandwidth from 5 cm and 70 cm microstructured fibers as a func tion of input pulse cubic spectral phase. (a) Bandwidth changes of SC generati on from 5 cm MSF with variation of input pulse (3). Inset: output spectra from a 5 cm MSF with variation of input pulse (3). (b) Bandwidth of SC generation fr om 70 cm MSF with variation of input pulse (3). In order to further exam th is effect and move closer to the zero GVD point of the microstructured fiber, we use the Mira 900 wa velength-tunable laser oscillator. It has a wavelength-tunable range of 700 nm to 900 nm. The drawback is that the bandwidth of the Mira 900 laser pulse (5 nm) is rather small compare to the home-build Ti:Sapphire laser. Therefore, to see an enhanced effect of the fiber TOD comparing to the first set of experiments, the central wavele ngth of the Mira system has to be tuned very closely to the absolute zero GVD point of the fiber. Howe ver, the fiber parameters provided in table 4.1 are only estimated values at this precision le vel, and the pulse shaper also needs to be adjusted each time when the t uned central wavelengt h is changed. In order to find the absolute zero GVD point of the fiber, we firs t bypassed the pulse shaper and projected the laser beam directly into the microstructure d fiber and find that out put spectra have the maximum bandwidth at 763 nm. Since input pulses have a small bandwidth and experience the minimal GVD at zero GVD point thus generating maximum bandwidth supercontinuum at this wavelength, 763 nm is the zero GVD point of the fiber. Based on

PAGE 101

88 the previous discussion, we i nvestigate the influence of i nput pulse cubic spectral phase on the supercontinuum generations at this part icular wavelength. Both the experimental and simulation results are shown in figure 4.7 (a ) and (b), respectively; the red curves are the output supercontinuum spect ra for transform-limited input pulses. Since we use 45 cm of microstructured fiber, in order to see the optimal supercontinuum generation, the amount of input pulse cubic sp ectral phase is changed propor tionally. In figure 4.7 (a), Figure 4.7: Experimental and simulation results of supercontinuum generation bandwidth from a 45 cm microstructured fiber as a function of input pulse cubic spectral phase. The input pulse central wavele ngth is at the zero GVD point of the fiber. (a) Experimental results of ba ndwidth changes of SC generation with variation of input pulse (3). Inset: experimental output spectra. (b) Simulation result of bandwidth changes of SC ge neration with variation of input pulse (3). the experimental results show a considerable improvement compare to that of the 770 nm input central wavelength, as the maximum bandwidth expansion for the supercontinuum generation is nearly doubled. It is also eviden t from the inset of the figure 4.7 (a) that the bandwidths of the output spectra increase upon inducing proper amount of negative cubic spectral phase, while decreasing continuously fo r positive cubic spectral phase variations. The modulation in the bandwidth verses input cubic spectral phase curve is due to the laser power fluctuation. The simulation re sults (figure 4.7 (b)) show a good agreement with the experimental results. The maximu m bandwidth of the supercontinuum spectrum

PAGE 102

89 occurs for the same amount of input pul se cubic spectral phase change as the experimental results and th e red sides of supercontinuum generation shows the exact same tendency as the experimental results. Finally, before concluding this sectio n, we discuss more about the phase compensation to generate a transform-lim ited input pulse. A transform-limited input pulse is the prerequisite to investigate the influence of i nput pulse spectral phase on the supercontinuum generations. Depending on di fferent experimental conditions, i.e., different input laser systems and pulse shaper setups, one can use autocorrelation or SHG FROG to verify if the input pulse is indeed a transform-limited pulse. As discussed in the last chapter, autocorrelations can be used to properly adju st pulse shaper configuration and perform a preparatory exam on the transf orm-limited property of the pulse. We use autocorrelation to fine-tune the pulse shaper setups for both laser systems. However, when utilizing Mira 900 laser system, the b ack reflection of the i nput laser pulse on the microstructured fiber coupling surface travels b ack to the laser cavity, as a result of a good cleaving and flatness of the fiber tip. Th erefore, the laser mode-locking conditions are disturbed and can not maintain a proper working condition. For the home-build laser system, a pinhole is pre-placed and the back re flection intensity is decreased, therefore the laser mode-locking disturbance is not obser ved. We choose to use a Faraday isolator to cut off the feedback to the laser, in this case, the unwanted back reflection. A Faraday isolator, by its definition, uses Faraday Effect to transmit th e polarised light in only one direction. Using the Faraday isolator, how ever, will induce a considerable amount of quadratic spectral phase to the input pulse. In order to comp ensate this extra quadratic phase, we use SHG FROG to characterize the pulse after the Faraday isolator and acquire

PAGE 103

90 the phase information. With the pulse shaper introducing opposite measured phase on the pulse and therefore compensating the residu al quadratic phase, we use the SHG FROG again to verify the transform-limited pulse generation. The FROG retrieved spectral intensities and phases before and after the phase compensation are shown in figure 4.8 (a) and (b), respectively. Obviously, the extra phase induced by the Faraday isolator is successfully compensated. The pulse shaper is also used to compensate the phase induced by the coupling objective fo r all the experiments. Figure 4.8: SHG FROG measurements of the sp ectral intensities and spectral phases of the pulses before and after the phase compensation using a pulse shaper. The spectral intensities and phases are show n in white curves and blue curves, respectively. (a) Before the phase comp ensation, there is a large amount of spectral phase showing in the blue curv e. (b) After the phase compensation, a minimal spectral phase indicates a transform-limited pulse. To conclude this section, we have pr esented an experimental and theoretical investigation of open loop pulse shaping control of influences of the input pulse quadratic and cubic phase on the supercontinuum genera tions. When the input pulse is in the anomalous dispersion region of the microstruc tured fiber, for both input pulse quadratic and cubic spectral phase vari ations, the transform-limited input pulse generates the supercontinuum with the largest bandwidth. Meanwhile, the input pulse peak power can be used to tune the central wa velength of the generated sol iton in this wavelength range.

PAGE 104

91 In addition, the influence of input pulse cubic spectral phase on the supercontinuum generation is investigated when the input pul se central frequency is close to the zero GVD point of the microstructured. Pulse comp ression due to the inte raction between the TOD of the microstructured a nd input pulse cubic spectral pha se with the opposite sign is concluded with the observed supercontinuum bandwidths variation. 4.4 Open Loop Control of Sel f-Steepening Nonlinear Effect In this section we present both the experimental and simu lation results to show that the self-steepening nonlinear effect in the mi crostructured fiber can be controlled using pre-shaped temporal ramp pulse. Self-steepening nonlinear effect results from the intensity dependence of the group velocity fo r the propagating pulse in a way that the high power peak experiences a temporal dela y relative to the lower intensity wings. While pulse propagating along the fiber, as shown in figure 2. 2 (a), the high intensity Figure 4.9: Spectral blueshifted asymmetry due to self-steepening. The output spectra are plotted as a function of input pulse peak power. peak shifts towards the pulse trailing edge, leading to a steepening of the pulse followed by the formation of an optical shock front. An asymmetric blue-shifted spectral

PAGE 105

92 broadening occurs in the freque ncy domain as the result of interaction between self-phase modulation and self-steepening. As an ex ample, we show the spectral blueshifted asymmetry due to self-steepening nonlinear in figure 4.9, where a dramatically increasing blueshifted asymmetry is shown as the 13 fs i nput pulse peak intensity shift from 30 W to 2.5 kW. The parameter governing the self-steepening effect is 0 01 s where 0 is the input pulse central a ngular frequency and 0 is the input pulse dura tion. The distance at which the shock is formed and significant spectral asymmetries can be observed is s L zNL s39 0 [3], which is approximately 15 cm for our experimental conditions. For the 70 cm microstructured fiber, both the expe rimental and simulati on results show that the transform-limited pulse experiences severe self-steepening effect and there are large blue-shifted spectral br oadenings in the output spectra, as shown in the black curves in figure 4.11 (a) and (b). To suppress the self-steepening nonlinear e ffect, it is intuitiv e to pre-shape the input pulse in such a way that the steepness lies on the leading edge of the input pulse. As this pre-shaped pulse propagates along the microstructured fiber, the forward “ramp” pulse become more symmetric to the pulse center due to the self-steepening effect; therefore, as a result, the bl ue-shifted spectral broadening asymmetry is suppressed. The input forward “ramp” pulse is synthesized us ing the phase-only pulse shaper with phase masks synthesized using the Gerchberg-Sexton algorithm [116] and verified by the SHG FROG measurement. Figure 4.10 shows the FR OG measurement resu lts, where (a) and (b) are the experimental FROG trace and rec onstructed FROG trace, respectively. The FROG error is 0.002, indicating a reliable rec onstruction result. The retrieved temporal

PAGE 106

93 intensity and phase of the input forward “ram p” pulse are shown in Figure 4.10 (c). For comparative purposes, we also generate input pulse with backward “ramp”. Note that for both “ramp” pulses and input unshaped tran sform-limited pulse, the pulse shapes and durations are different. When using pulses sh aped via the Gerchberg-Sexton algorithm, the peak intensity of the unsha ped transform-limited pulse is attenuated to the same level as that of the “ramp” pulses since superc ontinuum generation depe nds critically on the input pulse peak intensities. Figure 4.10: SHG FROG measur ement results of phase scul pted forward “ramp” pulse generation. (a) and (b), the experimentally measured FROG trace and reconstructed FROG trace, respectively. (c ), measured temporal intensity and phase of the forward “ramp” pulse. SHG FROG, second harmonic generation frequency resolved optical gating. We use the pre-shaped forward “ramp” pul se to suppress the self-steepening and blue shifted spectral broadening effect. The experimentally generated output spectrum from the microstructured fiber corresponding to this pulse is shown as the red curve in figure 4.11 (a). It is evident that the s upercontinuum generated by the forward “ramp” pulse is smoother and shows less broadening toward the blue side than that by the

PAGE 107

94 transform-limited symmetric input pulse (output spectrum shown as the black curve in figure 4.11 (a)). Upon recording the phase fo r generating the forward “ramp” pulse and use it as the input for the NLSE model, we simulate the supercontinuum generation corresponding to this input fo rward “ramp” pulse. The simula tion result shown as the red curve in figure 4.11 (b) is in good agreement with the experimental output spectrum, with a modulation depth of the red and blue-shift ed components nearly identical to that observed in the experiment. Meanwhile, simula tion results also verify that a smoother output spectrum is generated with more uni form broadening toward s both red and blue sides. Note that when the i nput pulse has the same polarity (backward) “ramp” as the self-steepening formed optical shock, the out put spectrum exhibits a similar character to that of the transform-limite d pulse, with deep spectral modulation and asymmetric broadening Figure 4.11: Experimental and simulation result s of suppression of se lf-steepening effect using pre-shaped forward ramp pulse. (a ) The experimentally observed output spectrum from a 70 cm MSF obtained w ith a transform-limited pulse (black curve), and forward (red curve) and backwa rd (green curve) “ramp” pulses. (b) NSLE simulation of the supercontinuu m from a transform-limited pulse (black curve) and the shaped forward “ramp” pulse (red curve).

PAGE 108

95 toward the blue (shown as the green curve in figure 4.11 (a)). Therefore it is evident that the forward “ramp” pulse shape (not the l onger pulse duration) actually performs the suppression of the self-steepening and generates smoother spectral output. Our simulations of the evolutions of the pulse temporal intensity while pulse propagating in the microstructured fiber for the forward a nd backward “ramp” pulses corroborate this conclusion. The temporal output for the forw ard “ramp” pulse (figure 4.12 (a)) shows a less structured envelope and trailing edge when compared with the temporal output for the backward “ramp” pulse (figure 4.12 (b)). In addition, the evolutions of the pulse propagation in the fiber for these two input “ramp” pulse indicate the self-steepening nonlinear effect is indeed compressed by introducing the forward “ramp” pulse. Figure 4.12: Simulation results of the evoluti ons of the pulse temporal intensities as a function of propagation lengt h in the microstructured fiber for the forward and backward “ramp” pulse. The time scale and propagation length is normalized to the input pulse duration and fiber length, respectiv ely. The insets in the figures are the demonstration of the input “ramp” pulses for clarification purpose. (a) Evolution of the pulse tempor al intensities as propagating in the fiber for forward “ramp” pulse. (b) Evolu tion of the pulse temporal intensities as propagating in the fiber for backward “ramp” pulse. As a conclusion for this section, we su ccessfully counteract the self-steepening nonlinear effect by intuitively introducing a fo rward “ramp” pulse. Both the experimental

PAGE 109

96 and simulation result corroborate this conclu sion. Therefore the bl ue-shifted spectral broadening asymmetry due to the self -steepening is also suppressed.

PAGE 110

97 CHAPTER 5 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL OF THE SUPERCONTINUUM GENERATION IN PCFS VIA ADAPTIVE PULSE SHAPING We have investigated open loop contro l of the superconti nuum generation in microstructured fibers in the pr evious chapter. Here we present the results of the closed loop control (adaptive pulse sh aping) of supercontinuum gene ration. In section 5.1, we cover the aspects of closed loop control and give a br ief introduction of genetic algorithms, as well as the experimental detail s of our adaptive pulse shaping method. In section 5.2, an investigation of adap tive pulse shaping enhancement of the supercontinuum spectral broadening will be presented. In addition, we will present the adaptive pulse shaping results of controlling soliton self-frequen cy shift in section 5.3. In particular, both the magnitude of solit on self-frequency shift and duration of the generated soliton can be fine-tuned within a specified range. Simulation results based on the NLSE elucidating the mechanisms of the op timizations will be discussed in details in both sections. 5.1 Closed Loop Control and Genetic Algorithms Closed loop control (or adaptive control) methods comprise the other major branch of the control methods [111]. Unlike the open loop control methods, which use as a prerequisite the underlying knowledge to derive proper control pulse, closed loop control methods use system feedback coupled to learni ng algorithms to effici ently search all the possible control pulses. The process of s earching the proper control schematics stops, automatically or manually, when a certain set conditions are met. In controls terminology,

PAGE 111

98 the entire possible set of pulses being searched is called the “parameter space”, while the criterion (or criteria) which account for the co ntrol goals (the set of physical parameters to be optimized) is called the “cost function”. The pulse parameters that can be optimized in closed loop control expe riments using phase-only shapi ng include pulse phase (and hence temporal shape), energy, duration, numb er of pulses, etc... Particularly for the closed loop control of superc ontinuum generation in the micr ostructured fiber, we are going to lay out the results of optimizing the supercontinuum bandw idth and controlling soliton self-frequency shift in this chapter. A Labview-based data acquisition program based on learning algorithm (genetic algorithm) is build to coordina te the closed loop control sche matics and efficiently search the parameter space. The interface is designed so that the evolution of the cost function can be monitored during the optimization process. One can easily tell if the cost function design is appropriate depending on the convergen ce of the evolution. Besides, the setup of the parameter space, such as the number of the parents and mutation rate (definition see below), can be easily readjust using this interface. More importantly, this Labviewbased program allows us to synthesize all th e data acquisitions a nd analysis together; therefore the genetic algorithm can run without an y interruption. Because of the unique properties of closed loop control compared to that of open loop control, there are several ge neral considerations that need to be discussed. Obviously, the intrinsic dynamics of the cl osed loop control determines th at it is a time consuming process compared to the open loop control, du e to the potentially large parameter space and the initial conditions, namely that there is no “best” pulse to begin with. Given the advances in the microprocessor technology, cl osed loop control simulated in a computer

PAGE 112

99 can be extremely fast. However, when implementing the closed loop control in the experimental conditions, the total processi ng time to find a proper control input is extremely variable, ranging from minutes to days depending on the time for the process loop of individual application. This leads to a prerequisite for the control system that it has to maintain a stable working condition in order for closed loop control schematics to work. Of course with the advances in ad aptive control technol ogy, indirect adaptive control or self-tuning adaptiv e control [117] can implement the predictable system variation into the closed loop control methods. But for the system that cannot maintain a stable working condition or the system va riation is unpredictable in a timely manner, closed loop control methods ar e not well suited. Another impor tant fact for the closed loop control is that the designs of the para meter space and cost function greatly determine if the searching process will be convergent and if, by any means it is convergent, an efficient searching is presented for the loop processes. This br ings up the next topic of the closed loop control methods, th e selection of a suitable le arning algorithm: the genetic algorithm. A genetic algorithm (GA) is a global optim ization technique that mimics paradigms of biological evolution to efficiently search multi-dimensional complex parameter space [118]. The GA starts with a genome (or ch romosome) and creates a population of chromosomes (parents). Using genetic operato rs such as crossover and mutation, new individuals (children) are generated in the parameter space from the original parents and serve as the “trials” in the control schema tics. The generated results correspond to each individual child are evaluated by the cost function which calculates the cost value for every trial. Depending on how “good” each indi vidual child is, that is, judging from the

PAGE 113

100 cost values, the GA picks the best childre n with the number same as the original population of the parents. That finishes the fi rst loop. The best chil dren chosen in this loop will serve as the parents for subsequent genetic operators in the next loop. Genetic operators serve as the functionalities to generate children from the parents. There are many genetic operators available depending on different genome configurations (for example, binary or decimal). The most wide ly used fundamental genetic operators are “cross-over” and “mutation”. The cross-over operates on selected genes from parent chromosomes and creates new offspring. Taki ng binary chromosome as an example (see table 5.1, cross-over operator ), the simplest way to perform cross-over is to randomly choose two chromosomes and cr oss-over point first, follow ed by a concatenation of everything before the cross-over point from th e first chromosome and everything after the cross-over point from the second chromoso me; therefore two offspring are generated after one cross-over operation. More complicated cross-over operator involves two or more randomly selected crossover points. Choosi ng cross-over operator configured for Table 5.1: Illustration of the cross-ov er operator and muta tion operator (binary chromosome). Cross-over Operator Mutation Operator Chromosome 1 11011 | 00101110110 Offspring 1 11 0 1111000011010 Chromosome 2 00011 | 11000011010 Offspring 2 0001 1 0010111 0 110 Offspring 1 11011 | 11000011010 Child 1 11 1 1111000011010 Offspring 2 00011 | 00101110110 Child 2 0001 0 0010111 1 110 specific closed loop control can improve the performance of the genetic algorithm. The mutation operates on the offspring to genera ted children. The simplest mutation operator just randomly changes one or more digits of the offspring, as illu strated in table 5.1. Mutation is extremely important for the ge netic algorithm because it prevents the

PAGE 114

101 searching algorithm from falling into a local optimum of the parameter space. Meanwhile, GA parameters such as the cross-over rate and mutation rate can greatly affect the efficiency of the searching processes. The integration of closed loop contro l using the GA and Fourier domain pulse shaping (namely, adaptive pulse shaping) yi elds great advantages in the control of various nonlinear processes. Adaptive pulse shaping is very important in the pulse compression application [102, 109] and amp lified femtosecond pulse laser [103, 120]. Adaptive can also be used to generate ar bitrary femtosecond pulse shape [121]. Some other specific examples of adaptive pulse sh aping include enhancem ent and tuning of the high order harmonics [122], nonlinear broadeni ng [123] and soliton self-frequency shift in conventional fibers [124]. Considering the fact that supercontinuum generation is a nonlinear effect in the extreme, that is, starting with SPM and high order soliton generation and followed by various nonlinear effects that ar e in a tangled state interactin g with each other, control of supercontinuum generation in microstructured fi ber is in general difficult. In many cases the optimal driving pulse to ach ieve desired supercontinuum f eathers cannot be generated by intuition, thus open loop c ontrol methods are not suitable for these instances. Adaptive pulse shaping technique is then the natu ral approach when th e driving pulses for achieving particular control goals cannot be eas ily derived. With the proper design of the parameter spaces and cost functions, adaptive pulse shaping using the GA can efficiently derive the desired driving pulse. Since the derivation process is automatically controlled by the GA and the control program, sometime s it is not very cl ear how the derived driving pulse can achieve a spec ific control goal in physics. However, one of the primary

PAGE 115

102 goals of the GA control is to learn somethi ng about the system from the optimization. After recording each step in an optimization process for the adaptive pulse shaping technique, in particular, the phase patterns th at generate the best driving pulses in each loop, one can study these driving pulses as we ll as use the NLSE simulation model to investigate underlying physics. Our experimental and simula tion results discussed in the next several sections enumerate this appro ach. For the closed loop optimization of the supercontinuum bandwidth, after careful inve stigations of the driving pulse spectral phase evolution, we conclude that the optimi zation process generates the right input pulse spectral phase to compensate the fiber disper sion effect; therefore generating a broader supercontinuum. For the adaptive control of soliton self-frequency shift, by feeding the experimentally determined input driving pul se spectral phase into the NLSE simulation model and studding the soliton generation process, we conclude that the pulse shaper acts as a sensitive amplitude filter to generate th e accurate input pulse peak power; therefore performing a control of both th e magnitude of the soliton se lf-frequency shift and soliton duration. Based on this brief introduction of closed loop control and the GA, it is easy to deduce and understand how pulse shaper can be used in the clos ed loop control to manipulate the pulse nonlinear propagation in the microstruc tured fibers. The adaptive pulse shaping schematic is shown in figure 5.1. For each loop, there are many groups of phase generated in the parameter space by ge netic operators. Population size, which is defined as total chromosomes numbers for each generation, is another parameter for GA. If there are too few chromosomes, the GA ha s few possibilities for performing the crossover operation and only a limited parameter spac e is explored. If the population size is

PAGE 116

103 too large, the GA slows down. Choosing an appropriate population size depending on different types of phase parameterization is cri tical to the search algorithm. We used 7-bit phase parameterization for the adaptive c ontrol experiment, which corresponds to 128 possible pulse phases for each generation. All th ese groups of phases are sent to the pulse shaper to generate driving pulses with differe nt intensity temporal profiles. Supercontinua generated by the microstructured fiber are collected by spectrometer for each driving pulse and analyzed by the GA. The GA uses us er-defined cost function to evaluate the continua and locate the phase groups that attached to the optimal driving pulses. These phase groups are then sent to the next loop and serve as the parents for next generation. Figure 5.1: Schematic diagram of the closed loop control (adaptive pulse shaping) experiment. MF: Microstructured fiber. GA: Genetic algorithm. In the closed loop control experiments di scussed in this chapter, we use the Ti:Sapphire laser system that generates 800 nm 3 nJ and 30 fs laser pulses as the input for the adaptive pulse shaping experiment. A 70 cm microstructured fiber is used for the supercontinuum generation experiment. 5.2 Enhancement of Spectral Broadening via Adaptive Pulse Shaping The supercontinuum bandwidth is very important for many applications. For example, supercontinuum generation in the micr ostructured fiber has applications in the optical imaging [62-64], where its longitudi nal resolution in a biological tissue is inversely proportional to the bandwidth of the light source. Submicron axial resolution in

PAGE 117

104 the optical coherent tomography has been ach ieved utilizing the extreme wide bandwidth of the supercontinuum [125]. High precision op tical metrology require s the bandwidth of the supercontinuum large enough (over one octa ve) in order to measure the absolute frequencies of the comb structures [67]. La ser based precision sp ectroscopy based on the optical frequency comb technique promises to revolutionize high precision spectroscopy and is one of the subjects of Nobel Pr ize in Physics in 2005 [8]. Supercontinuum generation yields great advant age in measure the absolute frequencies of the optical frequency comb, where the frequency displa cement can be determined by measuring the beat signal between the high frequency and frequency doubled low frequency component [8]. In addition, the telecommunication app lications require a s upercontinuum coherent source with a large bandwidth to genera te over 1000 dense-wavelength-divisionmultiplexing (DWDM) channels [21]. We investigate how closed loop control usi ng adaptive pulse shapi ng can be used to increase the bandwidth of th e supercontinuum generations in microstructured fibers. In this adaptive pulse shaping experiment, Taylor series coefficients of the input pulse spectral phase up to the 5th order: 5 0 ) 5 ( 4 0 ) 4 ( 3 0 ) 3 ( 2 0 ) 2 ( 0 ) 1 () ( 120 ) ( 24 ) ( 6 ) ( 2 ) ( ) ( (5.1) are selected as the parameter space for the GA, with 7-bit (27=128) parameterization for each coefficient in the Taylor series expansi ons. Since the control goal is to maximize the bandwidth of the supercontinuum, the cost functi on is calculated as the integration of the spectral intensity in both ends of the s upercontinuum generation. Assuming a transformlimited input pulse, the blue end and red end of the supercontinuum are in the range of

PAGE 118

105 500-570 nm and 950-1020 nm, respectively. Ther efore, the cost function is defined as the integrated spectrum in these regions: nm nm nm nmd I d I J1020 950 570 500) ( ) ( (5.2) The optimization process starts with a transform-limited input pulse as the driving pulse (genome); this ensures that any improvement from this start point will be a nontrivial optimization, i.e., any change of the input pulse that generates a broader supercontinuum is more complicated than that of the transform-limited pulse. Figure 5.2 (a) shows the evolution of th e cost function value (achieve ment) during the optimization. It is evident that the spectral density in the target spectral ranges of the supercontinuum is increased, as the achievement is nearly doubl ed during the optimization processes. After Figure 5.2: Experimental results of cl osed loop control of optimization of supercontinuum generation bandwidth. (a) The improved achievement (cost function value) as a function of gene ration index. (b) The experimentally observed evolution of the output spectr um, showing increased bandwidth as the optimization progresses. approximately 20 generations, the optimization begins to stagnate. The evolution of the supercontinuum spectrum is shown in figure 5.2 (b ), with over 10% incr ease of the output spectra bandwidth during the optimizations.

PAGE 119

106 Since the optimization starts from a transform-limited driving pulse, any improvement of the supercontinuum generati on bandwidth should correspond to a true enhancement of the nonlinear interactions in the micros tructured fiber caused by changing the input driving pulse properties. After the optimization, the supercontinuum generation bandwidth increases by 10% and th e cost function value that designates the integrated spectral intensity in the selected op timization bands increases by a factor of 2. As noted above, it is important to examin e the evolution and resulting optimized driving pulse to try to clarify how the adaptive pulse shaping using GA educes the optimized input driving pulse that enhances the nonlin ear interactions in the microstructured fiber. Upon recording the dr iving pulse spectral phases of which yield the maximum cost value (supercontinuum bandwid th) in each generation, we are able to exam the evolution of spectral phase pattern and clarify the mech anism leading to the optimization process. As we can see from fi gure 5.3, the phase pattern evolves visibly during the first two generations, accompanied by only slight changes for the rest optimization processes. In the open loop cont rol experiment discu ssed in the previous chapter, we observed broadening of the out put spectrum when introducing a negative input pulse cubic spectral phase that la ter being compensated by the TOD of the microstructured fiber. As the result of the open loop control experiment, the input pulse experiences compression when start propagati ng along the fiber; th erefore generating a broader supercontinuum comparing to the i nput pulse without addition spectral cubic phase. Following this elucidation, we conclude that during the optimization GA is able to generate the driving pulse with the optimized spectral phase that interacts with the all orders of fiber dispersion. The optimal driving pulse experiences compression when

PAGE 120

107 starting propagating along the fiber; therefore generating higher peak intensity and increasing the magnitude of the following nonlinear interactions As a result, the achievement increases by a factor of 2. This conclusion is consistent with evolution of the recorded input pulse spectral phase pattern. Th e visible change of the pulse spectral phase pattern at the beginning of th e optimization corresponds to the generation of the second order spectral phase in order for the input pulse to compress as a resu lt of interaction with the second order dispersion of the microstruc trued fiber. Further in the optimization process, the higher order di spersions of the fiber are compensated because of the continuously broadened supercontinuum generation accompanied with only slight variations of the input puls e spectral phase pattern. Figure 5.3: Evolutions of phase pattern for adaptive pulse shaping experiment of supercontinuum bandwidth enhancement. Finally, we use this adaptive pulse shaping experiment as an example to illustrate several considerations releva nt to the adaptive control me thod. We have found that the design of the parameter space in the implem entation of the GA greatly influences the performance of the adaptive pulse shaping, in particular, the speed and efficacy of the

PAGE 121

108 convergence. In fact, we first select the intuitive parameter space for the adaptive pulse shaping experiment, namely a random paramete r space, i.e., starti ng from a random phase value for the input driving pulse at every SL M pixel in the pulse shaper. However, this intuitive parameter space was found to be in effective. Even with a sufficient large number of genomes (parents) and individuals (children), supercontinuum generation is rather inefficient due to the randomizati on of the parameter space. For the entire optimization process for a reasonable period of time (for exampl e, several hours), the output continuum is even narrower than that for the transform limited input pulse due to the randomized phase parameter space. Ther efore we select a parameter space that utilizing the Taylor expansion coefficien ts of the input pulse spectral phase and successfully perform the adap tive pulse shaping experime nt of the supercontinuum broadening. In this case, the optimization pr ocess starts from a near transform limited pulse which insures that any improvement will be a nontrivial case comparing to the starting point. The other consideration of the adaptive control schematics is the system stability during the optimization pr ocess, i.e., the stability of the laser system used in the experiment. For example, the temperature fl uctuation and other perturbations can break the laser mode-locking schematics during th e optimization process and laser beampointing instability [126] can s ubstantially change the pulse p eak intensities that coupled into the front end of the micros tructured fibers. In order to by pass these instabilities and “virtually” maintain the stable system cond itions, we record all the parameters for each loop, including all the data (par ents, children and cost values) in the GA. After the system is back online and working in a stable c ondition, the adaptive pul se shaping can be

PAGE 122

109 resumed by recollection of all the recorded parame ters in the GA. This allows us to carry out our experiments over times ranging from one to ten hours or more. 5.3 Adaptive Control of Soliton Self-Frequency Shift Soliton generation is the result of interp lay between the SPM nonlinear effect and anomalous dispersion. Soliton self-frequency shifts (SSFS) following the soliton fission is also responsible for the in itiation of the supercontinuum generation [10, 11]. Besides, much research has been done on the SSFS in th e microstructured fiber in the past few years. Specific examples include investiga tions of SSFS effect in the PCFs [127, 128], SSFS cancellation in the PCFs [129], SSFS effect in dispersion engine ered fiber [18] and 10 GHz soliton pulse generator using SSFS in PCFs [130]. Recent work done by Efimov et al. show that it is possible to stabilize the soliton propagation in the conventional fiber using adaptive pulse shaping [124]. As another example of closed loop cont rol experiment, we investigate how the adaptive pulse shaping can be used to control the soliton self-frequency shift, in particular, simultaneously control the magnitude of the self-frequency shift and the duration of the shifted soliton. To our knowledge, this is the first time that adaptive pulse shaping is used for controlling SSFS in the microstructured fiber. A randomized parameter space is used, i.e., each of the 128 elements in the pulse shaper SLM is allowed to vary in the range 2 0 with 8 bit resolution. The cost value is defined as a comparison value in the fre quency domain between the experimental generated soliton and the target Gaussian-shape d soliton of specified wi dth at a particular wavelength,

PAGE 123

110 2 arg 2 arg1 exp et t et tW W J (5.3) where the value of J represents the cost value. In this equation, the first part of the right hand side stands for the wavelength comparis on contribution and the second part stands for the soliton width comparison contribution. The terms in each denominator determine the fitting tolerance to a target so liton and the W coefficient provides weights for each of the target criteria. rget a t and rget a t represents the target soliton position and target soliton width, respectively. and represents the solito n position and width for experimentally generated soliton. Note th at the generated solit on central wavelength corresponds to the control of the magnitude of soliton se lf-frequency and the soliton width in the frequency domain corresponds to the duration of the shifted soliton in the time domain. Figure 5.4 (a) and (b) shows the output spectra with experimentally generated target solitons specified at different wavelengths and w ith different soliton widths, respectively. In figure 5.4 (a), three soliton are generated with a fixed width of 15 nm at three wavelengths, 900 nm, 925 nm and 950 nm In each soliton generation case, the wavelength difference between the generated so liton and target solit on is less than 1 nm, indicating essentially 100% achievement In addition, blueshifted nonsolitonic components that satisfy the phase-matching cond ition are observed in the output spectra. The second set of closed loop control expe rimental results shown in figure 5.4 (b) demonstrate that solitons can be generated at a fixed central wavelength of 925 nm with different soliton widths range from 15nm to 54 nm. Note that in the widest soliton generation case (green curve in figure 5.4 (b )), the spectral signature indicates that a

PAGE 124

111 higher order soliton is under going a fission process into tw o fundamental solitons. To determine the region of central wavelength and width that the randomized parameter space can successfully access in the adaptive pulse shaping experiment, we performed a series control experiments for the soliton genera tions with different target parameters, i.e., different combinations of soliton width s and soliton central positions. In the experimentally determined control range, a fundamental soliton can be generated and tuned continuously from 900 nm to 950 nm w ith a bandwidth range of 10 nm to 40 nm. The bandwidth range of the generated solit on corresponds to soliton durations ranging from 22 fs to 90 fs. The adaptive pulse shapi ng is unable to achieve the targeted states outside of these ranges. Figure 5.4: Experimental results of closed loop control of so liton self-frequency shift. (a) Three soliton generations with different central wavelengths and a fixed width. (b) Three soliton generations with a fi xed central wavele ngth and different widths. The experiment discussed in this section is an excellent demonstration on how the adaptive pulse shaping with the GA can be used to control the extremely complex nonlinear interactions in the microstructured fibers; in particular, the GA is able to synthesize the input driving pulse by effici ently searching a randomized parameter space and perform the control of solit on self-frequency shift. Again, we examine the inevitable

PAGE 125

112 question for the closed loop control experiment: what is the physics behind the optimization and why the optimization works? Note that we use a randomized parameter space in this adaptive pulse shaping expe riment, the intrinsic “random” property practically makes the interpolation of the driv ing pulse functionality much more difficult. To answer the previous question, we caref ully exam the driving pulse that target the soliton self-frequency shif t with 15 nm width at 925 nm central wavelength (output spectrum shown in red curve in figure 5.4 (a)). The experimentally determined driving pulse in frequency domain and time domain are shown in figure 5.5 (a) and (b), respectively, with the intensity profiles show n in red curves and phase profiles shown in blue curves. Unsurprisingly, the spectral phase of the input driving pulse that is responsible for optimized soliton generation is quite complex (blue curve, figure 5.5 (a)), Figure 5.5: An example of the experimenta lly determined input driving pulse in the frequency domain and time domain The driving pulse is for soliton generation at 925 nm with a 15 nm bandw idth. (a) The spectr al intensity and phase of the driving pulse. (b) The temporal intensity and phase of the driving pulse. Inset: temporal intensity on a larger time scale. as evidenced by the lack of smoothness and seri es of discrete phase jump from pixel to pixel. The resulted temporal in tensity and phase of the driv ing pulse are shown in figure 5.5 (b). The temporal intensity structures resemble a “noise burst”, with an ultrashort coherent feather embedding in a longer se ries of pulses with much lower random

PAGE 126

113 intensities and irregular temporal spacing. The temporal intensity is shown in a larger time scale in the inset figure. It is evident th at the pulse energy is distributed over a much larger time scale compare to that of a transform-limited pulse, with the main portion of the pulse energy lies in the central ultrasho rt coherent feather. Therefore the peak intensity of the coherent feature is lower than that of the transform-limited pulse. Interestingly, the pulse shaper which is desi gned for phase shaping only acts as a highly sensitive amplitude filter in this experiment, which is not quite surprising since a straightforward inverse Fourier transform from th e frequency domain with randomized spectral phase structures can evidently yield variation of the pulse peak intensity in the time domain. Recall the open loop control experiment s we discussed in the previous chapter that demonstrate the pulse peak intensity vari ation due to the modifications of the input pulse spectral phase can evidently perform a control of the solit on self-frequency shift magnitude. Especially for the case of the modi fications of the input pulse cubic spectral phase, where in that experiment the magnitude of the cubic spectral phase variation only change the pulse peak intensity by a relative small amount (figure 4.2 (a)), we observe the sensitive control over the central wavele ngths of soliton generation (figure 4.3 (b)). Based on this observation and previous disc ussion on the input driving pulse central coherent feature, we simulate the soliton generation positions as a function of pulse input peak pulse with other customized and fixed input pulse parameters. As shown in figure 5.6 (a), the central wavelengths of the simu lated soliton generations shift towards long wavelength side of the output spectra conti nuously with the increas e of the input pulse peak intensity. As for this specific configura tion, the soliton position shifts from 920 nm to 945 nm when the input pulse peak in tensity change from 8 kW to 30 kW.

PAGE 127

114 Figure 5.6: Simulation results of soliton centr al wavelength as a f unction of input pulse peak intensity. (a) Output spectra as a function of input pulse peak intensity. (b) Specified soliton generation at diffe rent central wavelengths with input pulse peak intensity variations. Therefore, we conclude for the mech anism of the optimized driving pulse generating a target soliton that satisfies two criteria that the phase-only pulse shaper acts as a very sensitive amplitude filter by introducing a rather “random” spectral phase pattern and the driving pulse with precisely tuned peak intensity performs the control over the soliton self-frequency shift. Using the experimentally determined driv ing pulse temporal intensity and phase, we simulate the soliton self-frequency shift with the extended NLSE model. Once again, as shown in figure 5.7, the simulation resu lt (red curve) faithfully reproduces the experimental result (blue curv e), although the simulated soliton shifts slightly to the red side. Upon examination of the pulse propagati on in the microstructu red fiber using the simulation model, the spectral feather begi ns to show modulati on structures after propagating 20 cm of fiber length, as the sim ilar modulation pattern can be seen from the 800 nm spectral peak for the simulation result in figure 5.7. The soliton separates from the 800 nm spectral peak around 35 cm of propa gation length and almost reach the final target position at 55 cm. In the time domain, the soliton self-frequency shift is illustrated

PAGE 128

115 by the temporal broadening of the central c oherent feather accomp anied by the coherent beating between the target soliton and its phase-matching nonsolitonic component. Figure 5.7: Spectra comparison of experi mentally optimized soliton generation and simulated soliton using experimentally determined driving input pulse. In this adaptive control experiment the positions and durations of the experimentally generated solitons can be fine-tuned within the specified range. Considering the control of the input driving pu lse features in the time domain, the pulse shaper acts as a sensitive amplitude filter to precisely control the intensity of central coherent spike and the energy distribution between this main peak and the random “noise” on each side. The driv ing pulse spectral phase, how ever, is rather a “random” pattern at a glance. To gain the insight on how sensitive the amplitude filter is, that is, to which degree the “random” spectral phase perf orm the control of targ et soliton generation, we intentionally scramble the “random” phase. By altering 10% of the spectral phase

PAGE 129

116 pixels a phase jump, there is a measurable shift of 30 nm for the target soliton generation, as evidently shown in figure 5.8. Therefore, the stability of the soliton selffrequency shift to the driving pulse is somewhat fragile. Figure 5.8: Simulation results of the sensitiv ity of soliton generation to the input driving pulse fluctuation. (a) Driv ing pulse phase pattern befo re (red curve) and after (black curve) 10% phase jump. (b) The simulated output spectra for the soliton generations corresponding to the pha se pattern shown in (a), red and black curves, respectively. In the simulation processes of soliton self-frequency shift, we come across a very interesting observation. The simulated soli ton generation position is also dependent on the microstructured fiber dispersion paramete rs. As shown in figure 5.9, changing the fiber TOD parameter 3 only influences the position of the blue phase-matching nonsolitonic component, whereas changing the second order dispersion 2 and the fourth order dispersion 4 affect both the soliton position and the phase-matching component. By comparing the experimentally generated soliton position with these simulation results, we are able to independently determine the dispersive properties of the microstructured fiber. We find out that the best agreemen t with the experimental results occur for 2 =km ps / 579 42, 3 =km ps / 10 725 13 2 and 4 =km ps / 10 178 34 4 which

PAGE 130

117 is in reasonable agreement with the literature values listed in table 4.1 considering the current 800 nm input central wavelength. Figure 5.9: Simulation investigatio n of the sensitivity of soliton self-frequency shift to the fiber dispersion properties. (a), (b) and (c) are for fiber second, third and fourth order dispersion, respectively. Note that i (0) (i=2,3,4) stands for the original fiber dispersion parameter. To conclude, we have successfully contro lled the magnitude of the soliton selffrequency shift (central wavele ngth) and the duration of the shifted soliton (width) using adaptive pulse shaping. Both soliton genera tion parameters can be tuned within the specified control ranges. After carefully exam ining the optimized dr iving pulse profiles and using the NLSE simulation model to simu late the target soliton generations, we find the underlying mechanism responsible for the optimization of the so liton self-frequency shift. The phase-only pulse shaper is acting as a sensitive amplitude filter for the driving pulse by introducing an optimized “random” sp ectral phase pattern. The target soliton generation is the result of the precisely controlled temporal ce ntral coherent feather of the optimized driving pulse. Finally, we use this adaptive pulse shaping experiment as an example to illustrate another aspect of closed loop control methods, that is, the design considerations of the cost function to achieve multiple control goals. In fact, the success of this adaptive pulse shaping experiment is closely related to the design of the cost function. As one can see

PAGE 131

118 from equation 5.2, in order to simultaneous ly control the central wavelength and the duration of the shifted soliton width, we impl ement several ingenuities in the design of the cost function. The weight parameter for each of the target criteria can yield the preference of one control goal over the other. The configurations of tolerance parameter advance the searching standard by tightly control one or both target criteria. Meanwhile, the design of the individual functions, i.e., reciprocal function a nd exponential function, yields another advantage on th e searching efficiency. The cost function design critically determines the performance of the closed l oop control experiment. In order to gain the ability of achieving multiple control goals us ing only one cost function, considering the example discussed above will be very helpful.

PAGE 132

119 CHAPTER 6 ROUTES TO PULSE COMPRESSION USING DISPERSION-FLATTENED MICROSTRUCTURED FIBER: SIMU LATIONS USING THE NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER EQUATION 6.1 Motivation and Overview of Pulse Compression As we have shown in the previous chap ters, control of supercontinuum generation is possible using shaped optical pulses. Up until this point, we have considered “control knobs” available through shaping of the i nput pulse. Here, we consider how the dispersive properties of the fiber can be mani pulated to control the output spectrum. In particular, our goal in this chapter is to investigate how the exact character of the dispersion in PCFs can be used to produce smooth supercontinuum spectra for pulse compression. Pulse compression can broadly be described in two stages: first, the creation of sufficient bandwidth is performed through the pulse generation and any subsequent nonlinear interactions which further broaden the spectrum. Second, the residual higher order phase is removed via pulse compressi on techniques. Given a coherent frequency spectrum with some residual spectral pha se, pulse compression can be considered theoretically through one simple Fourier transformation: gi ven a fixed spectral shape, the pulse duration is the tempora lly shortest only if the pulse is transform-limited (no frequency chirp). In fact, the simulation results described in figure 4.3 in chapter 4 have illustrated this point by showing a larger pul se spectral phase subsequently leads to a lower temporal pulse peak intensity, which is equivalent to a longe r pulse duration given fixed pulse energy. Meanwhile, compression of a pulse with broader bandwidth is

PAGE 133

120 equivalent to generating a shorter pulse, whic h results directly from the time-bandwidth product constant described in chapter 2. Afte r broadband coherent pulses are generated, pulse compression is commonly carried out by a ccurate measurements of pulse frequency chirps (dispersion), followed by proper di spersion compensation via a grating pair, chirped mirrors, or other means. Optical fibers, by confining high intensity laser pulses in a small core area and subsequent nonlinear interac tions, have become a natura l candidate to generate broadband coherent pulses. C ontinuum generations in conve ntional fibers have been studied over three decades. Single-mode conventional fibers have relative low nonlinearities and high dispersions in the near infrared and visibl e wavelength region. Although a record of 6 femtoseconds is genera ted using a single-mode conventional fiber, a copper-vapor laser-pumped amplifier was used and the nonlinear broadening mechanism was dominated by the self-phase modulation, limiting the amount of spectral bandwidth [131]. Later on, hollow cylindrical fi bers made of fused silica and filled with high pressure noble gases are used to perf orm pulse spectral broadening [132, 133]. The advantages of higher input pulse threshold intensity (f or certain noble gases) and controllability of nonlinear st rength for different gas type and pressure made them particularly interesting for compression of high energy laser pulses. As results, compressed pulses of 3.8 fs and 3.4 fs have been generated with two cascaded hollow fibers and a single argon-filled hollow fiber with 15 J and 94 J input pulse energy [119, 16]. However, all these demonstrations for th e hollow fibers require amplified laser input pulses and self-phase modulation is mainly responsible for pulse nonlinear broadening. With the advent of photonic crystal fibers (particularly microstructured fibers),

PAGE 134

121 ultrabroadband supercontinuum generation can be easily achieved in the laboratory by Ti:Sapphire femtosecond laser pulses with only nJ pulse energy. The extremely high nonlinearities of microstructure d fibers lead to spatially coherent and over-an-octavespanning supercontinuum with pulses without any pre-amplifications [6]. Such an enormous bandwidth of the supercontinuum ge neration can potentially lead to singlecycle pulse generation. Meanwhile, hollow PC Fs (with air cores) can self-compress extremely high intensity (above 100 MW) femt osecond laser pulses due to the waveguide contribution [134]. One of the most important requisites for the pulse compression is an accurate measurement of the pulse spectral phase. The spectral phase of a br oadband pulse can be measured using the FROG and SPIDER pulse ch aracterization techni ques described in chapter 2. Meanwhile, pulse compression also requires proper phase compensation. Various phase compensation techniques have been developed, such as prism-pair used in our home-build Ti:Sapphire laser system, gratin g-pair that usually be ing used in chirped pulse amplifier system, and dielectric ch irped mirrors [135, 136]. However, these techniques provide limited phase compensation abilities and mainly can only compensate linear pulse chirp. Also, di fferent dispersion compensati on usually requires carefully realignment. For very broadband pulses, phase compensation can be carried out by Fourier domain pulse shaping, e.g., progr ammable pulse shaper using LC-SLM. An overview of Fourier domain pulse sh aping is given in chapter 2. Recently, researchers have s hown great interest in pulse compression based on the supercontinuum generations in microstructure d fibers because the coherent bandwidth exceed 1000 nm. However, what seems like a simple idea in principle turns out to be an

PAGE 135

122 extremely nontrivial problem in reality. In 2002, both the simulation results for the supercontinuum generation based on the ex tended nonlinear Schrdinger equation model and experimental measurements of the retr ieved continuum spectral fine structure and spectral phase using XFROG (cross FROG) sh ow that supercontinuum sub-nm fine structures are extremely sensitive to th e input pulse power fluctuations [9, 13]. Simulations show that even with 0.1% input pu lse power variation, fine structures of the supercontinuum generation change dramati cally. Simultaneously, DudleyÂ’s simulation results utilize a coherent function to quan titatively study the supercontinuum coherence variations as a function of fi ber propagation lengths, input pu lse durations and input pulse wavelengths [137]. Later on, simulation result s specifically targeti ng the supercontinuum compressibility show that there exists an optimum compressed distance at which compressed pulses with negligible fluctuati on and time shift can be obtained [15]. The propagation fiber length for optimum superc ontinuum compression is a few centimeters. Finally, Dudley and Coen considered ge neralized fundamental limits of pulse compression to few-cycle region based on supe rcontinuum generation in microstructured fibers [14]. Unsurprisingly, almost all the research results discu ssing the supercontinuum compressibility are based on the simulation re sults, which mainly based on the nonlinear Schrdinger equations model in either freque ncy or time domain. It is now a consensus that the main nonlinear spectral broadeni ng for the supercontinuum generation is happening during the first few centimeters or even millimeters of the microstructured fiber length. After that point, pulse peak pow er drops quite a lot and the fiber dispersion effects begin to dominate the propagation dynamics. As a result, sub-nm modulation structures show up in the continuum intens ity envelope and subsequently are very

PAGE 136

123 sensitive to the input pulse noise. Meanwhile pulse compressibility for supercontinuum generation is preferable of short input pulse duration and supercontinuum generations are more stable when the input pulse center fre quency is in the micros tructured fiber normal dispersion region. Evidently all the pulse compression experiments based on the supercontinuum generation use short femtosec ond input pulse and microstructured fiber lengths are usually several millimeters. For example, 6.8 fs pulse duration is achieved by compressing supercontinuum generated in 3 mm of microstructured with Ti:Sapphire laser 12 fs input pulses [138]. In addition, 5. 5 fs compression pulse is generated using 15 fs Ti:Sapphire laser and 5 mm microstr uctured fiber [17]. Although the nonlinear mechanism responsible for the supercontinuum generation in these two experiments is still mainly self-phase modulation, broad ba nd continua are generated using only nJ low pulse energy from Ti:Sapphi re lasers; this is eviden tly benefiting from the high nonlinearities of the microstruc tured fibers. Recently, when launching the input pulse in the anomalous dispersion region of the mi crostructured fiber (zero GVD wavelength 744 nm), sub-5-fs pulse compression is achieved using a 12 fs Ti:Sapphi re laser centered at 800 nm [139]. Finally, it is worth mentioning that the nonlinearity it self in the photonic nanowire generated from the microstructured fiber also gives another way to directly perform the pulse compression. This is based on the soliton effects di scussed in chapter 2 that higher order solitons tends to self-compr ess within the soliton period. By carefully design the fiber length that corresponds to the soliton se lf-compress distance, 6.8 fs compressed pulse is directly generated from the photonic nanowire with 70 fs input pulse [140]. Despite all the instab ilities related to the supe rcontinuum generation in the microstructured fiber, the pulse compression application results are quite inspiring.

PAGE 137

124 In fact, all the pulse compression experi ments use adaptive pu lse shaping based on the Fourier domain pulse shaping and SPIDE R pulse characterization. Adaptive pulse shaping using the feedback of the superc ontinuum spectral phase from the SPIDER measurement can counteract the possible co ntinuum instabilities. Adaptive pulse compression has been studied extensively and in teresting readers can re fer to Yelin et al. [102] for details. In contrast to the methods described above, we consider another way to generate clean, broad spectra from PCFs. The ta ilorable dispersion properties of the microstructured fiber provide an additional way to stabilize the supercontinuum spectral phase. The instabilities of the supercontinuum generation are partly caused by the high dispersion presented by the microstructured fiber regarding the whole supercontinuum spectral bandwidth. Although the zero GVD wa velength can be engi neered from 500 nm to above 1500 nm, the net GVD can dramatically increase to several hundred ps/(nm km) for wavelength shift of 100 nm from th e zero GVD point (high dispersion slope). However, by carefully choosing th e structure parameters of fi ber, e.g., core size and airholes pitch, dispersion-flattene d microstructrued fibers can be manufactured that have minimal dispersions over several hundred nm spectral range. In this chapter, we present the pulse compression simulation results base d on the supercontinuum generation from dispersion flattened microstructured fibe rs using the nonlinear Schrdinger equation model. 6.2 Simulation of Pulse Compression Usin g Dispersion Flattened Microstructured Fiber In this section we will discuss the sc hematics of pulse compression simulation using continuum generation of the disper sion-flattened microstructured fibers.

PAGE 138

125 6.2.1 Dispersion Flattened Microstructured Fibers Dispersion properties of micr ostructured fibers can be tailored by choosing proper air-holes sizes and filling fractions in th e silica glasses [141]. Dispersion flattened microstructured fibers (DFMFs) [18] have a pplications in telecommunication systems, in which a uniform fiber respond in the different wavelength channels is essential to the wavelength-division multiplexing (WDM) system DFMFs are also very important for any system supporting ultrashort soliton pulse propagation, since th e residue third order dispersion can potentially destroy the soliton tr ansmission features. The idea of dispersion flattened photonic cr ystal fiber was first demonstrated in 1999 by Ferrando et al. [142], in which a full vector biorthonorma l-basis modal method was used to calculate the wa veguide dispersion with differe nt core size to pitch ratio ( /a) and air filling fractions. As a result of compensation of the material dispersion from the waveguide contribution of the photonic crystal fiber, a near-zero flat chromatic dispersion (total fiber disper sion) is achieved for a wide spectral range (~200 nm) centered at 1050 nm. The material disper sion for the fused silica has a zero groupvelocity-dispersion wavelength at 1.3 m (see material dispersion curve in figure 2.1), the design of DFMF requires that not only th e material dispersion is compensated at one specific wavelength, i.e., disper sion shifted microstructured fibe r, but also a total (or near total) compensations of the material disp ersion for a wide spect ral range around that specific wavelength. DMFMs are mainly used for two wavelength ranges: the telecommunication window around 1.55 m and the Ti:Sapphire laser wavelength range around 800 nm. Due to a high material disper sion slope around the zero GVD wavelength (1.3 m ) for fused silica, the demonstrations of the DFMF around the telecommunication

PAGE 139

126 window are rather convenient. Many desi gns of the DFMFs [143-146] have been proposed during the past few years in the telecommunication window based on fullvector waveguide simulation methods, such as full-vector finite element method (FEM), finite difference method and biorthogonal moda l method. Meanwhile, the precise controls of the microstructured fiber fabricat ion allow building the DFMFs at 1.55 m according to the design parameters [147, 18, 148]. Reev es, et al., also clearly showed soliton effects to the supercontinuum generations [18]. A lthough the theory and fabrication of the DFMFs in the telecommunication window are well established by now, the development at the Ti:Sapphire laser wavelength is so mehow limited by the re lative high material dispersion for the fused silica. However, simu lations have shown that it is possible to generated DFMF centered at 800 nm with a flat dispersion range over 200 nm [149]; similar simulation results have led to the fabrication of DFMFs at 1.5 m Meanwhile, microstructured fiber design using a genetic algo rithm exhibits itself as an effective way to search all the combinations of fiber configurations to ge nerate user-defined chromatic dispersion properties [150]. Therefore, the re search of DFMF at 800 nm is still very promising. 6.2.2 Simulations of Pulse Compression Simulations of pulse compression using the supercontinuum generations from dispersion flattened microstructured fibers i nvolve the following steps, i.e., see figure 6.1 for details. First, continua are generated in DFMFs with specific dispersion curves using 30 fs transform-limited input pulses based on the nonlinear Schrdinger equation model. Second, the spectral phases of the generated supercontinua are numerically extracted and the required negative comp ensation phases are calculat ed. Finally, the negative

PAGE 140

127 compensation phases are applied to the simulated pulse shaper compressor and the compressed pulse are generated with applying the original supercontinua with the net minimal spectral phase. Figure 6.1: Schematics of pulse compression simulation using supercontinuum generation and dispersion flattened microstructure d fiber. T-L pulse: transform-limited pulse. DFMF: dispersion flatte ned microstructured fiber. To study the pulse compression using the simulated supercontinuum generations and DFMFs, we investigate several parame ters. First and most importantly, pulse compression and supercontinuum generations depend critically on the microstructured fiber length and dispersion pr operties, e.g., different DFMFs centered either near the telecommunication window or Ti:Sapphire laser wavelength with different flattened dispersion curves. Second is the practical phase compensation effects associated experimental pulse shaper compressor using LC-SLM. The phase compensation resolution effects discussed in chapter 3 with different LC-SLM pixel numbers are simulated and discussed in this chapter. M eanwhile, pulse compression results using an ideal phase compensator, i.e., perfect phase compensation without the pixel effects, are also presented for comparison purposes. Also input pulse propertie s such as the input

PAGE 141

128 pulse peak power can dramatically affect th e compression results. This effect is also discussed in our simulations. 6.3 Supercontinuum Pulse Compression at 800 nm In this section we will focus on the simulations of supercontinuum pulse compression using DFMF for the Ti:Sapphire laser wavelength at 800 nm. We will first discuss the dispersion curve and parameters for the DFMF used in the simulations, followed by the investigations of fidelities of supercontinuum pulse compression. Finally, we present the pulse compression results for different input pulse power and propagation lengths. 6.3.1 Supercontinuum Generation Using DFMF at 800 nm Since the fabrication of DFMFs at this wa velength have not been fully developed yet, we use a DFMF dispersion curve in Reeves et al. [18] and shif t the center wavelength to 800 nm to study the possibilities of supe rcontinuum pulse compression at Ti:Sapphire laser wavelength. 400800120016002000 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 CD (ps nm-1 km-1)Wavelength (nm) Figure 6.2: Dispersion profile for the DFMF around Ti:Sapph ire laser wavelength at 800 nm. CD: chromatic dispersion.

PAGE 142

129 Table 6.1: List of DFMF parameters in the NLSE simulation model at 800 nm. Parameter (unit) Values 2n (1 2 W cm) 1610 2 2 (1 1 W km) 7 15 effA (2m) 11 2 (1 2 km ps ) 424 0 3 (1 3 km ps ) 410 38 6 4 (1 4 km ps ) 710 86 6 5 (1 5 km ps ) 910 03 3 6 (1 6 km ps ) 1210 01 5 7 (1 7 km ps ) 1510 50 3 The dispersion profile in figure 6.2 has a ve ry wide range of flattened dispersion. In order to accurately describe the flattened dispersion in the nonlinear Schrdinger equation model, we use the dispersion coefficients up to the 7th order defined in equation 2.12 and the values of these coefficients are listed in table 6.1, along with other fiber parameters. The time resolution is chosen as 0.5 fs and the sample number is 214=16384, which leads to a frequenc y resolution of 122 MHz. Figure 6.3 is an example of output supe rcontinuum and spectral phase which is generated from 30 fs transform-limited pulse s with peak power of 10 kW propagating through 9 cm of DFMF with di spersion profile shown in fi gure 6.2. There are several interesting features from th e generated continuum. First, the spectral envelope shows a main signature of self-phase modulation nonl inear effect. It is understood that the

PAGE 143

130 60080010001200140016001800 Intensity (A. U.)Wavelength (nm) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Spectral Phase Figure 6.3: Supercontinuum output and spectral phase with 30 fs 10 kW T-L input pulse propagating through 9 cm DFMF. Smooth phase profile is generated with phase range within 60 rad. superbroadband continuum generation is a re sult of higher soliton generation, followed by the soliton splitting to the longer wavelengt h and the blueshifted nonsolitonic radiation expanding to the shorter wavelength. The soli ton is generated by th e interplay between the self-phase modulation and fiber anomalous dispersion. In fact in the DFMF, the minimal flat dispersion prevents the higher order soliton genera tion. Therefore, as a result, continuum generation is dominant by the self-phase modulation and self-steepening nonlinear effects. Due to the minimal flat fi ber dispersion, the spectral phase associate with the continuum generation is rather sm ooth in the entire spectral range except a relative small dip at the input wavelength 800 nm. The tota l spectral phase that needs to be compensated later by the simulated LC-SLM based pulse shaper is within 60 rad. The Nyquist limit discussed in chapter 3 require s that the phase difference between two adjacent SLM pixel to be less than Considering the current co mmercial availabilities

PAGE 144

131 of 128 and 640 pixels SLM, it should be possibl e to compensate the phase range in figure 6.3; it also gives us more freedom to invest igate the possible pulse compressibilities with higher input powers and longer DF MF propagating lengths. Note that because of the low responsivity for normal sili con based detector below 450 nm, the supercontinuum generated below this wavelength is cu t off for future pulse compression. 6.3.2 Validation of Fidelity of Supercontinuum Pulse Compression One of the most important prerequisite of performing pulse compression is the stability of the spectral phase. From the pr evious figure we see a smooth supercontinuum spectral phase generation for the entire spectr um and the phase range is well within the compensation range of the SLM. But if the sp ectral phase changes dramatically due to input pulse power fluctua tion, and, since the system response time for phase retrieval/compensation is much longer than the corresponding phase change (governed by the pulse repetition rate, the compressed pulse using the phase compensation before the Figure 6.4: Simulation of output supercontinuum spectral inte nsity and phase variations with 1% input pulse noise. (a) is the intensity variation and (b) is the phase variation. Minimal variations for the spectrum and phase are shown in the figure.

PAGE 145

132 phase change may be completely off the target In order to preliminarily study this effect, we intentionally vary the input pulse peak power by 1%, a 10 times larger input pulse noise level compare to the level used in the pr evious research paper (0.1%, see Gaeta [9]). Figure 6.4 presents the simulation results of continuum generations upon 1% input pulse peak power fluctuation with th e same input pulse and fiber pa rameters used in figure 6.3. Although there is a minimal spect ral intensity changi ng with the input noise level, the corresponding fluctuations in spectral phase above 600 nm are unobservable. The compressed pulse quality (or pulse comp ressibility) is closely related to the spectral coherence of the gene rated supercontinuum. The cohe rence function is defined as [17], 2 2 2 1 2 1 ) 1 ( 12 E E E E g (6.1) where the angle brackets denote an ensemb le average over independently generated supercontinuum pairs 2 1, E E. The coherence values have been widely accepted as a criterion to access the possible compressibi lities for the supe rcontinuum generation [137, 14, 17] and a median coherence of 0.7 can be used as an indicator of good compressibility. Figure 6.5 (b) shows 100 run simulations of supercontinuum generation when the input pulse power has 5% RMS fluc tuation, with all the other pulse and fiber parameters fixed. The black continuum curve in the figure shows the averaged supercontinuum spectrum. The calculated cohe rence values as a function of wavelength are shown in figure 6.5 (a). There is a good coherence over a wide spectrum range except at the input pulse wavelength 800 nm and below 600 nm. It is worth mentioning that the 5% RMS input power noise is equivalent to the random i nput power fluctuation range

PAGE 146

133 from 90% to 110%. In practical, this is base d on the low frequency classical noise that may present over the relative long phase retrieval time (sev eral seconds for a single SPIDER measurement). This noise level is fa r above the typical Ti:Sapphire laser pulse shot-to-shot noise level which is only on the order of 0.1% [9]. In general, the coherence results showed in figure 6.5 (a) validate th at the supercontinuum pulse compression gives a good fidelity using the DFMF approach. Figure 6.5: Calculated coheren ce as a function of wavelength from the electric field of continuum generation for 5% RMS input pulse power noise in 100 runs. (a) Coherence curve for the entire continuu m spectrum. (b) Output spectrum with 5% input power noise for 100 r un supercontinuum generations. To further illustrate that using the DFMF can greatly improve the fidelity of supercontinuum pulse compressi on, we compare the simulati ons of generated continuum spectral intensity/phase using DFMF and a regular microstructured fiber, e.g., the microstructured fiber used in the openand closed-loop control experiments in the previous two chapters. The simulation results are shown in figure 6.6. All the input pulse parameters are the same for the simulation comparison and the peak intensity of the input pulse is 8 kW. The same propagation length of 11 cm is used for both fibers. Figure (a) is a comparison of generated continuum spectra for DFMF and the regular

PAGE 147

134 microstructured fiber; figure (b) shows the spectral phases. The differences in both figures for the continuum spectra and pha ses are quite obvious. The supercontinuum generated using the DFMF is much broade r and smoother comparing to that of the regular microstructured fiber, indicating a much shorter compressed pulse providing successful phase compensations. The continuum spectral phase for the DFMF is rather smooth for the entire spectral range, esp ecially for the spectral range above 900 nm. Meanwhile, the high modulations showed in the continuum envelope for the regular microstructured fiber exhibit themselves as abrupt phase jumps for the entire spectral range. Although the spectral c ontinuum features are mainly in the range from 600 nm to 1000 nm and the spectral phase is relatively flat in the middle, the phase jumps on the edges of the window can not be well comp ensated by the SLMs. As a result, the supercontinuum generated by DFMF shows an enhanced pulse compressibility comparing to that of regular microstructured fiber. Figure 6.6: Simulated continuum gene ration for DFMF fiber and a regular microstructured fiber. (a), comparison of output spectra. (b), comparison of spectral phases. A much broader con tinuum spectrum and smooth phase for the DFMF are the direct proof of the enhanced pulse compressibility.

PAGE 148

135 To generalize this section, there are se veral considerations for the supercontinuum pulse compression based on the phase compensati on. First and most importantly, a stable continuum spectral phase that is not very sensitive to the inpu t pulse noise is a prerequisite. For the purposes of characterizi ng the simulation result, using the coherence curve corresponds to an ensemb le of continuum generation results for different input pulse noises level is a very convenient way to gain insight of the qualities of compressed pulses. In fact, the 5% RMS input pulse noise level used in this section is quite large compare to the normal laser shot-to-shot noise level. To our knowledge, only in Schenkel et al. [17] that the authors use this 5% RM S noise level to determ ine the supercontinuum compressibility, while shot-to-shot noise leve l (<1%) is used by all the other simulation papers. Second, even with a good cohere nce results, the supercontinuum pulse compression is also affected by the smoothne ss and the range of the continuum spectral phase. This is because of the limited phase compensation abilities of the SLM based pulse compressor. In fact, the phase compen sation abilities determined by the Nyquist limit for the SLM with different pixel numb ers are actually overstatements from our experiences. Therefore, smooth continuum spectral phase with small range, (e.g., less than several hundred for the en tire compensation range for 64 0-pixel SLM), are also very important for experimentally performing th e supercontinuum pulse compression. We are going to discuss this effect later in this chapter. 6.3.3 Supercontinuum Pulse Compre ssion Results at 800 nm Compression of the supercontinuum pulse using DFMF require phase compensations of generated supercontinua which are simulated by adding calculated negative phase to the original continua, i.e., simulated pulse compressor. To investigate the pixel effects related to the practica l SLM based pulse shap er, pulse compression

PAGE 149

136 results correspond to different SLM pixel numbers are simulated. For comparison purposes, compression results using an ideal pha se compensator with infinite SLM pixel number are also presented. Figure 6.7 is an example of pulse temporal intensity profiles before and after pulse compression. The si mulation results correspond to 8 kW input pulse propagating through 10 cm DFMF. Comp ressed pulses using phase compensators with different SLM pixel numbers (128, 640) and an ideal compensator are shown in figure 6.7 (b). The phase compensation is pe rformed as the following steps. First, the supercontinuum spectral phase for the designa ted compensation range is sliced into a number of regions depending on the simulate d SLM pixel numbers. The average phase values in each region are calculated a nd treated as the values for SLM phase compensation. Each calculated average phase value is subtracted from the original spectral phase point in the regi ons and the net results are the compensated spectral phases. Finally, an inverse Fourier transformation is pe rformed to generate the compressed pulses. Figure 6.7: Simulated supercontinuum pul se compression for DFMF fiber. a), supercontinuum temporal pulse before phase compensation. b), compressed pulses using SLMs with different pixel numbers and an ideal phase compensator.

PAGE 150

137 For experimental considerations of pulse compression based on the Fourier domain pulse shaping using SLM, section 3.5.2 gives deta iled formula description illustrating the temporal field of the shaped pulse. In figure 6.7 (b), the pulse is compressed to ~2 fs using simulated pulse compressor with di fferent SLM pixel numbers. Evidently, compressed pulse with 640-pixel SLM faithfu lly reproduces the pulse shape comparing to that of ideal compressor. 128-pixel SLM can also compensates the spectral phase very well; a small peak intensity drop for the compre ssed pulse is barely observable. This can be explained as a result of the combination of generated smooth continuum spectral phase and the total phase range (<60 rad) for th e entire spectrum, as well as and phase compensation abilities of 128-pixel SLM di scussed in the previous section. Finally, we simulate supercontinuum pulse compression using DFMF for different fiber propagation lengths and input pulse peak powers. Th e pulse duration after phase compensation is calculated as the full-wid th-half-maximum (FWHM) of the compressed Figure 6.8: Simulated supercontinuum pul se compression results using DFMF for different fiber lengths and input pulse peak powers at 800 nm. (a) Compression results for different fiber lengths with 8 kW input power. (b) Compression results for different in put pulse peak powers propagating through 8 cm fiber length.

PAGE 151

138 pulse. Figure 6.8 (a) shows the compressed pulse durations as a function of fiber propagation distance using 30 fs T-L input pulse with 8 kW peak power. Pulse compression results for different input pulse peak power with a fi xed 8 cm DFMF are shown in figure 6.8 (b). Both figures list th e pulse compression results using three phase compensation resolutions: 128-pixel SLM, 640pixel SLM and an ideal compensator. Pulse compression results of less than 2 fs are acquired with high input power and long propagation length. Note that for these simu lation results, 128-pixel SLM is good enough to perform precise phase compensation a nd generating short compressed pulses. 6.4 Supercontinuum Pulse Compression 1550 nm In this section we will briefly discuss the simulations of supercontinuum pulse compressions using DFMF at telecomm unication wavelength 1550 nm. For this wavelength, the simulations and fabrications for the DFMFs have been well established and fibers are commercially available. Theref ore, we use the disper sion property of a real DFMF [18] to simulate the supercontinuum generation and the feas ibilities of pulse compression at 1550 nm. The fiber dispersion and nonlinear parameters are listed in table 4.2. The dispersion curve is shown in figure 6.9 (a) inset. The di spersion shape is the same as the dispersion curve described in the previous section, excep t that the center wavelength is shifted to 1550 nm. Figure 6.9 (a) is an example of superc ontinuum generation using the DFMF at 1550 nm, with 30 fs 10 kW T-L input pulse pr opagating through 50 cm of fiber length. Comparing to figure 6.3 of the superconti nuum generation for DFMF at 800 with the same input pulse propagating through only 9 cm fiber, the supercontinuum generation ability for the DFMF at 1550 is greatly diminish ed. This is because of the relative large

PAGE 152

139 Table 6.2: List of DFMF parameters in the NLSE simulation model at 1550 nm. Parameter (unit) Values 2n (1 2 W cm) 1610 2 2 (1 1 W km) 03 2 effA (2m) 44 2 (1 2 km ps ) 55 1 3 (1 3 km ps ) 310 5 6 4 (1 4 km ps ) 510 1 6 5 (1 5 km ps ) 710 04 1 6 (1 6 km ps ) 1010 01 1 Figure 6.9: Simulated supercontinuum gene ration and coherence for DFMF at 1550 nm. (a) An example of generated continuu m spectral intensity and phase. Inset: dispersion curve for the DFMF at 1550 nm. (b) Calculated coherence as a function of wavelength. effective area, e.g., 44 2m for 1550 nm and 11 2m for 800 nm, the nonlinear coefficient is 8 times smaller than that for the DFMF at 800 nm. Meanwhile, the signature of the self-phase m odulation nonlinear effect in the continuum envelope is quite

PAGE 153

140 obvious. For the coherence properties at 1550 nm, we use 100-run simulations of supercontinuum generation with input pulse no ise level of 1% RMS, which is realistic considering the input pulse shot -to-shot noise level of the order of 0.1%. The calculated coherence values as a function of wavelengt h are plotted in Figure 6.9 (b). Taking the coherence value of 0.7 as a standard to de termine the compressibil ity of supercontinuum generation, the coherence curve is rather good for the entire spectral range, except a few dips corresponding to the modulati ons in the spectral envelope. The longer propagation length leads to a larg er phase range for th e entire spectrum. In fact, although the phase ra nge needs to be compensated is less than 120 rad, the compensation ability of 128-pixel SLM is not sufficient for precise phase compensation. Figure 6.10 shows the compressed pulse duratio ns for different DFMF lengths and input pulse peak powers. The input pulse powe r for figure 6.10 (a) is 10 kW and the propagation length for figure 6.10 (b) is 20 cm As evidenced in figure 6.10 (a), the compressed pulse durations have visible disc repancies for phase compensation performed by the 128-pixel SLM and ideal phase comp ensator. Although the compressed pulse shapes using 640-pixel SLM still faithfully follow that of the ideal compensator, the compressed pulse temporal range for the 128pixel SLM is much wider than the other two cases. An example of this deficient phase compensation abil ity for the 128-pixel SLM will be given later in this chapter. In fact, the simple FWHM metric to describe pulse duration is no longer valid in this cas e. However, experimentally performing the precise phase compensation is still feas ible by using 640-pixel SLM. Meanwhile, the continuum pulse compression results shown in figure 6.10 have a lower limit of ~ 5 fs,

PAGE 154

141 which is comparable to the current stat e-of-art supercontinuum pulse compression experimental record. Figure 6.10: Simulated supercontinuum pulse durations after compression using DFMF at 1550 nm for different fiber lengths and di fferent input pulse peak powers. (a) Compression results for different fiber lengths. (b) compression results for different input power. 6.5 Supercontinuum Pulse Compression 1050 nm For comparison of the supercontinuum pulse compression using DFMFs, we simulate the compression results usin g a commercially available nonlinear microstructured fiber (Crystal Fibre, NL-1050-ZERO-2) at 1050 nm. The dispersion curve and fiber parameters are shown in figure 6.11 and table 4.3, respectively. This fiber has a relative high nonlinearity of 37 km-1W-1 compare to the DFMFs in the previous discussion, e.g., 2.03 km-1W-1 for DMFM at 1550 nm and 15.7 km-1W-1 for DMFM at 800 nm. This is the direct result of the ex tremely small effective area of only 3.52 2m associated with this fiber. Although the nonlinea rity of the fiber is relative high, it is still smaller than the other high nonlinea rity fibers (range from 70 km-1W-1 to above 100 km1W-1). Meanwhile, the dispersion is 10 times larg er than that of DFMFs in the previous discussions.

PAGE 155

142 600800100012001400 -250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 CD (ps nm-1 km-1)Wavelength (nm) NL-1050-ZERO-2 Figure 6.11: Dispersion curve for a n onlinear microstructured fiber. Table 6.3: List of the nonlinear microstructu red fiber parameters in the NLSE simulation model at 1050 nm. Parameter (unit) Values 2n (1 2 W cm) 1610 2 2 (1 1 W km) 35 37 effA (2m) 52 3 2 (1 2 km ps ) 205 5 3 (1 3 km ps ) 310 38 1 4 (1 4 km ps ) 410 416 2 5 (1 5 km ps ) 710 542 7 6 (1 6 km ps ) 910 174 1 7 (1 7 km ps ) 1310 712 6

PAGE 156

143 The dispersion Taylor expans ion coefficients up to 7th order are used in the simulation model with all th e other input pulse and simulation parameters same as previous discussion. Because of the large fiber dispersion, as we discussed in the first section of this chapter, extremely short fiber le ngth has to be used to ensure the stabilities of generated continuum spectral phase. Unlike the tens of cm of fiber length us ed in the DFMFs, a fiber length on the order of mm has to be used for continuum pulse compression based on the dispersion properties of this nonlinear fibe r. On the other hand, compare to the other nonlinear fiber used to perform continuum pul se compression, the nonlinearities of this fiber is very low. Therefore, to get a short compressed pulse the input pulse power has to be large enough to generate sufficient c ontinuum bandwidth. Figure 6.12 (a) is an example of broadband supercontinuum generation Figure 6.12: Supercontinuum generation and the coherence in the nonlinear fiber for 1 cm fiber length and 400 kW input pulse p eak power. (a) Spectral intensity and phase for the supercontinuum generati on. (b) Calculated Coherence as a function of wavelength. with fiber length of only 1 cm and input pul se peak power 400 kW (or pulse energy of 1 mJ assuming 100 MHz pulse repetition rate). The peak power level is 40 times larger than that for the DFMF with the same ge nerated continuum bandwidth. The coherence

PAGE 157

144 results are calculated from 100-run continuum generation with 1% RMS input pulse noise. The coherence results shown in figure 6.12 (b ) indicate a good compressibility. However, due to the large dispersion presented for this nonlinear fiber, the total phase range for the entire spectral wi ndow is over 400 rad. From the previous discussion, it is no t surprising that 128 -pixel SLM can not compensate the phase within this range. This effect is shown in figure 6.13 (b) inset, where the deficiency of the phase compen sation by the 128-pixel SLM manifests itself through the low intensity central feature and many small peaks on the larger time scale. Figure 6.13 (a) gives an example of the tempor al pulse before the phase compensation, a much longer pulse comparing to that for the DFMFs. It is also cl early shown in figure 6.13 (b) that there is some discrepancy in the compressed pulse peak intensity even for the 640-pixel SLM phase compensation when compared to that of ideal phase compensator. Although a short compressed pulse is generated in Figure 6.13: An example of continuum te mporal pulse before and after phase compensation for the nonlinear fiber at 1050 nm. (a) Temporal pulse before compression. (b) Temporal pulse after the phase compensation with different SLM pixel numbers. Figure (b) shows th e effects of insufficient SLM phase compensation.

PAGE 158

145 the simulation, the insufficient phase compensation for the large phase range presented because of the dispersion properties of the nonlinear fiber may cause serious problems in the real experiment.

PAGE 159

146 CHAPTER 7 CONCLUSION In this work, we have presented both experimental and simulation results of characterizing and controlling the extreme nonlinear supercontinuum generations in photonic crystal fibers using tw o different approaches: the in put pulse characteristics and photonic crystal fiber properties. Owing to the ability to tailor the waveguidi ng properties of microstructured fibers, the zero group-velocity-dispersion point of th e fiber can be engineer ed at any wavelength from 500 nm to above 1500 nm. This allows for the control of the dispersive properties of the fiber, and in particular, allows us to shift the dispersi on point below 800 nm, Ti:Sapphire laser wavelength. Thus, femtos econd pulses can be easily generated in the anomalous dispersion region of the micr ostructured fiber. Meanwhile, the high nonlinearities of the microstruc tured fiber due to the extremely small effective area, in particular, higher order soliton generation fo llowed by the subsequent soliton splitting and other nonlinear effects, lead to the greater than octave-s panning ultrabroadband supercontinuum generation with pulses only a few nanoJoules in energy. The supercontinuum generation properties in the microstructured fibers depend critically on the input pulse characteristics. We have used femtosecond pulse shaping to change the intensity temporal profiles of the Ti:Sapphire lasers input pulses. Depending on whether an intuitive control pulse can be directly derived, we have used both openloop and closed loop control to study how the input pulse characteristics can affect the temporal and spectral evolutions of the supercontinuum generations. Also, we have

PAGE 160

147 developed a simulation tool based on th e extended nonlinear Schrdinger equation to model our experiments and predict the con tinuum outputs. For open-loop control, we investigate the effects of input pulse quadr atic and cubic phase to the bandwidth of supercontinuum generation. The broadest supercontinuum generation occurs with transform-limited input pulses, (i.e., pulses with out any residual spectral phase), when the input pulse central wavele ngth is in the anomalous dispersion region of the microstructured fibers. This is because the magnitude of the nonlinear effects that lead to the supercontinuum generation is directly pr oportional to the input pulse peak power; our simulation results also verify that the tr ansform-limited pulse has the largest peak intensity. Furthermore, the input pulse cubic ph ase plays an important role when the input pulse center wavelength is n ear to the zero group-velocity -dispersion point of the microstructured fiber. Our experimental resu lts show that input pulses with cubic spectral phase that has the same magnitude and opposite sign when compared to the fiber third order dispersion-induced pulse spectral phase lead to the supercont inuum generation with the largest bandwidth. This is can be e xplained as the corresponding pulse selfcompression leading to the increased peak in tensity; therefore e nhancing the magnitude of the pulse nonlinear interac tion with the microstructured fiber, followed by the broader supercontinuum generation. Meanwhile, th e self-steepening non linear effect is responsible for the blue-shifted superc ontinuum generation asymmetry. We have generated phase-sculpted temporal ramp pul ses to suppress the self-steepening effect. The FROG measurements were used to verify the generation of the temporal ramp pulse. Both experimental and simulation results show that more symmetric supercontinuum generations are achieved due to the suppression of the self -steepening nonlinear effect.

PAGE 161

148 For the closed-loop control experiments, we have used “adaptive” pulse shaping with genetic algorithm to investigate the nonlin ear broadening enhancement and soliton selffrequency shift for the supercontinuum generati on. The feedback controls use the genetic algorithm to efficiently search all the parame ter spaces and derive suitable driving pulses for different control goals. A nonlinear broade ning enhancement of 20% was achieved. A close examination of the driving pulse sp ectral phase evolutions for each generation reveals that the genetic algorithm is able to generate the driving pulse with the optimized spectral phase that interacts with the all orde rs of fiber dispersion. Also, by carefully design the parameter space and cost functi on, we perform the controls of both the magnitude of soliton self-frequency shift a nd the width of the ge nerated soliton. By feeding the spectral phases of the driving pulses into the simulation model, it is clear that the phase-only pulse shaper acts as a sensitive amplitude filter and the genetic algorithm generates the driving pul se with suitable peak intensity and duration; therefore solitons generation with different wi dths and self-frequency shif t magnitudes are achieved. The tailorable dispersion pr operties of the microstructured fiber yield another way to perform the control of supercontinuum generation. We have used the simulated dispersion flattened microstructured fiber to investigate the possibili ty of supercontinuum pulse compression. Simulated pulse compressi on results using DFMFs at different center wavelengths are presented. In particular for both Ti:Sapphire laser wavelength and telecommunication wavelength, our simulati on results have shown that using DFMFs greatly enhances the stabilitie s of the generated superconti nuum spectral phase, therefore improves the qualities of the supercontinuum pulse compression. Meanwhile, we have also discussed the phase compensation abiliti es associate with the practical SLM pixel

PAGE 162

149 number and present the pulse compression re sults corresponding to the different input pulse peak power and fiber lengths. For co mparison, we present the simulation results using a nonlinear microstructured fiber with high dispersion prope rty and discuss the limitations of conventional supercontinuum pulse compression. To our knowledge, we have presented for the first time how the femtosecond pulse shaping can be used to control the supercontinuum genera tion by controlling the evolution of the temporal and spectral stru cture of optical pulse s propagating in the microstructured fibers. Also, supercontinuum pulse compression using DFMFs has presented itself as a new appr oach to stabilize the conti nuum spectral phase and improve the quality of compressed pulses.

PAGE 163

150 LIST OF REFERENCES 1. T. Miya, Y. Terunuma, T. Hosaka and T. Miyashita, “Ultimate low-loss singlemode fibre at 1.55 m,” Electronics Letters 15, 106, 1979. 2. G. Keiser, Optical Fiber Communications 3rd ed., McGraw-Hill, New York, 2000. 3. G. P Agrawal, Nonlinear Fiber Optics 3rd ed., Academic Press, San Diego, 2001. 4. J. C. Knight, T. A. Birks, P.S. Russell and D. M. Atkin, “All-silica single-mode optical fiber with photonic crystal cladding,” Optics Letters 21, 1547, 1996. 5. J. K. Ranka, R. S. Windeler and A. J. St entz, “Optical propertie s of high-delta air silica microstructure optical fibers,” Optics Letters 25, 796, 2000. 6. J. K. Ranka, R. S. Windeler and A. J. St entz, “Visible continuum generation in airsilica microstructure opti cal fibers with anomalous dispersion at 800 nm,” Optics Letters 25, 25, 2000. 7. R. F. Cregan, B. J. Mangan, J. C. Knight, T. A. Birks, P. S. Russell, P. J. Roberts, and D. C. Allan, “Single-mode photoni c band gap guidance of light in air,” Science 285, 1537, 1999. 8. Nobelprize.org, “The Nobel Prize in Physics 2005,” 2005, http://nobelprize.org/physics /laureates/2005/index.html last accessed March, 2006. 9. A. L. Gaeta, “Nonlinear propagation and continuum generation in microstructured optical fibers,” Optics Letters 27, 924, 2002. 10. A. V. Husakou and J. Herrmann, “Sup ercontinuum generation of higher-order solitons by fission in photonic crystal fibers,” Physical Review Letters 87, 203901, 2001. 11. J. Herrmann, U. Griebner, N. Zhavoronkov, A. Husakou, D. Nickel, J. C. Knight, W. J. Wadsworth, P. S. Russell, and G. Korn, “Experimental evidence for supercontinuum generation by fission of highe r-order solitons in photonic fibers,” Physical Review Letters 88, 173901, 2002. 12. K. L. Corwin, N. R. Newbury, J. M. D udley, S. Coen, S. A. Diddams, K. Weber and R. S. Windeler, “Fundamental noise limitations to supercontinuum generation in microstructure fiber,” Physical Review Letters 90, 113904, 2003.

PAGE 164

151 13. X. Gu, L. Xu, M. Kimmel, E. Zeek, P. O’Shea, A. P. Shreenath, R. Trebino, and R. S. Windeler, “Frequency-re solved optical gating a nd single-shot spectral measurements reveal fine structure in microstructure-f iber continuum,” Optics Letters 27, 1174, 2002. 14. J. M. Dudley and S. Coen, “Fundamental lim its to few-cycle pulse generation from compression of supercontinuum spectra generated in photonic crystal fiber,” Optics Express 12, 2423, 2004 15. G. Q. Chang, T. B. Norris and H. G. Winful, “Optimization of supercontinuum generation in photonic crystal fi bers for pulse compression,” Optics Letters 28, 546, 2003. 16. K. Yamane, Z. Zhang, K. Oka, R. Morita and M. Yamashita, “Optical pulse compression to 3.4 fs in the monocycle region by feedback phase compensation,” Optics Letters 28, 2258, 2003. 17. B. Schenkel, R. Paschotta and U. Keller, “Pulse compression with supercontinuum generation in microstructure fibers,” Journal of the Optical Society of America B 22, 687, 2005. 18. W. H. Reeves, D. V. Skryabin, F. Biancalan a, J. C. Knight, P. S. Russell, F. G. Omenetto, A. Efimov and A. J. Taylor, “T ransformation and control of ultrashort pulses in dispersion-engineered photonic crystal fibres,” Nature 424, 511, 2003. 19. J. Hecht, City of Light Oxford University Press, New York, 1999. 20. J. A. Buck, Fundamentals of Optical Fibers John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1995. 21. H. Takara, et al., “More than 1000 channel optical frequency chain generation from single supercontinuum source with 12.5 GHz channel spacing,” Electronics Letters 36, 2089, 2000. 22. A. W. Snyder and J. D. Love, Optical Waveguide Theory Chapman and Hall, London, 1983. 23. A. J. Antos, K. Smith, “Design and ch aracterization of dispersion compensating fiber based on the LP01 mode,” Journal of Lightwave Technology 12, 1739, 1994. 24. T. A. Birks, D. Mogilevtsev, J. C. Kni ght, P. S. Russell, “Dispersion compensation using single-material fibers,” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters 11, 674, 1999. 25. J. P. Laude, DWDM Fundamentals, Components, and Applications Artech House, Boston, 2002.

PAGE 165

152 26. L. F. Mollenauer, R. H. Stolen and J. P. Gordon, “Experimental observation of picosecond pulse narrowing and solitons in optical fibers,” Physical Review Letters 45, 1095, 1980. 27. R. R. Alfano and S. L. Shapiro, “E mission in the region 4000 to 7000 via fourphoton coupling in glass,” Physical Review Letters 24, 584, 1970. 28. G. A. Nowak, J. Kim and M. N. Islam, “Stable supercontinuum generation in short lengths of conventional di spersion-shifted fiber,” Applied Optics 38, 7364, 1999. 29. V. E. Zakharov and A. B. Shabat, “Exact theory of two-dimens ional self-focusing and one-dimensional self-modulation of waves in nonlinear media,” Soviet Physics Journal of Experimental and Theoretical Physics 34, 62, 1972. 30. P. Yeh and A. Yariv, “Bragg reflection waveguides,” Optics Communications 19, 427, 1976. 31. P. S. Russell, “Photonic crystal fibers,” Science 299, 358, 2003. 32. J. C. Knight, T. A. Birks, P. S. Russell, J. P. de Sandro, “Properties of photonic crystal fiber and the e ffective index model,” Journal of the Optical Society of America A 15, 749, 1998. 33. J. C. Knight, J. Broeng, T. A. Birks, a nd P. S. Russel, “Photonic band gap guidance in optical fibers,” Science 282, 1476, 1998. 34. S. O. Konorov, A. B. Fedotov and A. M. Zheltikov, “Enhanced four-wave mixing in a hollow-core photonic-crystal fiber,” Optics Letters 28, 1448, 2003. 35. F. Fogli, L. Saccomandi, P. Bassi, G. Be llanca and S. Trillo, “Full vectorial BPM modeling of index-guiding photonic crystal fibers and couplers,” Optics Express, 10, 54, 2002. 36. R. Ghosh, A. Kumar and J. P. Meunier, “Waveguiding properties of holey fibres and effective-V model,” Electronics Letters 35, 1873, 1999. 37. C. E. Kerbage, B. J. Eggleton, P. S. We stbrook, and R. S. Windeler, “Experimental and scalar beam propagation analysis of an air-silica microstructure fiber,” Optics Express 7, 113, 2000. 38. S. G. Johnson and J. D. Joannopoulos, “Block-iterative frequency-domain methods for Maxwell’s equations in a planewave basis,” Optics Express 8, 173, 2001. 39. J. M. Fini, “Analysis of microstructure optical fibers by radial scattering decomposition,” Optics Letters 28, 992, 2003. 40. Z. Zhu and T. G. Brown, “Full-vect orial finite-difference analysis of microstructured optical fibers,” Optics Express 10, 853, 2002.

PAGE 166

153 41. M. Koshiba, “Full-vector analysis of photoni c crystal fibers using the finite element method,” IEICE Transactions on Electronics E85C, 881, 2002. 42. T. A. Birks, J. C. Knight and P. S. Russell, “Endlessly sing le-mode photonic crystal fiber,” Optics Letters 22, 961, 1997. 43. J. C. Knight, T. A. Birks, R. F. Cregan, P. S. Russell and J. P. de Sandro, “Large mode area photonic crystal fibre,” Electronics Letters 34, 1347, 1998. 44. J. C. Baggett, T. M. Monro, K. Furusawa and D. J. Richardson, “Comparative study of large-mode holey and conventional fibers,” Optics Letters 26, 1045, 2001. 45. K. Saitoh and M. Koshiba, “Single-po larization single-m ode photonic crystal fibers,” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters 15, 1384, 2003. 46. C. Kerbage and B. J. Eggleton, “Numeri cal analysis and experimental design of tunable birefringence in micr ostructured optical fiber,” Optics Express 10, 246, 2002. 47. A. B. Fedotov, A. N. Naumov, S. O. Konor ov, V. I. Beloglazov, L. A. Mel’nikov, N. B. Skibina, D. A. Sidorov-Biryukov, A. V. Shcherbakov, and A. M. Zheltikov, “Photonic-molecule modes of a mi crostructure cobweb fiber,” Laser Physics 12, 1363, 2002. 48. J. C. Knight, J. Arriaga, T. A. Birks, A. Ortigosa-Blanch, W. J. Wadsworth and P. S. Russell, “Anomalous disper sion in photonic crystal fiber,” Photonics Technology Letters 12, 807, 2000. 49. N. G. R. Broderick, T. M. Monro, P. J. Bennett and D. J. Richardson, “Nonlinearity in holey optical fibers: measur ement and future opportunities,” Optics Letters 24, 1395, 1999. 50. S. Coen, A. H. L. Chau, R. Leonhardt a nd J. D. Harvey, J. C. Knight, W. J. Wadsworth and P. S. J. Russell, “Super continuum generation by stimulated Raman scattering and parametric four-wave mixing in photonic crystal fibers,” Journal of the Optical Society of America B 19, 753, 2002. 51. A. V. Husakou and J. Herrmann, “Super continuum generation, four-wave mixing, and fission of higher-order solit ons in photonic-cr ystal fibers,” Journal of the Optical Society of America B 19, 2171, 2002. 52. F. G. Omenetto, A. J. Taylor, M. D. Moor es, J. Arriaga, J. C. Knight, W. J. Wadsworth and P. S. J. Russell, “Simulta neous generation of spectrally distinct third harmonics in a photonic crystal fiber,” Optics Letters 26, 1158, 2001 53. I. Cristiani, R. Tediosi, L. Tartara and V. Degiorgio, “Dispersive wave generation by solitons in microstructured optical fibers,” Optics Express 12, 124, 2004.

PAGE 167

154 54. N. Akhmediev and M. Karlsson, “Cherenkov radiation emitted by solitons in optical fibers,” Physical Review A, 51, 2602, 1995. 55. Q. Cao, X. Gu, E. Zeek, M. Kimmel, R. Tr ebino, J. Dudley and R. S. Windeler, “Measurement of the intensity and phas e of supercontinuum from an 8-mm-long microstructure fiber,” Applied Physics B: Lasers and Optics 77, 239, 2003. 56. S. Kawanishi and H. Kubota, “Photonic cr ystal fibers and th eir application to optical communications,” NTT Review 15, 28, 2003. 57. D. G. Ouzounov, K. D. Moll, M. A. Foster W. R. Zipfel, W. W. Webb and A. L. Gaeta, “Delivery of nanojoule fe mtosecond pulses through large-core microstructured fibers,” Optics Letters 27, 1513, 2002. 58. Y. L. Hoo, W. Jin, C. Shi, Hoi L. Ho D. N. Wang and S. C. Ruan, “Design and modeling of a photonic crys tal fiber gas sensor,” Applied Optics 42, 3509, 2003. 59. F. Benabid, J. C. Knight and P. S. Ru ssell, “Particle levitation and guidance in hollow-core photonic crystal fiber,” Optics Express 10, 1195, 2002. 60. F. Benabid, J. C. Knight, G. Antonopoulos and P. S. J. Russell, “Stimulated Raman scattering in hydrogen-filled hollowcore photonic crystal fiber,” Science 298, 399, 2002. 61. T. Brabec and F. Krausz, “Intense few-cy cle laser fields: frontiers of nonlinear optics,” Reviews of Modern Physics, 72, 545, 2000. 62. I. Hartl, X. D. Li, C. Chudoba, R. K. Ghanta T. H. Ko, J. G. Fujimoto, J. K. Ranka and R. S. Windeler, “Ultrahigh-resolu tion optical coherence tomography using continuum generation in an air sili ca microstructure optical fiber,” Optics Letters 26 608, 2001. 63. D. L. Marks, A. L. Oldenburg, J. J. Re ynolds and S. A. Boppart, “Study of an ultrahigh-numerical-aperture fiber co ntinuum generation source for optical coherence tomography,” Optics Letters 27, 2010, 2002. 64. Y. Wang, Y. Zhao, J. S. Nelson, Z. Chen and R. S. Windeler, “Ultrahigh-resolution optical coherence tomography by broadba nd continuum generation from a photonic crystal fiber,” Optics Letters 28, 182, 2003. 65. D. J. Jones, S. A. Diddams, J. K. Ranka, A. Stentz, R. S. Windeler, J. L. Hall and S. T. Cundiff, “Carrierenvelope phase control of femtosec ond mode-locked lasers and direct optical frequency synthesis,” Science 288, 635, 2000. 66. S. T. Cundiff and J. Ye, “Colloquium : femtosecond optical frequency combs,” Reviews of Modern Physics, 75, 325, 2003.

PAGE 168

155 67. T. Udem, R. Holzwarth and T. W. Ha nsch, “Optical frequency metrology,” Nature 416, 233, 2002. 68. S. A. Diddams, T. Udem, J. C. Bergquist, E. A. Curtis, R. E. Drullinger, L. Hollberg, W. M. Itano, W. D. Lee, C. W. Oates, K. R. Vogel, and D. J. Wineland, “An optical clock based on a single trapped 199Hg+ ion,” Science 293, 825, 2001. 69. S. Diddams, L. Hollberg, L.S. Ma and L. Robertsson, “Femtosecond-laserbased optical clockwork with instability < 6.310 16 in 1 s,” Optics Letters 27, 58, 2002. 70. K. Robinson, “Photonic crystal fiber enables optical clock,” Photonics Spectra 36, 45, 2002. 71. D. R. Goff and K. S. Hansen, Fiber Optic Reference Guide: A Practical Guide to Communications Technology Third Edition, Focal Press, Woburn, 2002. 72. R. Kienberger, M. Hentschel, M. Uiberacker, Ch. Spielmann, M. Kitzler, A. Scrinzi, M. Wieland, T. Westerwalbesloh, U. Klei neberg, U. Heinzmann, M. Drescher and F. Krausz, “Steering attosecond el ectron wave packets with light,” Science 297, 1144, 2002. 73. T. H. Jeys, K. A. Smith, F. B. Dunning a nd R. F. Stebbings, “I nvestigation of finestructure quantum beats in sodium Rydberg atoms by field ionization,” Physical Review A 23, 3065, 1981. 74. A. P. Heberle, J. J. Baumberg and K. Koehler, “Ultrafast coherent control and destruction of excitons in quantum wells,” Physical Review Letters 75, 2598, 1995. 75. B. Kohler, V. V. Yakovlev, J. Che, J. L. Krause, M. Messina, “Quantum control of wave packet evolution with tailored femtosecond pulses,” Physical Review Letters 74, 3360, 1995. 76. D. N. Fittinghoff, P. W. Wiseman, J. A. Squier, “Widefield multiphoton and temporally decorrelated multifocal multiphoton microscopy,” Optics Express 7, 273, 2000. 77. J. M. Girkin, “Optical physics enab les advances in multiphoton imaging,” Journal of Physics D, Applied Physics 36, R250, 2003. 78. N. Katzenellenbogen and D. Grischkowsky, “Efficient generation of 380 fs pulses of THz radiation by ultrafast laser pulse ex citation of a biased metal-semiconductor interface,” Applied Physics Letters 58, 222, 1991. 79. P. A. Norreys, et. al., “Observation of a highly directional gamma-ray beam from ultrashort, ultraintense laser pulse interactions with solids,” Physics of Plasmas 6, 2150, 1999.

PAGE 169

156 80. S. A. Hosseini, B. Ferland and S. L. Chin, “Measurement of filament length generated by an intense femtosecond lase r pulse using electromagnetic radiation detection,” Applied Physics B: Lasers and Optics 76, 583, 2003. 81. M. D. Shirk and P. A. Molian, “A review of ultrashort pulse d laser ablation of materials,” Journal of Laser Applications 10, 18, 1998. 82. C. Rulliere, Editor, Femtosecond Laser Pulses: Pr inciples and Experiment Springer, New York, 1998. 83. E. B. Treacy, “Compression of picosecond light pulses,” Physics Letters A 28, 34, 1968. 84. P. Lacovara, L. Estorowitz and M.Kokta, Growth, spectroscopy, and lasing of titaniumdoped sapphire,” IEEE Journal of Quantum Electronics, QE 21, 1614, 1985. 85. C. E. Byvik and A. M. Buoncristiani, “Analy sis of vibronic transi tions in titanium doped sapphire using the temperatur e of the fluorescence spectra,” IEEE Journal of Quantum Electronics QE 21, 1619, 1985. 86. D. H. Sutter, G. Steinmeyer, L. Gallman, N. Matuscheck, F. Morier-Genoud and U. Keller, “Semiconductor saturable-absorber mirror-assisted kerr-lens mode-locked ti:sapphire laser producing pulses in the two-cycle regime,” Optics Letters 24, 631, 1999. 87. Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia, “Ke rr-lens modelocking,” March 17, 2006, http://en.wikipedia.org/wi ki/Kerr-lens_modelocking last accessed March, 2006. 88. Coherent Inc., Mira 900 Modelocked Ti:Sapphire Lasers 2002, http://www.coherent.com/downloads/MIRA900.pdf last accessed March, 2006. 89. M. Maier, W. Kaiser and J. A. Giordmaine, “Intense light bursts in the stimulated Raman effect,” Physical Review Letters 17, 1275, 1966. 90. J. H. Chung and A. M. Weiner, “Ambiguity of ultrashort pulse shapes retrieved from the intensity autocorrelation and the power spectrum,” IEEE Journal of Selected Topics in Quantum Electronics 7, 656, 2001. 91. D. J. Kane and R. Trebino, “Characteriz ation of arbitrary femtosecond pulses using frequency-resolved optical gating,” IEEE Journal of Quantum Electronics 29, 571, 1993. 92. R. Trebino and D. J. Kane, “Using phase retrieval to measure the intensity and phase of ultrashort pulses: fre quency-resolved optical gating,” Journal of the Optical Society of America A 10, 1101, 1993.

PAGE 170

157 93. D. N. Fittinghoff, K. W. DeLong, R. Treb ino and C. L. Ladera, “Noise sensitivity in frequency-resolved op tical-gating measurements of ultrashort pulses,” Journal of the Optical Society of America B, 12, 1955, 1995. 94. V. A. Zubov and T. I. Kuznetsova, “S olution of the phase problem for timedependent optical signals by an interference system,” Soviet. Journal of Quantum Electronics 21, 1285, 1991. 95. V. Wong and I. A. Walmsley, “Analysis of ultrashort pulse-shape measurement using linear interferometers,” Optics Letters 19, 287, 1994. 96. T. M. Shuman, M. E. Anderson, J. Bromag e, C. Iaconis, L. Waxer and I. A. Walmsley, “Real-time SPIDER: ultrashor t pulse characterization at 20 Hz,” Optics Express 5, 134, 1999. 97. M. Takeda, H. Ina and S. Kobayashi, “Four ier-transform method of fringe pattern analysis for computer based tomography and interferometry,” Journal of the Optical Society of America 72, 156, 1982. 98. K. W. DeLong, R. Trebino and D. J. Kane, “Comparison of ultrashort-pulse frequency-resolved-optical -gating traces for three common beam geometries,” Journal of the Optical Society of America B 11, 1595, 1994. 99. A. M. Weiner, “Femtosecond pulse shap ing using spatial light modulators,” Review of Scientific Instruments 71, 1929, 2000. 100. W. S. Warren, R. Rabitz and M. Dahleh, “Coherent control of chemical reactions: the dream is alive,” Science 259, 1581, 1993. 101. C. W. Siders, J. L. W. Siders, A. J. Taylor, S. G. Park, M. R. Melloch and A. M. Weiner, “Generation and characterization of terahertz pulse trains from biased, large-aperture photoconductors,” Optics Letters, 24, 241, 1999. 102. D. Yelin, D. Meshulach and Y. Silberberg, “Adaptive femtosecond pulse compression,” Optics Letters, 22, 1793, 1997. 103. A. Efimov, M. D. Moores, N. M Beach, J. L. Krause and D. H. Reitze, “Adaptive control of pulse phase in a chirped-pulse amplifier,” Optics Letters, 23, 1915, 1998. 104. E. Zeek, K. Maginnis, S. Backus, U. Russek, M. Murnane, G. Mourou, H. Kapteyn and G. Vdovin, “Pulse compression by use of deformable mirrors,” Optics Letters, 24, 493, 1999. 105. F. Verluise and V. Laude, Z. Cheng, C. Spielmann and P. Tournois, “Amplitude and phase control of ultrashort pulses by use of an acousto-optic programmable dispersive filter: pulse compression and shaping,” Optics Letters 25, 575, 2000.

PAGE 171

158 106. A. Monmayrant, M. Joffre, T. Oksenhendl er, R. Herzog, D. Kaplan and P. Tournois, “Time-domain interferometry fo r direct electric-fi eld reconstruction by use of an acousto-optic programmable filter and a twophoton detector,” Optics Letters 28, 278, 2003. 107. L. Gallmann, D. H. Sutter, N. Matuschek, G. Steinmeyer, U. Keller, C. Iaconis and I. A. Walmsley, “Chracterization of sub6-fs optical pulses with spectral phase Interferometry for direct electric-field reconstruction,” Optics Letters 24, 1314, 1999. 108. A. M. Weiner, D. E. Leaird, J. S. Patel and J. R. Wullert, “Programmable shaping of femtosecond optical pulses by use of 128 element liquid crystal phase modulator,” IEEE Journal of Quantum Electronics 28, 908, 1992. 109. R. R. Alfano and S. L. Shapiro, “Obser vation of self-phase modulation and smallscale filaments in crystals and glasses,” Physical Review Letters 24, 592, 1970. 110. A. Apolonski, B. Povazay, A. Unterhuber, W. Drexler, W. Wadsworth, J. Knight and P. Russell, “Spectral shaping of s upercontinuum in a cobweb photonic-crystal fiber with sub-20-fs pulses ,” Journal of the Optical Society of America B 19, 2165, 2002. 111. R. S. Judson and H. Rabitz, “Teaching lasers to control molecules,” Physical Review Letters 68, 1500, 1992. 112. A. M. Weiner, J. P. Heritage, R. J. Hawkins, R. N. Thurston, E. M. Kirschner, D. E. Leaird and W. J. Tomlinson, “Experiment al observation of the fundamental dark soliton in optical fibers,” Physical Review Letters 61, 2445, 1988. 113. A. P. Heberle, J. J. Baumberg and K. Khler, “Ultrafast coherent control and destruction of excitons in quantum wells,” Physical Review Letters 75, 2598, 1995. 114. R. Fanciulli, A. M. Weiner, M. M. Dignam, D. Meinhold and K. Leo, “Coherent control of Bloch oscillations by means of optical pulse shaping,” Physical Review B 71, 153304, 2005. 115. G. Boyer, “Shock-wave-assisted ultrafast soliton generation,” Optics Letters 25, 601, 2000. 116. A. Rundquist, A. Efimov and D. H. Reitz e, “Pulse shaping with the GerchbergSaxton algorithm,” Journal of the Optical Society of America B 19, 2468, 2002. 117. S. Sastry and M. Bodson, Adaptive Control: Stability, Convergence, and Robustness Prentice-Hall, Engl ewood Cliffs, 1994. 118. M. Mitchell, An Introduction to Genetic Algorithms MIT Press, Cambridge, 1996.

PAGE 172

159 119. B. Schenkel, J. Biegert, U. Keller, C. Vo zzi, M. Nisoli, G. Sansone, S. Stagira, S. De Silvestri and O. Svelto, “Generation of 3.8-fs pulses from adaptive compression of a cascaded hollow fiber,” Optics Letters 28, 1987, 2003. 120. K. Ohno, T. Tanabe and F. Kannari, “Adaptive pulse shaping of phase and amplitude of an amplified femtosecond pulse laser by direct refe rence to frequencyresolved optical gating traces,” Journal of the Optical Society of America B, 19, 2781, 2002. 121. D. Meshulach, D. Yelin and Y. Silberbe rg, “Adaptive real-time femtosecond pulse shaping,” Journal of the Optical Society of America B 15, 1615, 1998. 122. D. H. Reitze, S. Kazamias, F. Weihe, G. Mu llot, D. Douillet, F. Aug, O. Albert, V. Ramanathan, J. P. Chambaret, D. Hulin and P. Balcou, “Enhancement of high order harmonic generation at tuned wave lengths via adaptive control,” Optics Letters 29, 86, 2004. 123. F. G. Omenetto, A. J. Taylor, M. D. Moores and D. H. Reitze, “Adaptive control of nonlinear femtosecond pulse propagation in optical fibers,” Optics Letters 26, 938, 2001. 124. A. Efimov, A. J. Taylor, F. G. Omene tto and E. Vanin, “Adaptive control of femtosecond soliton self-freque ncy shift in fibers,” Optics Letters 29, 271, 2004. 125. B. Povazay, K. Bizheva, A. Unterhuber, B. Hermann, H. Sattmann, A. F. Fercher and W. Drexler, “Submicrometer axial re solution optical c oherence tomography,” Optics Letters 27, 1800, 2002. 126. L. Nugent-Glandorf and T. T. Perkins, “M easuring 0.1-nm motion in 1 ms in an optical microscope with differen tial back-focal-pla ne detection,” Optics Letters 29, 2611, 2004. 127. B. R. Washburn, S. E. Ralph and R. S. Windeler, “Ultrashort pulse propagation in air-silica microstructure fiber,” Optics Express 10, 575, 2002. 128. I. G. Cormack, D. T. Reid, W. J. Wadsworth, J. C. Knight and P. S.. J. Russell, “Observation of soliton self-frequenc y shift in photonic crystal fibre,” Electronics Letters 384, 167, 2002. 129. D. V. Skryabin, F. Luan, J. C. Knight and P. S. J. Russell, “Soliton self-frequency shift cancellation in phot onic crystal fibers,” Science 301, 1705, 2003. 130. K. S. Abedin and F. Kubota, “Widely tunable femtosecond soliton pulse generation at a 10-GHz repetition rate by use of the soliton self-frequenc y shift in photonic crystal fiber,” Optics Letters 28, 1760, 2003.

PAGE 173

160 131. R. Fork, C. Brito Cruz, P. Becker and C. Shank, “Compression of optical pulses to six femtoseconds by using cubic phase compensation,” Optics Letters 12, 483, 1987. 132. M. Nisoli, S. D. Silvestri and O. Svelto, “Generation of high energy 10 fs pulses by a new pulse compression technique,” Applied Physics Letters 68, 2793, 1996. 133. M. Nisoli, S. D. Silvestri, O. Svelto, R. Szipcs, K. Ferencz, C. Spielmann, S. Sartania and F. Krausz, “Compression of high-energy laser pulses below 5 fs,” Optics Letters 22, 522, 1997. 134. S. O. Konorov E. E. Serebryannikov A. A. Ivanov D. A. Akimov M. V. Alfimov M. Scalora and A. M. Zhe ltikov, “Self-compression of subgigawatt femtosecond laser pulses in a hollow photonic-crystal fiber,” Journal of Experimental and Theoretical Physics Letters 81, 58, 2005. 135. R. Szipcs, K. Ferencz, C. Spielmann a nd F. Krausz, “Chirped multilayer coatings for broadband dispersion cont rol in femtosecond lasers,” Optics Letters 19, 201, 1994. 136. F. X. Krtner, N. Matuschek, T. Schibli, U. Keller, H. A. Haus, C. Heine, R. Morf, V. Scheuer, M. Tilsch and T. Tschudi, “Design and fabrication of double-chirped mirrors,” Optics Letters 22, 831, 1997. 137. J. M. Dudley and S. Coen, “Coherence properties of supercontinuum spectra generated in photonic crystal a nd tapered optical fibers,” Optics Letters 27, 1180, 2002. 138. M. Adachi, K. Yamane, R. Morita and M. Yamashita, “Pulse compression using direct feedback of the spectral phase fr om photonic crystal fiber output without the need for the Taylor expansion method,” IEEE Photonic Technology Letters 16, 1951, 2004 139. M. Adachi, K. Yamane, R. Morita and M. Yamashita, “Sub-5-fs pulse compression of laser output using photonic crystal fibe r with short zero-dis persion wavelength,” Japanese Journal of Applied Physics 44, 1423, 2005. 140. M. A. Foster and A. L. Gaeta, Q. Cao a nd R. Trebino, “Soliton-effect compression of supercontinuum to few-cycle du rations in photonic nanowires,” Optics Letters 13, 6848, 2005. 141. P. J. Roberts, B. J. Mangan, H. Sabert, F. Couny, T. A. Birks, J. C. Knight and P. S. J. Russell, “Control of dispersi on in photonic crystal fibers,” Journal of Optical and Fiber Communications Reports 2, 435, 2005. 142. A. Ferrando, E. Silvestre, J. J. Miret, J. A. Monsoriu, M. V. And es and P. St. J. Russell, “Designing a photonic crystal fibr e with flattened chromatic dispersion,” Electronics Letters 35, 325, 1999.

PAGE 174

161 143. A. Ferrando, E. Silves tre, J. J. Miret and P. Andres, “Nearly zero ultraflattened dispersion in photonic crystal fibers,” Optics Letters 25, 790, 2000. 144. K. Saitoh, M. Koshiba, T. Hasegawa and E. Sasaoka, “Chromatic dispersion control in photonic crystal fibers: Application to ultra-flattened dispersion,” Optics Express 11, 843, 2003. 145. F. Poli, A. Cucinotta, S. Selleri and A. H. Bouk, “Tailoring of flattened dispersion in highly nonlinear phot onic crystal fibers,” IEEE Photonics Technology Letters 16, 1065, 2004. 146. L. Shen, W. Huang and S. Jian, “Design of photonic crystal fibe rs for dispersionrelated applications,” Journal of Lightwave Technology 21, 1644, 2003. 147. W. Reeves, J. Knight, P. Russell and P. R oberts, “Demonstration of ultra-flattened dispersion in photonic crystal fibers,” Optics Express 10, 609, 2002. 148. K. P. Hansen, “Dispersion flattened hybr id-core nonlinear photonic crystal fiber,” Optics Express 11, 1503, 2003. 149. A. Ferrando, E. Silvestre, P. Andrs, J. J. Miret and M. V. Andrs, “Designing the properties of dispersion-flatte ned photonic crystal fibers,” Optics Express 9, 687, 2001. 150. E. Kerrinckx, L. Bigot, M. Douay and Y. Quiquempois, “Photonic crystal fiber design by means of a genetic algorithm,” Optics Express 12, 1990, 2004.

PAGE 175

162 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH Shengbo Xu was born in Xinjiang, China, in May 1975. He received the degree of Bachelor of Science in phys ics in 1997 and the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in computer science in 1998 from the University of Science and Technology of China, Hefei, China. In 2000, he received the degree of Master of Science in physics from the University of Science and Technology of Chin a. Since then, he has been working in the ultrafast optics group under the advisement of Professor David Reitze in Department of Physics, University of Florida.